sete ites! Siaease Sasty Ioe593; roses iat? He: ies OE 3: ne rit etat alee reheat ute RS Sela oy tae OG seztatses assess es cet cheht st 4 + . + . * =: erat as rs Oo a Miseatee sae Tet ssatessaese <: se 2505 Tents stb 7be5e52 35 eo Volume IIL Number 1 RESEARCH EXPANSION AT BUREAU OF FISHERIES Dr. Galtsoff Investigates Oyster O. E. Sette Analyzes Catch | Records | The work of the Bureau of Fish- eries at Woods Hole, Mass., has been expanded considerably with the ar- rival of a number of the bureau’s staff. The oyster investigations under the direction of Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff are centered during the summer period at this laboratory. Detailed studies of the physiology of oyster spawning are being continued, the important results of the previous two summers are being checked and new conditions studied. Hydro- graphic and ecological studies to- gether with large-scale experiments on setting of oysters and further development of commercial spat col- lectors are being continued at Onset, Mass., by Harvey C. McMillin. Miss Dorothy V. Whipple, of Johns Hopkins University and Horace D. Pease are assisting in the physiolog- ical investigations with Dr. Galtsoff. Mackerel investigations are also centered for the summer period at Woods Hole where O. E. Sette, in (Continued on Page 2) Currents in the Hole At following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: A.M. P. M. Kilkee es eae 7:45 8:10 Isily “Er ceodoenag ape aed Ait. Os SAS nee 2 . Apsiky lO) Soa@egece 10:15 10:40 nih 0 Qaemeere as 11 :05 11:30 Wsihy WA poe acoes 11:55 12:20 intiky 13 eascveooce 12:45 1:10 Opel ieig Ca ase 1:35 2:00 In each case the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. jl WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, JULY 7, 1928. Saturday, July 7 9:00 P. M. Club Dance. Orchestra. M. B. L. Club. Admission free to members. Tuesday, July 10 8:00 P. M. 1. Dr. D. E, Lancefield, assistant professor of zoology, Columbia University. “Crosses of Two Races of Drosophila olseura of nearly the Rank of Physiologi- (15 minutes). 2. Dr. Calvin B. Bridges, Member of the Staff, Carnegie Institu- tion. “The Chromosomal Com- plex of Drosophila melanogas- ter.” (15 minutes). 3. Dr. P. W. Whiting, associate professor of zoology, University of Pittsburgh. “Production of Mutations by X-Rays in Habro- braehon.” (15 minutes). Friday, July 13 8:00 P. M. Evening Lecture. Dr. M. Demerec, Member of the Staff, Carnegie Institution. “Behavior of Mutable Genes.” cal Species.” M. B. L. Calendar M. B. L. MIXER MIMICS BROWNIAN MOVEMENT The M. B. L. Mixer, the prelim- inary bout of the Woods Hole social season, was held on Saturday evening, June 30, in the M. B. L. clubhouse, attended by several hun- dred contestants and onlookers. Members and friends of the club were tagged with their names and districts on entering the grounds and an hour was given over to try- outs in handshaking and mass pres- Just previous to the main event of the evening all contestants and alternatives were given ice cream, cake and cookies. At ten o’clock there was a partial clearing of the floor for the two hour dance event staged in eighteen rounds. During the course of the evening many of the contestants were eliminated but those who were sing. Jon their feet at the final bell will be entered in subsequent events to be staged at intervals during the ‘| season. (Continued on Page 4) Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, 15e Biological Stations at Roscoff and Naples are most like M. B. L. SOME BIOLOGICAL STATIONS ABROAD Dr. Gary N, CaLkins Professor of Zoology, Columbia University Few people realize the remarkable character of the Marine Biological Laboratory here at Woods Hole. If we think about it at all in this con- nection we rather take it for gran- ted that the laboratory here is merely a type of such stations all over the world. Such, however, is not the case. Woods Hole is unique. An association of biologists to provide equipment and opportunity for re- search in biology, conceived by bio- logists, developed by biologists, man- aged throughout by biologists, it is a striking illustration of the fact that men of the professorial type can be practical business men and make the venture pay, both financially and scientifically. They have recognized the value of research in science, but more than that they have realized the need of inculeating the spirit of scientific research and to this end have encouraged the development of courses of instruction preparatory to research. This development has not been free from a certain dis- advantage which is bred of the very size of the institution and of the wide variety of interests of the col- laborators. A social side has grown up, and for some younger individuals this side is a powerful incentive to come to Woods Hole. An over- growth of this side is unfortunate and its disadvantage lies in the fact that investigators find that social dis- tractions are not conducive to ex- tensive work. Hence many of the old-timers hark back to former days when Woods Hole was simple and distractions were confined to forms of exercise necessary for, continued mental work, The marine biological laboratories of Europe are more of the type of Woods Hole as it used to be than as it is now. In no case, however, have men of diverse interests come together to found an institution for co-operation in research. [Every- where a need is felt for instruction in marine biology and upon living organisms and everywhere the need is recognized of an opportunity to do research on such forms. For the most part the laboratories have a paternalistic atmosphere and direc- ted work predominates while most of them are financed with this end in view. Thus in the majority of them there is no corps of collectors !to provide needed material for in- vestigators, but, as one eminent zoo- logist told me: “it is much better for the investigator to find out for himself the habitat and modes of life of the forms he is working on.” We treat of these ecological matters in our course work for beginning investigators and feel that the re- search man’s time is more profitably spent in experimental or other in- tense scientific ways. The result is shown by the nature of the output abroad for it must be admitted that there is} a preponderance of ecolog- ical and taxonomic work from these laboratories. But while this condi- tion might indicate a pedagogic point of view I suspect that the real secret is the lack of financial support and not entirely the advantage of person- al collections. An army travels on its stomach, said Napoleon, but science travels on its purse and biological stations for pure research in biology are not par- ticularly attractive to hard-headed men of affairs. Hence we find many of the marine stations in Europe (Continued on Page 9) PAGE TWO THe COLLECTING NEt 8 N. B. Fishery Research METHODS FOR EXPERIMENTAL EMBRYOLOGY | fteereeeeeeeeeeeeeig secon Cantimcl fromm Page |) WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO t é charge of the division of fishery in- $2 : dustries, is continuing the analysis MARINE INVERTABRATES x THREE-IN-ONE rs of records of the commercial land- oe c EE. Just fi. : ee ee : ings obtained throughout the season Professor of Zoology, Howard University xy ee : SS eae a = and where special investigation of Preface + The dynamics of instant + the abundance and distribution of These notes on methods for experimental embryology with special + and extensive publication are = mackerel eggs and larvae is being un-| ;eference to marine invertebrates are published as the result of sugges- $ ae: ee publish in any = dertaken. In this work Mr. Sette is| tions made from time to time by several investigators at the Marine 5 - oat eee $ assisted by George L, Clark, N. E.| Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass. + and Physiology. ee * Holcomb and Samuel L. Leonard. There is no inherent difficulty in handling the eggs and the sperm| = The Journal of Compara- + Dr. Elizabeth Deichmann is conduc-| of marine animals. There are, however, some very simple methods that BS tive Neurology % ting special investigations of mack- the worker unacquainted with marine metazoa ought to know in order to BS The American Journal of % erel larval development and Edward | Save himself time and to increase his chances ot obtaining clean-cut § Heeored = W. Bailey is engaged in studies of results. Venturing the hope that these methods will serve both purposes, | ¥ The Siti ie Record ‘ 5 he ee As eit , [ here present them. - e Journal of Expert- * lorall a pans ss Boas tare The notes deal with animals available for embryological work during | + ee Zoology + Phe Middle Atlantic Fisheries In- the summer months at the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Bl vers ea Journal of Phy- % vestigations which have been under] y7,.. : + ee ee oe = way throughout the past year are Tabeduction £ iiensane merican Anatomical : still centered at Woods Hole, Mass., SERPS AuTIONS : The Biological Balene é although four assistants are at field Certain precautions should be taken if satisfactory results are to be % (M. B. L., Woods Hole, $ stations along the coast where de-| o}tained. Obviously. every utensil used must be scrupulously clean. BS Mass. ) : : % tailed and systematic observations of Any cleaning fluid used must be thoroughly removed. I find that Bon 5 pone Apatomigs Japonica % catches of pound nets are being} Ami is excellent for cleaning glassware, leaving it bright and clear; it|% The Teco of PB ee, z made, Harry A. Hanson is stationed} is superior to soaps and soap powders because more readily removed. x ogy (Urbana, IIl.) arasTiGn t at Wildwood, N. J., Vernon -L.| Glassware should be of the best grade procurable. For some work, e.g.,| % The Australian Journal of * Heffelfinger at Long Branch, N. J.,J0" sperm, T use quartz exclusively. ‘Toxic reagents should never be put * Experimental Biology and $ Garret Bevelander at Sayville, L. I.,} in dishes used for normal eggs. However, there is quite a difference in "3 Medical Science (Adelaide, > and Henry M. Berase at Montauk, the degree in which glass absorbs various toxic substances, Thus, I have $ aoe Pe $ Tae aA Nesbit in charge of this reared Platynereis embryos to sexually mature adults in dishes, borrowed ~ Neath = echnology (Geneva, $ a ee ee = from another worker who had kept Bouin's. fixing fluid in them for|& 4 ew York) Br eae ae 1s at BEsent i. me us several weeks. I had of course to wash the dishes thoroughly. Cor- = Physiological Zoology (Chi- = oratory engaged in the statistical rosive sublimate solutions, on the other hand, are more difficult to remove. ~ gga) AES) = “7 analysis of catch records assisted by] \fany an observation has been ruined’ because some glassware previously $ 5 $ William C. Neville. Mr. Nesbit will] used by a careless worker as a receiver for toxic waste has been used $ ye = leave shortly to conduct a prelim-|hy an unsuspecting person without its being thoroughly cleaned. $ 1. Because the author’s ab- = inary survey of the shore fisheries. Dishes from which eggs or sperm have been removed should never $ stract of every article is + particularly of the squeteague or sea be directly washed with fresh water because of the danger of the cytolyzed * siete pe acl and ex- BS trout fishery in Chesapeake Bay. | cells sticking to the glass. The dishes should first be thoroughly rinsed $ idea Abc Glen pe $ Dr. F. G. Hall of Duke University with sea-water then washed with fresh water. I never use the laboratory BS ihe Wistar Taccicuee ae * is continuing his important studies towels for drying glassware because of the alkali that may still be in $ ographic Service. Bs of physiology of respiration in fishes them. If I need to wipe glassware dry I use my own towels or cheese + 2 Because The Wistar Insti- > peeeiaberakion with Dr. Irvine E. cloth previously washed free of chemicals. a stack glassware on linen X§ tute Bibliographic Service + { = he i fete = towels also washed free of the last trace of washing powder. I never | % Card giving the author's ab- a Gray of Tulane University. | place dishes upside down on the laboratory table for fear of chance con- 4 stract and the complete bib- - In addition to the bureau's staff) tamination. : % liographic reference is pub- + of permanent and temporary inves- Heilbrunn’s practise of drawing off in a large flask the sea-water £ lished shortly after the Ad- BS | tigators, the laboratory was opened} which he is later to use in an experiment is an excellent one because £ ees Sheet is issued. $ ‘ on June 20 to a number of indepen-| the sea-water is so frequently charged with gas as it comes from the BS ecle fin eee che # dent investigators engaged on vari-| taps. By the time that he is ready to use the sea-water, the gas bubbles % one of the above foun am % } ous problems of general biograph-| have disappeared. When present they are a nuisance and perhaps even] % Reori E 2g ical significance. Dr. N. A. Cobb of harmful. Sea-water should never be drawn from the tap directly into N eprints supplied. = the Department of Agriculture with the eggs; they may be injured. Nor should eggs be taken up with a fine % Advance Abstract Sheets’ $ a staff of six assistants is continuing bore pippette, and in no case should they be forcibly ejected. ; - $3.00 per year & ee erceaeiodes. Three of |. It is well to use some standard size of glassware. I find it conven- $ Bibliographic Service Cards = | aie are occupied : ient for most eggs, to use finger bowls which hold 250 ce. of sea-water $ $5.00 pe $ 7 eee I without being completely filled. For the eggs from one ovary of Asterias,| per eae the Harvard table by R. E. Bowen,! }oweyer, | use dishes that easily hold three thousand cc. of sea-water. = : ‘ the Johns Hopkins table by Dr. Syracuse dishes are best for ten cc. suspensions because they are con- $ Address = John C. Hemmeter and the Prince-| yeniently mounted under the low power of the microscope. ; + = ton table by Samuel E. Hill. Space It is likewise a good plan to form the habit of using some standard = THE WISTAR INSTI $ has also been assigned Dr. Edwin| concentration of eggs and sperm in sea-water, because the volume of | + * = Linton, University of Pennsylvania, | Sea-water employed is an important factor. Thus, many eggs, those of BS TUTE of ANATOMY # Dr. Attilio Rizzolo, National Re-|-‘sterias, for example, will neither maturate nor on insemination fertilize BS d BI 5 search Fellow, Mr. Paul Conger, in large numbers when highly concentrated in small volumes of sea-water. BS = OLOGY * diatomist of the Carnegie Institution, Che worker should, therefore, settle on some standard of volume of sea- Bs £ Me eoward EMetoneh University yates, equeentratiqn of eggs, ead concentration of sperm. This will help Thirty-sixth Street and : Sho andiittcs Tule Schwartz to make his ro more uniform. Ka Woadlandeawenne $ AE. Univeaiter of Caloxado. tc _Now, as to optical equipment. Many workers seem to think that = Philadelphia. Pa. 5 i ae °- | because they are working at the seaside they should use the most dis- + : ; Elmer Higgins, in charge of scien-| reputable and obsolete microscopes and lenses., Nothing is farther from BS $ tific inquiry, is acting as Director. (Gontinuetion Poge3) Sbopepetetececeepopetetetececeepepedetdeteeebed = THe COLLECTING NET PAGE THREE The University Students Form Dramatic Guild After a winter of planning and organizing, conferences with Eva Le Gallienne, Winthrop Ames, Theresa Helburn and Robert Ed- mund Jones, and numerous search- es for a suitable place for produc- tion, Charles Leatherbee, President of the Harvard Dramatic Club, and Bretaigne Windust, President of the Princeton Theatre Intime, an- nounced, early this spring, the form- ation of a theatrical troupe, known as the University Players Guild, which would produce during the summer months, at the Elizabeth Theatre in Falmouth. This troupe was organized with the ideal that a group of students from many col- leges, combining their talents, ideas and energies for dramatic expres- sion and professional recognition would be a splendid adjunct to the modern theatre. The company of twenty-two, made up of students from Harvard, Princeton, Yale, Vassar, Radcliffe and Smith take care of all the mach- inery of theatrical production—di- recting, acting, set designing and construction, costume making and business, even the cooking is done by a very able member of the com- pany. The men of the company live on Mr. Robert W. Leatherbee’s motor yacht, the Brae Burn, moored in Falmouth Harbor, and the girls live in cottages at Quisset, under the chaperonage of Mrs. Juliet Wells of New York City. Other members of the company include Erik Barnouw, author of “Open Collars,” the Princeton Prize Play for 1927, and co-author of next year’s Triangle Club show; Kingsley Perry, past president of the Harvard Dramatic Club, and other members of the Theatre In-: time and the Harvard Dramatic Club. From Radcliffe are Helen Field, Sue Birnie and Margaret Cook, the last named the president of the Radcliffe Idler Club. Eleanor Phelps of Vassar and Elisabeth Schauffler of Smith, both members of the dramatic associations of their respective colleges, have played in productions of the Theatre Intime. Beginning the season with A. A. Milne’s comedy, “The Dover Road,” to be produced at the Elizabeth Theatre on Monday and Tuesday, July 9th and 10th, the company will present a series of plays of varying types. Eugene O’Neill’s “Beyond the Horizon” will be produced the following Monday and Tuesday nights at 8:30, Among other plays are Annie Meyer’s ‘Creation,’ Benelli’s “The Jest” and George Kelley's “The Torchbearers.” (Continued from Page 2) the truth. If one is seriously taking up the embryology of marine animals one must study the living eggs. The best optical equipment possible is therefore none too good. I accordingly use the finest apochromatic lenses and compensating oculars procurable—those made by Zeiss and Co. The Zeiss dark-field condenser and their small plankton condenser are valuable accessories for the study of living sperm and eggs. For measuring, | use the Zeiss screw micrometer with compensating ocular. There should be at hand one or two good standardized thermometers. In view of the importance of temperature as a factor this suggestion seems superfluous. A record of the room temperature and that of the egg suspension should be kept. Whenever an observation on the eggs is made, it should be made on a fresh sample from the standard culture and not on a previous sample in a small quantity of sea-water, because the rate of development will be found to vary, the eggs in the smaller quantity of sea-water developing a trifle more rapidly. Finally, the worker should learn all that he can about the animal whose gametes he uses. He should know what the normal animal looks like in order to be sure that he is using eggs and sperm from animals in best physiological condition. The normal development of the eggs which he is to use for his experiments he should also know, not through reading merely, but by careful and repeated study of each stage from fertilization through the larval stage. ANIMALS AVAILABLE AT Woops Hote DurING THE SUMMER FOR EMBRYOLOGICAL WorRK Curiously enough too few workers realize how many more forms are available at Woods Hole during the summer for embryological work than the Arbacis-Fundulus-Asterias, trinity and the lesser lights: Nereis, Chaetopterus, Echinarachirius, Cummings, Crepidula, Cynthia, and Cten- olarus. In addition to these and other forms commonly used which breed practically throughout the summer season there are several less familiar forms that are excellent for many lines of experimental embryology. There are: Ensis, Mitylus, Mya, Mactra, Pecten, Thyone and Podarke. A brief acount of these forms sipr esented here. Ensis. The eggs of Ensis resemble greatly those of Cumingia] They may be obtained in abundance and with ease, especially during July. Animals kept one to a dish shed rapidly. It is more convenient to use the smaller specimens placing them in finger bowls; larger animals usually shed more eggs but need larger dishes. The eggs are useless if taken from the ovaries. The animals are best kept in wet sand after collecting and should be protected from heat. Mytilus. The eggs of this form can be obtained in very large num- bers. They too resemble the eggs of Cumingia. For the worker who desires more eggs from one female than he can, produce from Cumingia or Ensis for experiments similar to those for which he used Cumuingia eggs, here is the animal to use. There is the drawback, though, that the animals must shed the eggs; eggs taken from the ovaries are im- paired. The abundance of Mytilus makes it easy to get the eggs through- out the breeding season. This egg was studied by Hertwig (’77) and more recently by Meves (716). The reader should consult Field’s mono- graph, “Biology and economic value of the sea mussel, /ytilus edulis,” 1922. It is not at all difficult to carry this egg through metamorphosis. In- deed, Mytilus used to cause a great deal of trouble in the old sea-water tank at the Marine Biological Laboratory. Larvae developed in such numbers that the mussels interfered with the water supply. This April, I found young specimens in my old diatom cultures of last season; these had developed from veligers. Mya. The eggs of Mya are obtained by allowing the animals to shed. Eggs are plentiful during the summer. Mactra. Unlike Cumungia, the eggs of Mactra are fertilizable in the germina] vesicle stage, thus resembling the eggs of Nereis and Ascaris. This makes it an interesting form for work on fertilization and exper- imental parhenogenesic. For the latter point, especially see Kostanecki’s papers, ’04 and ’08. Eggs of Mactra differ from those of Cumingia and of the other forms mentioned in still another way—they fertilize readily if taken from the animal. There is no scarcity of Mactra in the Woods Hole region. This is a beautiful egg admirably suited for experimental work. Pecten, Pecten is monoecious and in my experience at least seems to be self-fertilizable. Certainly, this is true; in battery jars each of which contained a single individual I have repeatedly found fertilized eggs which developed into veligers. With suitable food one could doubtless carry (Continued on Page 11) e ro “, ree! , " ro! +. S oe! -, es oe! *, 5 oe! SS o 5 oe! *, ro) *, s roe! , es roe! ro *, 5 roe! *, es +! oes 2 ce o es 4 +, eS 0! Q ." 4 *, 5 4, rer tes *, . Paste Loetes re! o eS oe! *, eS > +, " oo o vs oe! oe eS os o 6 roo! + es oe! +, oe! *, " ro, ." o os 4 *, es oy oe, oO oes ." * . roe! * eS cP *, ‘ +, roe! , es roe’ o es roe! o es ee! o eS oe! o " oe *, cS oe "arts res oes eS o ‘ reas o . oe! o vs oes o, 5 > *, 9 Q 'e roe! o es roe! o es oes + "e" oes Poatest rer tates ro, oo “oe! , . ro oe "." roe! " 2 eS roe! o roe! o, eS oe +, 5 4 o eS oe s *, es > o es oe, , es roe! te . roa! o . os o es + o fee! o eS vee! oe oes Q es oo oe eS rea! o es roe eS *, ‘e vo! oe 5 oo , eS roe! eS o roe! o roe! * cS roe! o eS oe! o ’! 09 , "es roa! o vee! oe S "oe! o vo! + re" oe +, eS roe! o cS oes , " a! *, "e eos eS * "e o roe! * 5 roe! , cS ross roe! Q 5 roe! *, S roe! +, roe! *, es roe , eS roe! "e Q Ss ro o es reas o ‘ roe! *, ros , ro! *, +, ahead Motte, Seeteete eeteetes: 5 eaten GOLD SEAL He stesteates”s eeteeteeteeter! o 6%, arte oe * ss Non-Corrosive reates! *4% ter te German ont OD e' * re! Microscopic eaten Peat Sac noe *, . "oe *, . "o COVER -GLASSES *, ee: oe *, e ee, +, ' oe *, ss oe! *, ' ee: *, os "oe *, 5 Do Not Fog *, ." oo *, s oe *, ro! * roe! + rer te" roe The hard glass used is made *, s *, roe! *, rete after a special, tried formula oe oe oe *, . for the express purpose of oe o SS roe! . making it non-corrosive un- *, oes * 5 oe) +, oes oS der all conditions. This we GUARANTEE! *, oe! *, rete" ito! oes * rete oe! o roe! a ‘ ros *, . roe! o roe! *, 5 os . Gold Seal Cover Glasses are uniform in_ thickness, 48 reeeee! 2 eS ros a roe, *, oo oes o oS reas oo evenly cut, free from bubbles oust eefeey es scratches and imperfections. , eS oe * . oy eS roe! * . roe! *, ." All established sizes and thinnessess re *, . soatee, Sunt 5 roe! Ponte eeiee oS Square Round Rectangular *, oes " +, , -" oe “oe! . , . roe * 5 roe! o ree! Q . roe! , ret te" Pasteat Peale? ro *, 5 '} Seal oe * . oes * SS roe! * *, e oe *, ' oe *, * a x roe! * . on every 14 oz. box re! *, 5 roe! *, oS oo * es roe *, SS roe! *, eS roe! *, re oe *, 5 At your dealer Pnates’, re tear oe *, or write to roe! *, oe, oS roe! Q roe! Q SS ross Q oS roe! , . roe! 5 GLAY-ADAMS CoO., ING: o oe! a . roe! Q eS roe! SS IMPORTERS roe! Q rer tet ee: *, 5 oe *, o ro , . oe! oe Pua’, o 117-119 East 24th Street New York oe! + Meataats ovlestests roares! Peat, renee + Q e' oe *, os cS *, . oe! *, * CO Sonteateeteeteatesleeoaleatesteeioeloslonsorgongonseaseeloe ot ee * PAGE FOUR THE COLLECTING NET 5 no one, we are confident, who is|edition of your papér is not very a i i as a as The Collecting Net more competent to write concerning |large we propose to present the copy = $ the technique of handling the var-Jof the portrait with the compliments os $ A weekly publication concerned {1!0US marine embryological material.|of the Rockefeller Institute.” + * with the activities of the Marine Bio-| The information presented in these} The Division of Publication of % B WESTERMANN 5% logical Laboratory and of Woods Hole.]articles has been accumulated by|the Rockefeller Institute writes that Bs i 5 BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Just over a period of twenty the heliotype reproduction of the BS + Robert Chambers, Head of the Depart- Scars ae his work at the Marine portrait of Loeb were unsatisfactory % ECOr INC. 5 ment of Biology, New York University. | Biological Laboratory. and that they are now arranging for | % = Edwin J. Conklin, er of Biology,}' This series of articles will be photogravures which will be de- ~ ~ Teesside ey Proto- | Published in the form of a manual |livered to us during the first week of | $ $ ; zoology, Yale University. which we will be able to sell for a August. The supplement will appear + 13: West 46th St - STAFF small sum owing to the fact that shortly after that date. + : + MrehGaiteli eee ere ost: Editor | Ue) Pees inl she neem eve s2 3 $ Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn reprint of the material appearing Spiritualism Bs New York os E _ Contributing Editor }in The Collecting Net. oe bx Helen, §, Morsis..Contributing Bator" 1.55 privilege to print in this| The Collecting Net, always at-| $ : ilae. liesersee, 55... reese Manager number of The Collecting Net an|tempting to present useful and $ $ The Reynolds Printing Co. article entitled “Some Biological authentic information concerning + Booksellers and Publishers $ NewoBedtord Woods Hole | Stations Abroad” by Dr. Calkins ]anything that directly concerns the £ 5 Massachusetts who is now head of the department] workers at The Marine Biological Bs in 5 of zoology at Columbia University.|aboratory, takes the liberty of re- | % eK This article will serve as a general|producing the advertisement below + Foreign and Domestic, $ introduction to a series of individual |which appeared on the front page | = Recapitulation articles which are being obtained of the issue of The Falmouth Enter- + General and Scientific + + : T,.2 directly from the various biological | prise for July 5: + + The Collecting Net is now enter- stations. in Baroper wae or two ; = ing upon its third year of activity;}~; = OE Se a Be + Books in all + ; nerd 4 a vear of | these accounts will be published $ - even greater usefulness than those} ogo! ISS ae reamn ee ¢ T WARREN Ps D : Languages * ae ee Peed ee “Undoubtedly its We hope also to include articles on = ? ° alles + i , ea he some of the biological stations in te a : two years of experience will make : : Re fe Z S America. 3 3 it demand more respect and have a ° aS Zy wider era of influence and of use- y Ordained = Catalogues sent on request. + fulness. Formerly a bewildered in- The Directory Pa = ~ ’ ~ fant, it now emerges on its third This issue of The Collecting Net Spiritualist 3 = birthday as an ambitious little boy AletaAS A Ghmeciome: OT dhe wakes < ~ $ —alert, confident,— and with its ex-| in attendance at the laboratory. In M edium Seetenntetenntetetntntetetetetetetetettie istence taken as a matter of course ;] the process of its compilation it has ¢ 5 with gratitude by most; as a neces-] heen posted for corrections at the x BIOLOGICAL % Say) evil by a limited few. We like} \fess Hall and at the Laboratory in Complete satisfaction guar- ~ WABORATORN % to think that we have the wisdom| the three stages of its development. ree'y + APPARATUS Ce of age and the enthusiasm of youth! | Pyys every possible precaution has anteed ‘toy all if wyomlare = Stock includes Wi $ Financially we were rather suc-| been exercised to cut the number not satisfied, pay nothing. + and Microscope Actesso teen : cessful last year. Over and above|0f errors down to the minimum READING, $2.00 $ all leading makes. Practically expenses we made $296.24. This|mumber. If, however, a few do ‘ ~ any microscope requirement > enabled us to pay our deficit of }oCcur we ask those concerned to Hours 1 to 8 P. M. + can be supplied promptly. + $46.00 which was incurred during} >¢ indulgent and accept our apol- COLONIAL CHAMBERS * Our Incubators include $ our first year of existence. Fifty-| gies. Some investigators neglected t * ue Freas, Thelco and C. S. 8 + six dollars of the remaining sum|to fill out the official application 307 Main St, HYANNIS * We te full Wi f + was turned over to complete the| form and in these cases we have 5 Blood Testin any ese 5 sum of $500.00 to The Collecting |otten had to depend upon other less! To be of further service The |Z such as Bloc Contes % Net Scholarship Fund. This leaves| accurate sources of information. | Collecting Net may undertake to * Blood Gas and Hydrogen # us with a sum of $194.24 on which| The proportion of distinguished in-| charter a bus to convey members of $ Ion Apparatus, also Water % to initiate publication this year. es ane oe ae group : the laboratory to and from Hyannis. z es Apparatus and a full x S. ; ; arge. It might also be expressed |p Be sie i, | # line of general laboratory ap- *¥ With the splendid co-operation of ie ite mathematical ae: ae ier ca Rite this re tarenis ech as Water Bake z our advertisers we are financially] 7n, Jikelihood of an investigator to|t, a “Colle AlN? rane ee + Sterilizers, | Thermometers, + independent—and look forward to] 417 out an ap plication blank varies Band CONS SEE Nixes eee $ ete ; Sacre > contributing an even larger sum of | inversely as the square of his uni- = Special attention is directed * money to The Collecting Net Schol-| yorse. Perhaps Professor Bernstein ‘ 5 pour line of Tp Chemicals. $ arship Fund at the end of the sum-| can further FARTS hte: M. B. L. Mix-Up : Write for further details - n.er than we were able to last season. ° (Gontinnediar P = and visit our Showrooms at x Gur ‘Sunalemant (Continued from Page 1) % 18th St. and 3rd Ave. + ' Our Contents i oa PP! ,| _ [hose in the bleachers viewed the 53 + lhe “Loeb Memorial Supplement” | dance event with enthusiastic ap- | % EIMER % AMEND The Collecting Net considers it-}o0f The Collecting Net will appear plause. In an interview with one $ ES seli most fortunate in obtaining a}sometime in August. The original]of the leading biologists in one of = Est. 1651 Inc. 1897 t series of articles on Methods for|plan of publishing an extensive | the boxes, the following statement + Headquarters for Laboratory er Experimental Embryology. Our|supplement during the winter proved | was officially issued, “The dance | # Apparatus and Chemical * contributor is Dr. E. E. Just, prof-| unwise as well as impossible. phenomenon, since it bears striking $ Reagents $ essor of zoology at Howard Uni-| We wish to express our appre-| resemblance to the phenomenon of 5 + versity. He is the acknowledged] ciation to the Rockefeller Institute | Brownian movement, may be safely % see YORK, N. Y. * authority on the field which will be| for the generous offer made by Dr. | and easily studied for purposes of 5 ee ee BS covered by this treatise. There is| llexner in a recent letter: “As the! analogy complete comparison.” Seapeagedeteteteteaetbeepeapeeeeeeededebedegea THE COLEECTING NET PAGE FIVE DIRECTORY FOR 1928 Abbreviations shoveinyy Ue abheler oan oops OeeeUnen 30t. svaiele Leverilslbayer Aa gas oe qnooseadaade Br. IL@teibbas Isley 5-5 bagadeanucdoonooceod Ibe Old Main Building............. O. M. Rockefeller Building ........... Rock Other abbreviations similar to those incorporated in “American Men of Science.” THE STAFF Jacobs, M. H., Director, phys., Pennsylvania. ZOOLOGY I. Investigation Calkins, G. N., prof. protozool., Col- umbia. Conklin, E. G., prof. zool., Princeton. Grave, C., prof, zool., Washington (St. Louis). Jennings, H. S., prof. zool., Hopkins. Lillie, F. R., prof. emb., Chicago. McClung, C. E., prof. zool., Pennsyl- vania. Mast, S. O., prof. zool., Hopkins. Morgan, T. H., proi. exp. zool., Col- umbia. Parker, G. H., prof. zool., Harvard. Wilson, E. B., prof. zool., Columbia. Woodruff, L. L., prof. zool., Yale. are prof. gen. II. Instruction Bennitt, R., assoc. prof. zool., Missouri. Bissonnette, T. H., prof. biol., Trinity. Cole, E. C., asst. prof. biol., Williams. Dawson, J. A., instr. zool., Harvard. Grant, Madeleine P., asst. prof. zool., Mount Holyoke. Martin, E. A., asst. prof, zool., C. C. N. We Sisetaciberc. A. E., instr. zool., Col- umbia. Young, D. B., prof. biol., Maine. PROTOZOOLOGY I. Investigation (see zoology) II. Instruction Calkins, G. N., prof. protozool., Col- umbia. MacDougall, Mary S., Agnes Scott. Unger, W. B., asst. prof. zool., Dart- mouth, EMBRYOLOGY I. Investigation (see zoology) II. Instruction Goodrich, H. B., prof. biol., Wesleyan. Grave, B. H., prof. biol., Wabash. Packard, C., asst. prof. zool., Columbia. Plough, H. H., prof. biol., Amherst. Rogers, C. G., prof. comp. phys., Ober- lin. PHYSIOLOGY I. Investigation Conn, E. J., asst. prof. phys. chem., Harvard. Garrey, W. E., prof. phys., Vanderbilt Med. prof. zool., Harvey, E. N., prof. phys., Princeton. Hecht, S., assoc. prof. biophys., Col- umbia. Lillie, R. S., prof. gen. phys., Chicago. Mathews, A. P., prof. biol. chem., Cin- cinnati, Redfield, A. C., Harvard. asst. prof, phys., II. Instruction Bradley, H. C., prof. phys. Wisconsin. Fenn, W. O., prof. phys., Rochester. Haywood, Charlotte, instr. phys., Penn- sylvania. chem., Jacobs, M. H., prof. gen. phys., Penn- sylvania. Michaelis, L., prof. Berlin; Hopkins. BOTANY I. Investigation Allen, C. E., prof. bot., Wisconsin. Brooks, S. C., prof. zool., California. Duggar, B. M., prof. bot., Wisconsin. Lewis, I. F., prof. biol., Virginia. Robbins, W. J., prof. bot., Wisconsin. II. Instruction Bell, H. P., assoc. prof. bot., Dalhousie. Poole, J. P., prof. evol., Dartmouth. Taylor, W. R., asst. prof. bot., Penn- sylvania. INVESTIGATORS Abramson, H. A., instr. med, Hopkins. Bis ol5: Allee, W. C., assoc. prof. zool., Chicago University. Apgar, Grace M., res. asst. phys., Penn- sylvania. Br, 224. Armstrong, P. B., instr. anat., Cornell Med., Br. 318. Arndt, C. H., Dir. Coffee Exp. Sta., Haiti. O. M. 7. Austin, Mary L., lect. zool., Barnard. Br. 314. Averell, P. R., res. asst. phys., Rocke- feller Inst. Br. 207. Bailey, P. L. Jr., grad. zool., Brown. Rock 6. Baitsell, G. A., prof. biol., Yale. Br. 330. Bangson; J. S., instr. biol., Berea Col. 3r. 110. Bard, P., instr. phys., Harvard Med. Barron, E. S. Guzman, asst. med., Hopkins. Br. 313. Barth, L. G, grad. asst. phys., Mich- igan. Br. 217a. Bazett, H. C,, vania. Br, 309. Bennitt, R., assoc. prof. zool., Missouri. ONE 25 Bernstein, F., dir. Instr. der Mathema- tischen Statistik, Goettingen, Br. 314, Bigelow, R. P., prof. zool., Mass. Inst. Tech. Br. 306. Bishop, Mabel, prof. zool., Hood. O. M. Base. Bissonette, T. H., prof. biol., Trinity. O. M. 26. é Blanchard, K. C., asst. prof. biochem., New York. Br. 341. Bliss, S., asst. prof. biochem, McGill. Br. 126. Blumenthal, R., grad phys., Pennsyl- vania. Br, 217. Bostian, C. H., grad. asst. zool., Pitts- burgh. Rock. 2. Bowen, R. H., prof. Br. 305. Bowling, Rachel, asst. protozool., Col- umbia. Br. 331. Bowman, P. W., instr. bot., George Washington, Bot. 1. ‘ Breitenbecher, J. K., fel. 1 Sy, Bridges, C. B., res. asst. genetics, Car- negie Inst. Br. 332. Brinley, F. J., Nat. Res. fel., Pennsyl- vania. Br. 217. Bronfenbrenner, J. J. Rockefeller Inst. Brooks, S. C., prof. zool., California. Bot: 3, Brooks, M. M.,, res. fornia. Bot. 3. Brown, Alice L., asst. Med. L 22. Buchanan, J. W., asst. prof. biol., Yale. Br. 323. Buck, Louise H., res. asst. zool., Col- umbia. Br. 305. Budington, R. A., prof. zool., Oberlin. Br. 218. Burns, Jr., Cincinnati. prof. phys., Pennsyl- zool., Columbia. zool., McGill. assoc. mem. assoc, biol., Cali- path., Cornell R. K., asst. Br. 223. prof. zool., Butler, E. G., instr. anat., Princeton. L. 29 Calkins, G. N., prof. protozool., Col- umbia. Br. 331. Carey, C. Z., instr. bot.,Barnard. Bot. Carothers, Eleanor, lect. zool., Penn- sylvania. Br. 220, Carpenter, R. L, Harvard. Br. 217e. Carver, G| L,, prof. biol., Mercer. Cattell, W., res. fel. biophysics, Mem- orial Hosp. Br. 123. Chambers, R., prof. anat., Cornell Med. 3r. 328. Chidester, F. E., prof. zool., West Vir- ginia. L 34, Christie, J. R., assoc. nematologist, U. S. Dept. of Agr. Rock. East. Clarke, Miriam F., instr. phys., Wes- tern Reserve. L 24. Cobb, N. A., technologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. Rock East. Coe, W. R., prof. biol., Yale Br. 323. Coldwater, K., grad. asst. phys., Miss- ouri. Br. 336, Cole, E. C., asst. prof. zool., Williams Col. O. M. 24. Cole, K., res. fel. phys., physics, Har- vard. Br. 106. Comegys, Margaret Columbia. Br. 217k. Conklin, E. G., prof. biol., Br. 324. eons, Corine, U. S. Dept. Agr. Rock. tast. Copeland, J. asst. biol., Earlham Col. Bot. 21. Copeland, M,, 3r. 334. Costello, D. P., asst. zool., Col. of the City of Detroit. O. M. 1. Cowdry, E. V., assoc. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br. 209B. Crabb, E. D., instr. zool., Pennsylvania asst. instr. zool., B., zool., grad. Princeton. prof. biol., Bowdoin. Ause 15; Br. 217b: Curtis, W. C., prof. zool., Missouri. Br. 336. Dalton, A. J., grad. asst. zool., Wes- leyan. Br. 210. Dawson, J. A., instr. zool., Harvard. OF M. 28. Demerec, M., invest. genetics, Carnegie Inst: Bir; 219) Dobzhansky, T., Int. Ed. Leningrad. Br. 333. Dolley, Jr., W. L., prof. biol., Buffalo. Br. 339. Donaldson, H. H., mem. neur., Wistar Board fel., Inst. Br. 115. Dreyer, N. B., lect. pharmacology, McGill. Br. 126. Duggar, B. M., prof. bot., Wisconsin. Br. 122, Edwards, D. J. assoc, Cornell Med. Br. 214. Emmart, Emily W., grad. zool., Hop- kins. Br. 315. Fish, H. D., res. assoc. genetics, Mich- igan. O. M. 34. Flexner, L. B., fel. med., Hopkins Hosp. bye, Glee Fogg, Jr., J. M., instr. bot., Pennsyl- vania. Bot. 22. Frank, R. L., grad. phys., Yale Univer- sity. Br. 315. Freeman, L. B., grad. zool., Pennsyl- vania. O. M. Base. Fry, H. J., asst. prof. biol., New York. O. M. Base. Gardiner, Mary S., instr. zool., Bryn Mawr. Br. 343. Garrey, W. E., prof. phys., Vanderbilt Med. Br. 215. Genther, Ida T., asst. path., Washing- ton Med. Br. 122C. Glaser, O., prof. biol., Amherst Col. Br. 204. Goodrich, H. B., prof. biol., Wesleyan. Br. 210. Gordon, I. I., res. asst. phys., Cornell Med. Br. 315. Goss, C. M., instr. anat., Yale. Br. 315. Graef, I., res. asst., Cornell Med. Br. 315. prof. phys., Grand, C. G., res. asst., Cornell Med. 3r. 328. Grave, B. H., prof. zool., Wabash. Br. 234 Grave, C., prof. zool., Washington. Br. 295 Green, Arla A., Nat. Res. fel. med Harvard. Greene, W. F., assoc. prof. anat., Syracuse Med. Br. 115. Greene, E. C., fel. anat., Syracuse Med. 3r. 315. Grundfest, H., fel. phys., Columbia. Sree o4e Guthrie, Mary J., assoc. prof. zool., Missouri. Br. 335. Hall, R. T., grad. phvys., Princeton. abe, ili) Hamilton, L. L., grad. asst., zool. Pitts- burgh. Rock. 7. Hansen, I. B., grad. asst. zool., Wes- leyan. Br. 210. Harnly, Marie L., asst. genetics, Car- negie Inst. Br, 321. Haraly, M. H., instr. zool., New York. yey Ay Hartline, H. K., Nat. Hopkins. Br. 229. Harvey, E. N., prof. phys., Princeton. 3r. 116. Haywood, Charlotte, asst. prof. phys., Vassar. O. M. 6. Heath, C., Mass. Gen. Hosp. laboratory physician, Dorm. 216. Hecht, S., assoc. prof, biophysics, Col- umbia. Br. 231 Heilbrunn, L. V., Michigan. Br. 114. Henderson, Jean T., lect. zool., McGill. Br. 111. Hetherington, W. A,, asst. zool., Col- umbia, Br. 314. Hickman, Jane, grad. zool., 3r. 336. Hill, S. E., fel. phys., Princeton, U. S. B. F. Hinrichs, Marie A., res. assoc. phys., Chicago. Br. 344. Res. fel. med., asst. prof. zool., Missouri. Hoadley, L., asst. prof. zool., Harvard. Br. 213. Holcomb, M. E., asst. phys., Princeton. lye, Wailil) Holmes, Gladys E., grad. zool., Brown. Rock. West. Hoskins, Frances, res. asst. hist., Col- umbia. Br, 320. Hou, H. C., Rockefeller Found. fel. phys., Peking Union Med. Br. 117. Howard, H. J., prof. ophth., W.ashing- ton Med. Br. 222. Howe, H. E., editor: Ind. and Eng. Chem. Br. 203. Howland, Ruth B., asst. prof. biol., New York. Br. 341. Huettner, A. F., assoc. prof. biol. New York. Br. 3 Hughes, T. P., assoc. Rockefeller Inst. L. 31. Ignelzi, Maria, grad. zool., Pittsburgh. Rock. 7. Imai, Y., fel. Rockefeller Inst. Board, zool., Columbia. Br. 332. Ingalls, Elizabeth, N., res. asst. phys., Harvard Med. Br. 107. Izquierdo, J. J., Rockefeller fel., Es- cuela Médico Militar, (Mexico) O. M. Jacobs, M. H., prof. gen. phys., Penn- sylvania. Br. 205. Johlin, J. M., assoc. prof. Vanderbilt Med. Br. 342. path., bact., Ed. biochem., Johnson, P. L., grad. asst. zool., Hop- kins. Br. 311. Johnson, S. K., grad. asst. zool., Hop- kins. Br. 311. Johnston, Janet L., grad. asst. zool., Brown. Br. 329. Jones, E. P., grad. asst. zool., burgh. Br. 12. Just, E. E., prof. zool., Howard. Br. 228. Kaan, Helen W., assoc. prof. zool., Wheaton. Bot. Keefe, (Rev.) A. M., prof. biol., St. Norbert Col. Bot. 5. Keil, Elsa M., grad. asst. biol. Rock. West. Pitts- PAGE SIX Keosian, J., asst. biol., New York. Br. 3. Kindred, J. E., assoc. prof. hist., emb., Virginia. Br. 327. Kinney, Elizabeth T., grad. zool., Col- umbia. Br. 314. Knower, H. M., prof. anat., Alabama. Br. 306, Knowlton, F. P., prof. phys., Syracuse Med. Br. 226, Kozelka, A. W., instr. zool., Pittsburgh. Rock. 7. Kropp, B., instr. zool. Harvard. Br. 217 aches: J. B., instr. zool., New York. Boe Lancefield, DES Col- umbia. Br. i Lewis, I. F., prof. biol., Lillie, F. R, prof. zool., 227. Loeb, L., prof. path., Washington Med. r.. 300. asst. prof. zool., Virginia. Bot. Chicago. Br. Lorberblatt, I., res. asst. chem., Harri- man Res. Lab. By 1226. Louw, T. A., res. a¥%t., Michigan. Br. 219. Lucas, A. M., instr. zool., Washington. iD, BBY Lucas, Catherine L. T., res. fel. zool., Yale. Br. 315. Lucas, Miriam S., zool., 2 aeE Lucke, B., assoc. prof. path., vania. Br. 310. Pennsylvania. Pennsyl- Lynch, Mary E., teacher biol., Boston Col. Br. 2171. Lynch, Ruth S., instr. zool., Hopkins. Br. 127. McCardle, R. C., asst. phys., Brown. Rock. 6. McCutcheon, M., asst. prof. path., Pennsylvania. Br. 310. MacDougall, Mary S., err biol., Agnes Scott (Ga.). O. M. Marshall, Jr., E. K., Ae zool., kins. Br, "332. Marsland, D. A., instr. biol., New York. Br.2Z; Martin, E. A., asst. prof. biol., Col. City of New York. O. M. 28 Mast, S. O., prof. zool., 311. Mather, Vera G., student, Hopkins Med. Br. 340 Hop- Hopkins. Br. Matthews, S. A. grad. zool., Harvard. Br. 217d. Metcalf, M. M., res. assoc. zool., Hop- kins. Br. 304. Metz, C. W., mem. genetics, Carnegie Inst. Br. 219. Michaelis, L., resident lect. phys., kins. Br. 313. Miller, Evelyn H., grad. phys., sylvania. Br. 110. Miller, Ruth C., grad. zool., Bryn Mawr. Br. 217f. Mitchell, P. H., prof. phys., 233 Hop- Penn- Brown. Br. Mitchell, W. H., grad. phys., Br. 106. Montgomery, H., grad. phys., Harvard Med. Br. 109. Morgan, T. H,, prof. expt. zool., Col- umbia, Br. 320. Borculls, S., prof. biochem, Nebraska. av Harvard. Morris, Helen S., grad. bot., Columbia. Bot. Lab. Morrison, Mary E., grad. phys., sylvania. Br. 110. Morrison, T. F., instr. phys., Princeton. Br. 111. Mowery, May, asst. (Minn.) Bot. Lab. Mackenfuss, R. L., asst. Rockefeller Inst. Br. 208. Mudd, S., asst. prof. expt. path. Penn- sylvania. Murray, Margaret R., Nat. zool., Chicago. Br. 344. vir aaa S. M., grad. zool., 3, Penn- biol., Carleton path., bact. Res. fel. 3rown. Rock. Nahm, Laura, instr. zool., Missouri Flat River Jr. Col. Br. 336. Nishibe, M., assoc. path., Government Inst, Infect. Dis., Tokyo. Br. 312. ~ Noble, G. K., Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. ei. : Oliphant, J. F., grad. zool., Wabash. Br. 234. Osterhaut, W. J. V., mem. Rockefeller Inst., Br, 207. THE COLLECTING NET Packard, C., asst., prof. zool., Columbia. O. M. 2. Paige, I., physician Presbyterian Hosp. Bri) 3Zo: Pankrotz, D. S., instr. anat., Kansas. i Dao be Parker, G. H., prof. zool., Harvard. Br. 213} Parmenter, C. L., asst. prof. zool., sylvania. Br. 220. Parpart, A. K., instr. Br. 110. Patten, W., prof. 15 Gosnold Rd. Payne, N. M. C., biol. abstracts, Penn- sylvania. Br, 317. Pelluet, Dixie, grad. zool., Br. 343. Pinney, Mary E., prof. zool., kee-Downer. Br. 217}. Plough, H. H., prof. biol., 125. Plunkett, C. R., asst. York. Br. 1. Plunkett, Marie L., res. asst. biol., York. Bride Pollack, H., Cornell Med. Br. 328. Penn- emb., Amherst. zool., Dartmouth Bryn Mawr. Milwau- Amherst. Br. prof. biol., New New Pollister, A. W., grad. zool., Columbia. Br. 314. Pond, S. E., asst. prof. phys., Pennsyl- vania. Br. 224. Pes P., prof. evolution, Dartmouth, ot Preu, P. W., stud., Cornell Med.. Br. 214. Sey H. W., assoc. prof. zool., Harvard. Raney, M. H., stud. phys., Princeton. Br. 111. Robb, Jane S., prof. phys., Women’s Med. Pennsylvania. Br, 226. Redfield, A. C., asst. prof. phys., Har- vard Med. Br. 109. Redfield, Helen, res. Columbia. Br. 314. Reynolds, Sara J., res. asst., O. M. Base. worker genetics, New York. Reznikoff, P., assoc. anat., instr. med., Cornell Med. Br. 340. Richards, O. W., asst. prof. biol., Clark.’ Br. 8. Richardson, Elavia L., instr. zool., Ver- mont, O. M. 1. Ritter, R., res. asst. zool., Missouri. Br. 336. Robertson, G, M., asst. prof. evolution, Dartmouth. Br, 217b. Rogers, C. G., prof. comp. phys., Ober- lin, Br. 218. Rogers, Edith, grad. zool., Br, 217. Root, W. S., asst. sylvania. Br. 110. Rowell, L. S., instr. O. M. 1. St. de Renyi, G., asst. prof. anat., Penn- sylvania, Br. 117. Pennsylvania. instr. phys., Penn- zool., Vermont. Sanders, Elizabeth P., grad. zool., Hopkins. Bot. Lab Sayles, L. P., instr. zool., Tufts Col. Br. 233. Shaftesbury, A. D., assoc. prof. zool. N. C. Col. Woman. Br. 23. Schauffler, W. G., phys., Princeton. Br. 324. Schrader, F., assoc. prof. zool., Byrn Mawr. O. M. 29. : Schrader, Sally H., instr. biol., Bryn Mawr. O. M 29. ‘Schultz, J., Nat. Res. fol., Columbia. Br, 342. Schwartzback, S., grad. zool., Mary- land Med. Br. 122d. Scott, G. H., asst. prof. anat., Washing- ton Med. Br. 209b. Scott, J. P., Kodaker. O. M. 6. Sears, Mary, grad. zool., Radcliffe. Br. 41/n, Severinghaus, A. E., instr. anat., Col- umbia. Shattuck, G. E., asst. phys., New York. L 26, Shlaer, S., asst. bio-physics, Columbia. Br. 314. Shoup, C. S., asst. phys., Princeton. Br. 111. ; Shull, A. F., prof. zool., Michigan. O. M. Base. Sichel, F. J. M., grad.-dem. bot. McGill. sr, ua Smith, Doreen, grad. Home Econ., Toronto. Br. 123. Wilde, Frances M., grad. zool., Rad- cliffe. Br. 2171. [pales C. L., instr. biol, New York. Br. 232, Williams, C. D., grad. zool., Brown. Rock. scientific staff Biol. Smith, G. H., Ab- stracts. O. M. Base. Smith, Helen B., grad zool., Hopkins. Br. 127. Smith, W. A., grad phys., vania. Br. 205. Snell, G. D., grad. zool., Harvard. Rock. soleil, B, prof. phys, Prague Br. 225 Speidel, c C., assoc. prof. anat., ginia. Br. 327. Steinhardt, Je 3r. 314. Stewart, Dorothy Ryekau phys., Penn- sylvania. Br, 110. Stockard, C. R,, prof. Med. Br. 317. Stokey, Alma G., yoke. Strong, O. S., prof. umbia. Br. 8. Struthers, Charlotte M., Pittsburgh. Rock. 7 Stunkard, H. W., prof biol., labe, ZHie Sturtevant, A. H., mem. Carnegie Inst. Br. 332. Sumwalt, Margaret, instr. phys., Wo- man’s Med. (Pa.) Br. 309. Pennsyl- Vir- asst. zool., Columbia. anat., Cornell prof. bot. Mt. Hol- neuro-anat., Col- instr. zool., New York. staff. zool., Swett, F. H,, assoc. prof. anat., Van- derbilt Med. Br. 223. Taft, Jes C. H., grad. phys., P. & S. Ls ey Taylor, Jean G., grad. bot., Pennsyl- vania Bot. Taylor, W. R., prof. bot., Pennsylvania Bot. Tennent, D. H., prof. biol, Bryn Mawr. Br. 343. TeWinkel, Helen, asst. phys., Mt. Hol- yoke. Br. 122c Thompson, Helen, grad. asst. zool., Missouri. O. M. Base. Titlebaum, A., instr. zool., Columbia. Br. 314. Torvik, Magnhild, M., grad. asst. zool., Pittsburgh. Rock. 7. Uhlenhuth, E., assoc. prof. Maryland Med. Br. 122d. Unger, W. B., asst. prof. zool., mouth. O, M. 22 Wang, C. C, grad. zool., Bieeel7. Warren, H. C.,_ prof. Princeton. Br. "303. Warren, H. S., assoc. prof. zool., versity of Idaho. Weare, J. H., res. asst., School. Weech, A. A., instr. res. med., Hopkins. Br. 313. Whedon, A. D., prof. zool., Cols Wai: White, Edna D., res. Inst. Br. 219. Whiting, Anna R., prof. biol., anat., Dart- Pennsylvania. psychology, Uni- Harvard Med. N. D. Agr. asst., Carnegie Pa. Golf Women. Rock. 2. Whiting, P. W., assoc. prof. zool., Pittsburgh. Rock. 2. Wickes, Constance E., res. asst., Car- negie Inst, Br, 216. Wieman, H. L., prof. zool., Cincinnati. Br. 334. Wilbar, C. L., grad. zool., Pennsylvania. Williams, S. R., prof. physics., Amherst. O. M. 3. Wilson, J. W., asst. prof. biol., Br. 329. Winter, C. A. grad zool., Br. 122d. Wolf, E., Int. Ed. Board Fel. berg Br, 106. Wolf, E. A,, instr. Rock. 7. Woods, Farris H., instr. zool., Missouri Br 390: Woodruff, L. L., prof. protozool., Br. 323. Brown. Hopkins. Heidel- phys., Pittsburgh. Yale. Woodward, Alvalyn E., asst. prof. phys. Michigan. L. 24. Yamaguchi, M., asst. prof. path. Niigata Med. (Japan) Br. 312. Young, R. A,, asst. prof. zool., Howard. Br. 228. STUDENTS Abell, R. G,, instr. biol., emb. Apgar, Virginia, Mt. Holyoke. zool. Arnold, N. K., asst. zool., Wesleyan. emb. Baier, Jr., J. G., asst. zool. zool. Baker, C. L,, prof. biol., Millsaps. proto. Barsony, Mrs. L. M., grad. New York. zool. Beck, L. V,. grad. Wabash. emb. Biddle, R. L., asst. zool. New York. proto. Binns, Dorothy A, Reserve. phys. Brown, Margaret E., teacher biol. Flora Macdonald (Ala). zool. Bulmes Gladys, grad. Pennsylvania. bot. Button, Marion, grad. Goucher. bot. Butts, Helen E., grad. Brown. emb. Burr, Belle H., grad. Wellesley. bot. Hampton Inst. grad. Western Butler, Margaret R., asst. bot. Dal- housie. bot. Caldwell, Lucile J., asst. biol., Agnes Scott. zool. Carney, Beatrice M., Buffalo. zool. Chapman, A. N., Williams. zool. Church, Frances, instr. zool. Carleton. zool, Clark, Elsie S., grad. Radcliffe. zool. Cogan, D. G., Dartmouth. emb. Coldwater, K. B., asst. zool., Missouri. emb. Cordes, W. P., Colgate. zool. Caultée; Della R., grad. South Carolina. zool. Cranston, Jr., W. J., Hamilton. zool. Driver, E. C., res. asst., Illinois. emb. Drumtra, Elizabeth, asst. zool., Wilson. emb. DuShane, G. P., Wabash. zool. Duryee, W. R., asst. zool., Yale. emb. Faull, Anna F., grad. Radcliffe. bot. Findlay, Martha S., grad. Radcliffe. zool. Francis, Dorothy S., grad Radcliffe. bot. Frew, Priscilla E., instr. anat., New York. proto. Furnas, N. D., asst. biol., Rockford. zool, Garrison, W. E., DePauw. zool. Gaylor, Jr., E. L., grad. Wesleyan. zool. Geiman, M., grad. Gettysburg. proto. zool. Goddard, Verz R., instr. phys., Welles- ley. phys. Goldin, O., grad. proto. Gooch, Marjorie, technician, Rocker- feller Inst. zool. Graubard, M. A., asst. zool., Columbia. phys. Gray, N. M., med. stud. McGill. zool. Haight, Catherine L., teacher biol. Boston Public Schools. zool. Harding, Pearl M., grad. Columbia. proto. Harris, A. H., Harvard Med. phys. Hartman, Gince L,, grad. Western Re- serve. bot. Harvey, Alice G., grad. Dalhousie. bot. Herber, E. C., asst. zool., Pennsylvania. zool. Herrick, E. H., fel. zool., Harvard. zool. Hindley, Sara R., grad. Goucher. bot. Hook, Sabra J., asst. zool., Barnard. proto. Hughes, Gwladys F., grad. Goucher. zool. Hutchinson, G. A., instr. zool., Roches- ter. proto. Izquierdo, J. J., prof. phys. Escuela Med. Mil. (Mexico) phys. Johnson, Alfhild J., grad. Oberlin. zool. Johnstone, Emma J., Hopkins. zool. Keyser, W. L., grad. Pennsylvania. zool., Kirkwood, Elizabeth S., Holyoke. emb. Lewis, Elsie M., grad. Columbia. proto. Lewis, Katherine, Mt. Holyoke. zool. MacCalmont, Jr., R. W., Pennsylvania. grad. Mt. emb. MacFarlane, Constance I., Dalhousie. zool. McGoun, Jr., R. C., asst. biol. Am- herst. phys. MacLennan, R. F., grad. Oberlin. emb. Fowler, Ona M., grad. Michigan. emb. . | _—a McMillion, T. M., instr. biol., Geneva Col. emb. MacMurray, Mary T., teacher biol., bot. McPherson, Maurita E., grad. Elmira. emb. Macauley, Aileen J., Dalhousie. zool. Macmillan, Ruth E., asst. hist., Cor- nell. emb. Magown, H. W., R. I. State Col. zool. Miller, Eileen M., instr. N. J. Col. Women. zool. Nishibe, M., assoc. path. Tokio Imper. Univ. Tokyo. O’Neil, Helen D., grad Minnesota. zool. Phillips, P. L., asst. anat., Cornell Med. emb. Panton, Jean, instr. food chem., Toron- to. phys. Pappenheimer, Jr., A. M., Harvard. zool. Parks, zool. Passmore, Sara R., grad. Pennsylvania. bot. Patterson, Mabella R., grad. Columbia. proto. Pearl, Ruth D., Wellesley. zool. Pierson, Bernice F., grad. Western Reserve. zool. Pitts, R. F., Butler. zool. Pope, Gladys A., instr. biol. bot. Redmond, W. B., instr. zool., Emory. zool. Reid, Marion A., grad. Boston. zool. Reynolds, S. R. M., asst. instr. phys., Swarthmore. phys. Rheinberger, Margaret B., Smith. zool. Rifenburgh, S. A., instr. zool., Purdue. emb. Robb, R. C., Bussey Inst. phys. Rollins, Mary L., grad. Sophie New- comb. bot. Robinson, Janet, asst. zool., Wellesley. emb. Robertson, C. W., asst. zool., South- western. zool. Roscoe, Muriel V., prof. biol., Acadia (Nova Scotia). bot. Rugh, R., instr. biol., Lawrence. emb. Sauder, Mary E., Wellesley. bot. Sanders, J. M., asst. zool., Illinois. emb. Schneider, Elizabeth M., grad. Hop- kins. zool. Schweizer, Malvrina, asst. biol, New York. phys. Skinker, Mary S., prof. biol., Pennsyl- vania Col. Women. proto. Scribner, Edith I., grad. Western Re- serve. zool. Shaw, C. Ruth, instr. zool., Kansas. zool. Slifer, Eleanor H., grad. Pennsylvania. zool. Smelser, G. K., Earlham Col. emb. Smith, Jr., E. V., Wabash. zool. Smith, Jane R., grad. Pittsburg. bot. Smith, Septima C., asst. prof. biol., Alabama. emb. Smith, Suzanne G., asst., Oberlin. emb. Smith, W. W., asst. biol, New York. proto. Spivack, D., Rutgers. phys. Elizabeth K., Mt. Holyoke. Stanton, Elizabeth, grad. Goucher. zool. Stabler, R. M., grad. Pennsylvania. proto. Stone, R. G., instr. zool., Missouri. zool. Street, Sybil F., Vassar. zool. Sturdivant, H. P., grad. Columbia. Sun, T. P., instr. anat., Southeastern (China) emb. Taylor, Grace H., Macon. zool. Todd, Virginia L., asst. zool., Wash- ington. zool. Ufford, Elizabeth H., Bryn Mawr. emb. Vanijvadhana, S., Princeton. zool. Violette, H. N., grad. Yale. zool. von Ammon, Winona, Swarthmore. phys. Wald, G. D,, asst. biol., New York. phys. Walker, R., grad. Oberlin. zool. Wallace, Marjorie A., grad. Goucher. zool. Warren, Jr, C. O.,, asst. biol, New York. phys. Waterman, A. J., grad. Oberlin. phys. White, W. E., fel. biol., Alabama. zbol. Winkleman, Elvene A., asst., Washing- ton. zool. = grad. Randolph- THE COLLECTING NET Wolff, W. H., grad, Columbia. proto. Wright, L. I, instr. hist., Kansas. emb. Yntema, C. L, grad. Yale. zool. ADMINISTRATION MacNaught, F. M., business manager. Crowell, Polly L., asst. to the business manager. Lermond, Aubigne, secretary. Dillinger, Bessie, secretary. Billings, Edith, secretary. LIBRARY Montgomery, Jr., Mrs. T. H., librarian. Hughes, Gwen, asst. librarian. Lawrence, Deborah, secretary. Briggs, Lillian, typist. Rohan, Mary, file clerk. Peck, Madeline, file clerk. NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL Woodruff, L. L., div. biol. and agr. Elliott, Edith L., sec. Board Nat. Res. Fellowships, biol. sciences. Thorne, Louise C., sec. to Dr. Woodruff. APPARATUS ROOM Duggar, B., phys., Wisconsin. assistant, Pond, S., asst. prof. phys., Pennsylvania. custodian. BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS Hilton, H. A, grounds. Hemenway, W., carpenter. Bisco, A. H., storekeeper and head janitor, Russel, R. L., gardener, Russel, M. R., night watchman, SUPPLY DEPARTMENT Gray, G. M., curator. Veeder, J. J., captain. Lewis, E. M., engineer. Leathers, A. W., head of shipping de- partment. Crowell, Ruth S., secretary. MacLellan, Charlotte, secretary. Lillie, W., deckchand. : Harrison, R., Jr., deckhand. Conklin, P., fireman. Robinson, W., fish trap man. Lehy, J., collector and chauffeur. Hilton, A. M., collector. McInnis, Jr., collector. Godrich, J., collector. Alsever, J., collector. Yeomans, A., collector. Wilcox, H. J., Jr., collector, Harris, W., collector. Gilmore, J. A., collector. Greenough, H. V., Jr., collector. Pickett, N., collector, Headlee, W. H., collector. Crane, S., collector. Wamsley, S. W., special preparator; Supervisor of Schools, Charleston, BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Bailey, E. W., jr. aquatic biologist, U. SUS IB Le Bateman, C. B., technician, U. S. Dept. Agr. Bowen,’R. E., grad., Harvard. Buhrer, Edna M., jr. nematologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. Canavan, W. P., instr. zool., Pennsyl- vania, temporary asst. Chitwood, B. G., jr. nematologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. Christie, J. R., assoc. neinatologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. Clark, G. L., grad, Harvard. temporary asst. Cobb: N. A., nematologist, U. S, Dept. er. Conger, P. S., diatomist, asst., Carne- gie Inst. Cooper, Corinne R., jr. nematologist, U. S. Dept. Agr. Danforth, Josephine, jr. scientific aid, U, S. Dept. Agr. Deichmann, Elizabeth, grad., Radcliffe. temporary asst. Galtsoff, Eugenia, asst. zool., George Washington. temporary asst. supt. buildings and PAGE SEVEN Galtsoff, P. S., aquatic biologist, U. S. | strtergestestertectestoetesteeteateseotestestoatentoatoetestestectoteeteete: B. F os ae ofa 3 2, Gibson, W. E., temporary asst Bh ee % SE? ary asst. * ) yp aeaeaae . Gray, I. E., asst. prof. zool., Tulane. + Living and I gic served % temporary asst. x's BIOLOGICAL ¢ Hall, F. G., prof. biol., Duke. temporary BS SPECIMENS 5 asst te ‘ Sst. : Pe ea lies Representing all types, for the ¥ eins, Helen M., jr. nematologist, U. + Laboratory, Museum or Special Re- ». Dept. Agr. ee Z *¢ search. In addition to all of the ¥ Hemmeter, J. C., physician, Baltimore. |% widely used forms we specialize in %& Higgins, es Chg scientific in- + important southern species not ob- + oe seared b. i. eee Beact % tainable elsewhere. Also head- % "ie Cal (Cal) zool., Long beach | quarters for Microscopic Slides, Life + Hill, S. E ‘fel “iol Princeton. res % Histories, Demonstrations, Insect % Bee 2 : 4 : SP ee Colections, Skeletons, etc. 3 worker. 3 he best service on livin er- % 7 eo s g mater- Holcomb, M. E., grad., Princeton. tem- |. jal such as giant southern Bullfrogs, % porary asst. as *§ Amphiuma, Alligators, Turtles, % Indrambarya, B. C.. Cornell. _ é + Crayfish, Clams, Protozoa and # soe ie LS "aes zool., Wisconsin. *¢ Aquarium Animals and Plants. + : ary asst. bess Information and catalogs on re- % Linton, E., res. fel., Pennsylvania. 5 quest, B % Lovell, H. B., grad., Harvard. ~ All material guaranteed without ‘% Macbeth, John, collector and chauffeur. | % reservations. x McCarthy, Hallie, U. S. B. F. sec. to 4 Our Research Department and + the director, Mot ‘ *¢ Live Materials Establishment are % McMillin, H. C., jr. aquatic biologist, ss features of our organization. Our + U.S. B. F. (Stanford). *¢ research publications are sent upon ‘ Neville, W. C., temporary asst. ‘sf request to any biologist. os Pease, H. B., Harvard. temporary asst. | % 4 Rizzolo, A., National Research Council. | & SOUTHERN + Sette, O. E., chief, div. of Fishery In- | % & dustries, Gee EL in, : i Be ee % Welsh, J. H., Jr., grad., Harvard. Bs Y COMPANY $ Whipple, Dorothy V., instr. chem., Hop- | ‘% i ildi z kins. temporary asst. te Natural History Belding % < New Orleans Louisiana + Oo ix aSesteatecgecgectecgecgecdectecteatecteatectentententententententeateateateate, | Tota tartartartattleeseeiessesiesseeiesi eases seasesseesesseeseeseesesseeleete ee Same nN asia ete otelonoetoselot eon een een et et eet oe i She te see L CAHOON ie + Follow the Crowd to sa + Wholesale and Retail Dealer in 5 & DANIELS’ o ee F eo ey + ISH AND LOBSTERS + % for Home-made Ice Cream, $ x Tel. Falmouth 660-661 = + Delicious Sandwiches, + re 3 Coffee Oo " Wocds Hole and Falmouth 4 Ba if sncnmenaeesener ne PICNIC LUNCHES + i cat sR adr necc SECA Aievrententoetenteeteateeteatoeteafonteefoatesfeateeteateeteateeteeteatesteate, sresontestecdeetetodontetodontetetonintoetonenetenenesienenteteantogoaeeteteaeatetenetenenteteetnteteeteteteedeefeeentetete 1 Dc ss ; ss = : = SINCE 1852 & 29 3 2 - 3 MAKERS OF z $ + Bes ; 1 z % Microscopes and Accessories $ a ‘ oe + Microtomes + & s e Ss % Projection Apparatus 5 a8 : 4 ex % Photomicrographic Cameras s Ba 2, : , a t Field Glasses * x & ee . a 5S Botanical Apparatus + a ° + x Photographic Lenses ax ae 2, ; . & “ Centrifuges ee £3 . ax ax & BS Haemocytometers + z Bs z Catalogues Spectrometers $ : % Refractometers a 7 ee * On Request Colorimeters . * : * Other Optical Products RS - a x es : : * * ¢ Bausch 8 Lomb Opti : % ausc om ptical Co. z Ks Ba 2 k3 2 * % : z BA Main Office and Factory: Rochester, N. Y. + *y Be : : ; 1 ss Bs New York: Park and 42nd Sts. Chicago: 5 No. Wabash Ave. %& Ba 2. % : & + Boston: 333 Washington St. San Francisco: 28 Geary St. & : : Re & % & “ sa aieefoafootoatesteozeeteetonteetenteeteeteateatonteegeateeteateeteegeateetoateetealeeseafoateetoateeteazeeteetoateeteatenteeseofeagestealeeteatonresseateateete AGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET A New Quinhydrone llydrogen oe % . x ¢ ° When Looking for Reltable + a ‘t I A : Marcha ciee Ghee : WHAT'S WHAT : on /\pparatus . * In Woods Hole 2 ; TSKVS SS n oods ole t : ARENOVSKI'S : > : Est: 1892 er % TELEGRAPH OFFICE HOURS \d =st. o z 2one ae . 5 Daylight Time ¥ - 2 __ The Home of + Week Days .. 8.00a.m. to 8.00 p.m, . Hart Schaffner & Marx Clothing 8) Sundays .... 9.00 a.m. to 11.00 a.m. x Lamson © Hubbard Hats + 5.00 p.m. to 7.00 p.m. . Printzess Suits, Coats and *f Holidays .... 8.00 a.m. to 1.00 p.m . Dresses % 3.00 p.m. to 9.00 p.m. a . Everything in the Way of Sport ee — % Clothes + : Walk-Over Shoes % POST OFFICE HOURS % Satisfaction Guaranteed or 4 Daylight Time % Money Refunded ate - x SY Marts: (Die> oie cetetererelaneere 9.30 a.m » Balmouth -:- -:—~ Mass. Sa Kies Ae 11.00 a.m. 4 . + 3.30 p.m. “9 + 6.08 p.m. ‘* = = § . ES Se es . + Mails ‘Close... esse 6.45 a.m. ‘ Simple and sentence eno 3 S 109 1 ee 9.50 a.m. $ (Patent Pending) Rapid Manipulation : er HES SE Berra ee ieee 4.35 p.m. & : ok BS : Lape : THE FALMOUTH SF omice Hours—7.00 aim. to 7.50 p.m. Designed after Specifications by W. J. Youden, Ph. D. ee = Pes z . ; eae WolNiaile onasun care x of the Boyce- Thompson Institute for Plant Research » Tailors, Cleansers & Dyers ‘¥ % ey The Voude Fy AG mark tae mee ‘ : i - . : poy wf : ie Youden p Apparatus 1s a potentiometer set-up with : Ladies’ and Gent's Tailoring $ + 5S quinhydrone electrodes. It is complete with millivoltmeter, gal- = ee z b= :" : : ; Seta te LIBRARY HOURS Re vanometer, rheostats, keys and switches. % We Call and Deliver ss Ba ° Bad 5 : x Daylight Time % Simplicity of Operation Hats Cleaned % + . E is No technical knowledge or skill is necessary. With unknown bas Wednesdays and Saturdays £3 : : c : = y 3 A aa, Gay GUN) mera ~ solution in reference tube, adjust the rheostat to cause the gal- . oe tte OF eas we oe wo oT " = a Main St. Falmouth, Mass. % & 7.00 p.m. to 8.00 p.m. & vanometer to read zero, The voltmeter reading is noted and the aaiae t 2, spt | 2 ° ae te * - 1 ; ster readinga ic fo + 3 : ai Next door to Western Union & % x pH for this voltmeter reading is found in a table supplied. wp syeeteteedeteedetecdetecdentetesetentecdenegentetentetencetentens Special Features of Superiority osfealesfocteatesfosteateefeeteatesfesteeteeteateeteeteatoetoaseeteeseereels aleefecfeatecfoeteatectoateatectoateatecteateetoeteateeteeteateeteeteateeeeten Rapid Manipulation. 30 to 40 determinations per hour, more ; é : % HOYT L. SAVERY ay than twice as rapid as any other electro-metric method. Sesbetentetetentetetentetenentetenentetenintetenintetonintete: ; + Low Cost. The use of quinhydrone electrodes permits using a Compliments of 4 BS General Trucking “ millivoltmeter of 300 my. range. PENZANCE GARAGE RS W H M re Sensitivity. Equivalent to .03 pH—as high as is necessary in .. 7 a EE + & & OODS TiOLE, NIASS. + yractica) work, and considerably greater sensitivity than the 2. WOODS HOLE, MASS. eons Tel. 696-2 + pre ¢ s » alc \ ably gred sens j a $3 D Nicht soa + Bg (Day or Night Service) % most precise colorimetric methods. ay or Nigh A. db SL. . a “ "7° . . . ~T . . ‘. Phone ee Towing Ba 5 Buick Closed Cars for Hire 4 Portability. All sets are light in weight. Field sets in carrying +. rh eats 5 A ace r sesfeteatenteeoatetoefntetoedteteetteteetntetecentedeceeteds oft ESS) SLES ~ rr ae 3 : ¢ Sand -- Gravel -- Loam -- Stone ‘¥ Simplicity. Component parts are simple, durable, and convenient. ae "* = Layo mo = . ~ Aestestectoetoatoatontonteatententeclecleceeteeteateatontenteetecfecfeleele:_ateeteeteateateatoafoateatonfoofocfecfecfecfecteeteeteeteeteateateatententente No. 5270 Youden Hydrogen Ion Concentration Apparatus. Com- + q = = yeta ~ ~ — = plete with millivoltmeter, galvanometer, rheostats, special SS ES SOR OL IO OR NOK OWE DOH : = ; 2 THE QUALITY SHOP %. eslortesy SAS SRNR RSS OASIS quinhydrone electrodes, and supplies necessary for operation. Dry Goods, Toilet Articles, 4 = = - - = - - - - - - $85.00 . *S Jisit Cape Cod’s Largest b3 = Shoes and Souvenirs Rs Visit ple NS & oy i : Oe eae aa Sept Paen ae he f : . i A portable set in carrying case with handle is also supplied. Ask for things you do not see. + Department Store * p Wy is ae be PP 4 rite for prices , : J Ss. Main Street Woods Hole H. MALCHMAN * ” - alesfoslestoslestosteniesteeieetoeteslolealesiesrealesloeloeloeloes 0 Bee ~~ QUALITY <7 5 5 gootetoeentetoedeteteetnteteetntetest 6 BRO. + C4 Sign of Quality WIECH CA Mark of Service Koeteconentotentetetenteteentsteenesteonietoontstotoniete Tihoss Walchmanteecors 5 SERVICE iB High Pressure Greasing see . Xx e ere Ea dct * = CLOTHIERS, HATTERS $ W. M. Welch Scientific Company a 4 Sh Ba WOODS HOLE 4 and FURNISHERS + Manufacturers, Importers and Exporters of p In ee oo TREET > +1, ‘ 1516 Orleans Street Scientific Apparatus and School Supplies Chicago, Ill., U.S. A. a GARAGE COMPANY 5 MAIN STREET FALMOUTH BS ee ere Bs Telephone Connection ey Se ROSE scaLion Re F_seteatectestectetonfetontetoatocfntenestenectenteteetenesteneteatoeestenestentestentetentoneetonecteeteteetenestentestenieesienedienesie slerfostostonioetesronzeatontestensonioerosieesonsosieeloasoeseeeesosieeleeae os SoaSoateateeteetenteareateeteeteateateateoteeteateateatesteeeereareare oy , = KEW AUNEE = slesleslociosteateateatesectoctesfeeteatoafoalostectocleeteeteateatealoateeleeleeteetocieeteeteateateatoatoeeeteeteeteateateseeeeteeteateatenteeteeteeteete ot 5 a % Laboratory Furniture % * & for All Science Purposes 5 os TEN ACRE FARM tb Aewauncedify-&e: : &S » 2s é % & yt LABORATORY FURNITURE (/ (/ EXPERTS + & 3 Cc. G. Campbell, Treas. and Gen. Mgr. a 5 ae 2 231 Lincoln St., Kewaunee Wisconsin. a in FALMOUTH 5 & Chicago Office Ba 4 & 25 1. Jackson Blyd.. New York Office a z + 1511 Kimball Bldg. 70 Fifth Avenue + oy ‘ys Offices in Principal Cities 2% + 2 Private Laboratory Desk a Oo 4. No. 15005 + ty 5% A desk of especial fitness ‘%° DISTRIBUTORS FOR ns 3 where experiments and tests ‘gf ai are frequently being made. tk + ty Very compact and convenient. % x : : % - 5 nx Biology Laboratory Table % TE > Act 8, No. 1005 a S. S. I TIERCE CO. + 5S Cupboards for microscopes BS y Sy and other apparatus or mater- rH * ials: drawers for drawings, ‘s 2x ‘- notes, ete. 5S Sestestectesteatententeet dseatoafondendeteetentondectetoafenececteateatecetes estenetondetonfoceteetetentetentectents xteteteteeteatoatoatoatontoatoaoaeeefecteefeeteetoatoatoaroasonetefeelecfeeleetnateateatentect (Continued from Page 1) financed as centers of fishery inves- tigations. Many of them have been established in the interest of educa- tion as sea-shore laboratories of in- land universities ; others are financed through the activities of learned societies, and a very few by indiv- iduals who are interested in the ad- vancement of science. The most conspicuous of the latter type is the Stazione Zoologica at Naples. Foun- ded by Anton Dohrn as a private enterprise for the promotion of bio- logical knowledge this became the international center for marine bio- olgy. In this venture Dohrn had a substantial subsidy from the German government and one from the Ital- ian, while different countries sub- scribed for one or more tables. An- nual subscriptions for some fifty of these tables helped to defray the ex- pense of maintenance up to the time of the war. The elder Dohrn died before the new wing was in full operation some twenty odd years ago and his son, Reinhardt Dohrn, assumed the directorship. Since the war political and financial difficulties have made it hard sledding but the Station has withstood the many up- heavals and is now well on its feet again with some forty-four tables occupied last year. Our country formerly subscribed for five tables but last year there were only three, two of the subscribing institutions having withdrawn their support as a result of the war, It is most un- fortunate that this wonderful insti- tution, this monument of self-sacri- fice and altruism on the part of the Dohrns, should not receive more whole-hearted support from this country. Coming into the Bay of Naples, Vesuvius with its endless smoke in the distance, the city stretches out in a lazy crescent. At the left horn is a great park bordered by a modern automobile-dotted boulevard quite different from the Naples of twenty five years ago when I saw it for the first time. Here and there a remin- iscent cabby swears and cracks his whip at a pre-Fascist horse dream- ing of the good old days when Naples was dirt and _ happiness. Happiness is still there but so much of the dirt is gone, that, relatively at least, Naples is clean. Close to the park, surrounded by semi-tropical trees, the white stone building of the Naples Station offers a welcome relief from the glare of the sun. Famous the world over as the one great outstanding interna- tional laboratory for marine zoology and botany it needs no detailed des- ; THE COLLECTING NET Some Biological Stations Abroad cription here. A trained group of collectors provide material for all kinds of biological research; provi- sion is made for special equipment for bio-chemical, bio-physical, phys- iological and morphological work. A great library of carefully selected biological works is well managed and easy to use and the private rooms are commodious, and, amply equipped. It is, wholly, a research institution and, open throughout the year there is at no one time any suggestion of the apiarian activity of Woods Hole. At the time of our short visit in May the winter work- ers had left and the summer ones had not yet come so there were only a few investigators at the Station. The genial hospitality of Dr. Dohrn pervades everything and visitors re- ceive a cordial welcome. Naples, however, is unique. By far the most numerous of the biological stations are financed by the univer- sities. Where the universities are under a minister of education as in France the laboratories are indirectly financed by the government. The budgetary allocation for their sup- port is always inadequate and the equipment is correspondingly simple. Could there be a pooling of interests through united and co-operative ac- | tivity there is no reason why France should not have at least two great centers of biological research one for Mediterranean forms at Banyuls, the other for Atlantic forms at Ros- coff. But individualism is traditional and deeply rooted in France and so far has it gone in this matter that the Sorbonne and the College de France intimately connected as they are in the University of Paris, have no less than five independent mar- ine biological laboratories,—one at Banyuls, one at Concarneau, one at Dieppe, one at Wimereux and one at Roscoff. Could they become af- filiated there is good reason to be- lieve that financial backing by the great international foundations would enable one or two at least to become much more important centers’ of biological research. This suggestion is no reflection on the scientific work being done at these smaller stations which, indeed, is usually excellent, but merely indi- cates a possibility which our French friends apparently neglect. The coasts of France are dotted with biological stations, for practi- cally each of the sixteen French Universities has its particular mar- ine laboratory, and, in some cases different professors of the same un- iversity have independent labora- tories, each with his own group of assistants and students. Here in America we come to Woods Hole knowing that many of the men we wish to see will be here and we look forward with pleasure to the annual privilege of working together. But in France if we want to see Prof- essor Bataiillon we go to Cette; if we have mutual interests with Dr. Legendre and others of the College de France we go to Concarneau; to Dieppe to see Professor Herouard; to Banyuls for Duboseq or Leger ; to Wimereux for Caullery; to le Croisic for Labbé and to la Hougue for Mangin and others of the Musée (histoire naturelle. On the other hand if you wish to meet Chatton or Fauré-Fremiet you would not know where to go for they sometimes go to one, sometimes to another station. One great exception to this indi- vidualistic condition is the laboratory at Roscoff in Brittany. While this station is financed through the Sor- bonne by the government and is under the direction of Professor Perez of the Sorbonne, it has, more than other marine station in France, a distinctly international tone. This is well shown by the list of investigators who signed their names to the good-will letter sent from Roscoff to the M. B. L. last August and now posted on the bul- letin board in the main corridor. Professor Perez was very much pleased with the letter of greeting sent to the Roscoff station by the investigators at Woods Hole last summer and with customary French courtesy withheld his answering letter until we had come to Roscoff, when he asked us to be the first to any sign it. Eighteen years ago we spent one entire summer at Roscoff and I was much impressed by the spirit of iso- lation which seemed to invest every worker there; it was very different from the openness of Woods Hole. Today this has all been changed; there is a delightful spirit of frank- ness and camaraderie; biological subjects are broadiy discussed and men from different institutions or frony the same institution work to- gether on the same _ problems. Classes of eighteen or twenty young people have daily instruction, daily or bi-weekly collecting trips, beach parties and picnics very much as we do at Woods Hole. The laboratory is spacious and with modern equip- ment and about it is a delightful old fashioned garden on which the windows of one side of the dorm- itory open. For a dormitory room an investigator pavs three francs per day equivalent to twelve cents or 85 cents per week. (Continued on Page 10) PAGE NINE a New Binocular Monob- jective Research Stands Models F With interchangeable mono- cular and binocular tubes and complete Abbe Illuminating Apparatus. MICROSCOPE FCE-6 With optics to meet exacting re- quirements Magnifications: 70 to 1800X Large Mechanical Stage Aplanatic Condenser n.a.1.4 Quadruple Nosepiece Apochromatic Objectives: 10 n. a. 0.30, 20 n. a. 0.65 60 n. a. 1.4 (Oil Immersion) 90 n. a. 1.3 (Oil Immersion) Paired Compensating Oculars: 7X, 10X, 15X, 20X Price, complete in case $580 f. o. b. New York Other Outfits, ranging in price from $293.50 to $1004.50, are listed in Micro catalogue 418, a copy of which will be sent upon request. . You are invited to call at our Showrooms when in New York. We are within five minutes’ walk from Grand Central Terminal, be- tween 41st and 42nd Streets, op- posite the Library. A large selec- tion of instruments is on display and special demonstrations are ar- ranged upon appointment. CARL ZEISS, INC. 485 Fifth Avenue New York Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif. PAGE TEN THE COLLECTING NET Some Biological Stations (Continued from Page 9) At the time of our visit were about sixty investigators and students at the laboratory ; amongst the former were representatives of eight different countries and, alto- gether, of eighteen different insti- tutions although the majority came from the University of Paris. The private rooms are large and well-equipped; modern plumbing and running water are accessible and motor boats and other craft for marine collecting, an autobus and automobiles for inland trips, permit of a wide range of material. All in there all any staunch supporter of the M.| B. L. if transplanted to Roscoff, would feel at home there. A different and a more typical illustration of the university labor- atory is the station controlled by the University of Oslo in Norway. The University is in the center of the city and when I visited it just a year ago I was disappointed inj not finding Professor Bonnevie who spent a year in New York some years ago. I was much pleased, however, to find Professor Ruud who will be remembered by many here at Woods Hole. (To be Continued in Next Issue) Ateetetevteeteetenteteeteeteetenteetoetertneterteetoeteateetoetentneteateefonteateeteateefesteatoeteeteatoeteateeteeteateefoeteateatoeteateeteetesteeteectace ae 7 ex + 83 a ¢ BETTER RESULTS + = % = ~ + ; 5 + with Ri 2 a 4 + - aa 3 & + Reducing Valves BS x 3 , = Valvo-Gages & 2, = Needle Valves % 3, es = Flo-Gages # 2, + - “ If you are using any compressed gas — oxygen, hydrogen, air, etc., a ; Rae : : 3 you need Hoke devices for adjusting and regulating your delivery pressure. + + Models for every purpose and for all purposes, for large tanks and small; aca : ; ; ; ¢ % and for all gases. (Special models for certain of the corrosive gases, includ- @ ing ammonia.) : + + The Hoke Flo-gage, left, is a % 2 i E ; Bs 4 special design for metering oxygen + E a ie to a tent or chamber, as in the BS + treatment of pneumonia patients. gx 2 + It consists essentially of a re- + ; : : & * ducing valve, for reducing the high + oe tank-pressure to the low delivery- 3 + pressure desired, plus a flow-meter + a % device for indicating the volume that + oe passes through. The large gauge Bs + tells the tank contents; the small ‘ 2 rae Kier + one indicates the flow in liters per + = minute. Calibrated for use where z + the chamber or tent is itself at at- ‘3 & g3 : mospheric pressure, and where the a Hoke Flo-gage eter 5 a eee me temperature is about 70° F, + + (Ask for folder describing other reducing valves.) ae 2 5A + ae 3 5 6% 3 A simple device for controlling the flow of a + “— eo : _— § ; Ba = — compressed gas is the Micrometric Control. It is a + ae 1 : pear : é . Se Micrometric needle-valve, with tank connection and detachable % 9 Control é + outlet. The needle will not blow out, nor break at ‘3 & i Bs ee the point. + ‘oe S + as 2 . a BA Made of brass, with monel needle; or all-steel, 4 7 *” 2 ; 2, Y for ammonia. 3 ~ 3 + z x = 2, = The Hoke Valvo-gage serves the same purposes & a BA $ as the Micrometric, and in addition tells the tank ‘% 3 a 2 % contents. A popular model. Brass, with monel 5 - ‘. ‘3 2, = needle; or, all-steel for ammonia. z Ss + eS 4d z e $ Your dealer, Ask for = 4 or folder C. se + & —- od : Hoke Incorporated : $ i @ s a ? f 5s 22 Albany Street New York City J | 4 “S < < = + 4 GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE * 60 EAST TENTH STREET, BS BS $ * % 4 na - x BS 761 East 69th Place, Chicago * NEW YORK, N. Y. £ x : oY ~ £ ‘ : - ie - : : : Bs < x dettostostoctostosteafoatestoetoctentostectecfoatoatoatoctoetoalecfoetoaleatoetecteateetocfocoatesteeteetoeteateetocteeteateeteceeteateateeteeteates lesleslectesteatestestealesleateateateateatestoalestestoeteeteeteeteeteatoeteeestesiearestesrentealoarearesieedoeteeteeteet Soctectestestestententeate ostons noscoegenioes Rotceetons Sosseeceesencoeonsoegeasoecoes Neeosionios, Netendeets Volume III Number 2 WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, JULY 14, 11928, Biological Research More Centralized in America than Abroad SOME BIOLOGICAL STATIONS ABROAD Dr. Gary N. Calkins Professor of Zoology, Columbia University Through Professor Ruud I met Professor Schreiner who has made as excellent a record in anthrop- ology as he originally did in cytology, and whose charming per- sonality made a lasting impression. While looking for him whom should we run across in the hall but Prof- essor Harrison of Yale! With Professor Ruud as guide we board- ed a small steamer and went down the fjord of Oslo for about twelve miles to Drobak where the small laboratory is located. Here Prof- essor Brock, the Director, and his small staff of assistants gave us a cordial welcome. Their work mainly on plankton but the instruc- tion given is in histology and to small classes of medical students. There are two laboratory rooms with space for a few students at a time while two or three small rooms for the Director and his assistants com- plete the laboratory. Equipment is simple and not suitable for a variety of work. Life here is about the same as at other biological laboratories ; they had prepared a picnic supper and about eighteen of us sailed about (Continued on Page 4) is Currents in the Hole At following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: A.M. P.M. pay eens 2:08 2:29 afi AUS tee): erase 3:04 3:18 Jjinilie io) Stree os 3:58 4:15 Inch Speen pone 4:56 5:04 {than Serene 5:46 5:59 VOW venti stene 6:37 6:48 Mil eZ0 Nantes =< 7:29 7:41 IRS A ee 8:16 8:37 In each case the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. M. B. L. Calendar Saturday, July 14 9:00 P. M. Club Dance. Orchestra. M. B. L. Club. Admission free to members. Tuesday, July 17 8:00 P. M. Research Seminar: 1. Dr. A. P. Mathews, professor of biological chemistry, Univer- sity of Cincinnati. “The Use of Crotalus Venom in Analyzing Blood Clotting.” 2. Dr. L. Michaelis, resident lec- turer of physiology, Johns Hop- kins University. “The Reduc- tion Potential of Cystein.” 3. Not determined at time of go- ing to press. Friday, July 20 4:00 P. M. M. B. L. Club. 8:00 P. M. Evening Lecture: Dr. E. V. Cow- dry, associate member of the Rockefeller Institute. “Cellular Changes Caused by Filterable Viruses” (illustrated). Botany Tea: AUTHOR-SCIENTIST HERE FROM RUSSIA Dr. Boris Sokoloff Formerly Member of Russian Parliament Dr. Boris Sokoloff, fascinating, mysterious, intensely Russian, is one of the many interesting Europ- ean guests who has found his way to Woods Hole to spend the summer in research. Dr. Sokoloff began his varied career by’ publishing his first scien- tific work in Russia at the age of seventeen. Later he became a mem- ber of the DUMA, Russia’s par- liament, and was secretary of Public Instruction of, Northern Russia. After the revolution Dr. Sokoloff was imprisoned, and spent many months in a soviet prison, until his escape in 1921 from jail and from the country. He then took up his residence in Brussels, and later in Prague where he did clinical re- search. His permanent residence at the present time is in Nice, France. (Continued on Page 9) Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, lic First Evening Seminar Presents ‘Results of Biophysical Research Biological Measurement of X-Rays CHARLES PACKARD Assistant Professor of Zoology, Columbia University Radiologists have long sought some kind of cell or tissue which will be affected by X-rays in so constant a way that it can be used as a measure of dosage. The eggs of Drosophila are well suited for this purpose, for by their death rate they show very clearly the strength of the dose to which they have been exposed. This criterion of effect is perfectly definite and cannot be mis- taken. Experiments in which many thousands of eggs were treated show that the death rate depends on the intensity of the X-ray beam and on the length of exposure. Within physiological limits they demonstrate the Bunsen-Roscoe law. This is true whether the eggs are exposed to homogeneous beams of short, med- ium or long rays (0.2, 0.5, 0.7 A.V.) or to heterogeneous beams composed of both long and short rays together. In other words, a dose is fully ex- pressed by stating the number of Roentgen units which are applied. this unit is a product of the inten- sity and the time in seconds. Since a definite proportion (50% ) of the eggs is killed by a definite number (180) of these units, we can determine with fair accuracy the intensity of the beam if the time needed to kill this proportion is known. Several tests have shown that the method is practical. (Continued on Page 2) Packard finds fly eggs equally susceptible to soft and hard X-rays; Dr. Harvey describes the physiological effects of ultra-sound waves; Dr. Cole presents his work on the im- pedance of egg suspensions. Biological Effects of High Frequency Sound Waves E. Newton Harvey Professor of Physiology, Princeton University If a flat disc is cut from a quartz crystal and is then compressed in a certain direction with reference to the crystal axes, one side will be- come charged positively, and the opposite negatively. This the piezo-electric effect. Conversely, if the crystal disc is placed between is two plates properly charged, the On re- versing the charges the crystal ex- pands. crystal will be compressed. The compressions and ex- pansions travel through media in contact with the crystal as sound waves which may be given very high frequencies by the proper oscillating device. Each crystal disc has a natural vibration period of its own, depending on its thickness. In the Philosophical Magazine for Sept. 1927, R. W. Wood and Loomis have described certain physical and biological effects observed with these high frequency sound waves of great intensity. To obtain this great in- tensity, high potentials (of theorder of 50,000 volts) are required and the oscillating piezo-electric quartz crystal must be operated in an oil bath. This method for isnot suitable observing biological material under a microscope. (Continued on page 3) PAGE TWO THE COLLECTING NET Biophysics Work Presented at Evening Seminar Measurement of X-Rays (Continued from Page 1) This method can be used in com- paring the intensity of X-ray and gamma ray beams. For the dose of gamma rays, expressed in milli- gram—or millicurie-minutes, which kills 50% the X-ray proportion. of the eggs is equal to dose which kills a like Whether this compar- ison is strictly accurate cannot be finally found to measure these two radia- decided until some way is tions with the same open ionization chamber. Thus far, this has been impossible. REVIEWS OF PAPER BY DR. PACKARD Comments by a Biologist Dr. W. C. Curtis Professor of Zoology University of Missouri The effects of X-rays and other radiations upon organisms have been the subject of a steadily increasing volume of investigation within the medical field since the original dis- covery of the Rontgen in 1895. growing interest by medical investi- X-radiations by In view of this gators, and the results obtained, it is surprising that such investigations have not assumed a corresponding importance in the general Iiological field until recent years. aroused by the early discovery of the selective action of X-rays and radium upon certain types of cells, but failure to obtain results of seem- ing importance to the biologist, re- sulted in failure to appreciate the possibilities inherent in the use of such a technique. During the pres- decade interest has been revived by certain spectacular extensions of our knowledge concerning the effects of radiations, notably those with ultra- violet in its clinical applications, and a new impetus has been given by the |- immediate returns that have follow- ; ed the wider extension of work with radiations in other branches of bio- logical science. To cite but one ex- ample, the work of Muller, in pro- ducing what appear to be gene mutations in Drosophila, has aroused the greatest interest and bids fair to open for genetics new means of attack at a time when geneticists seemed to be reaching a point of diminishing returns, despite many triumphs within the past dozen years. What seems more important than any special piece of investigation, is the use of irradiation as a technique in biological research. Problems that we have never solved conclusively by previous technical means can per- haps be solved by this new method. If it is possible to reach within the nucleus and change the genes with- out lethal injury to the organisms, or to destroy certain types of cells completely while other parts main to all appearance normal, or to destroy specific chemical com- pounds at critical wave lengths, all of which can be done by irradiation, it is probable that much can be ac- complished by such a method once it has received its full measure of refinement, The work of Dr. Packard is par- ticularly significant to biologists, because of the increasing interest in the effects of all kinds of radiations upon organisms, and the lack of ae-! curate methods for measurement of Interest was | exposures with X-radiations. The data obtained in clinical medicine, despite painstaking investigations, must be unreliable because of the complexities involved. The differ- ences of opinion among clinicians after years of study and practice show how little progress has been made. Professor Williams will dis- cuss the physical aspects of the prob- lem of measuring X-ray exposures. What can be said here is that the biologist must have more accurate methods of determining X-ray ex- posures than have been available, if such radiations are to be used for exact experimentation. These have been given us by the work of Dr. Packard. New technical methods need refinement before they can yield their full returns. The refine- ment Packard gives us seems the most important one that could be of- ferred to students of the effects of X-rays at the present time. Comments by a Physicist Dr. S. R. WILLIAMS Professor of Physics, Amherst College, Amherst, Mass. Investigators of biological prob- lems repeatedly express their ap- preciation of the methods and tech- Dr. Packard has placed on the other side nique of the physical sciences. of the ledger a_ biological method and technique for testing the inten- sity of a beam of X or gamma ra- diations. The beautiful way in which Dr. results indi- cate the precision with which he In listening to this paper Packard repeats his works. one experienced a feeling akin to that which one has in looking at the work of an artist. There are four fairly well known methods which radiologists have used for the purpose to which we have seen the fruit fly eggs led as sheep to the slaughter. These are: (1) Measurement of heat produced | by absorption of X or gamma rays; (2) Photographic and fluorescent effects; (3) Chemical effects such as discoloration of pastilles of vari- ous alkaline salts or the liberation of iodine from a 2 per cent solution of iodoform in chloroform; (4) The ionization effect whereby a gas is made a temporary electrical con- ductor by the passage of X or gam- ma radiations through it. The lat- ter is the most widely used of all. The method consists in measuring a small electric current which will be a function of the intensity of the ra- diation. It is highly sensitive, but, like all of these methods, there is the need of a skilled technician to make the measurements with success. Of course what we wish we had is a small indicating instrument, which, when placed in the beam of the X or gamma rays, would move its pointer at once to the number indicative of the intensity of the radiation. In order to use Dr. Packard's method one must be supplied with a large number of the eggs of the fruit fly, Drosophila, at a proper age When a definite amount of radiation either from an X-ray tube or from a radium applicator is turned on the eggs, a very definite percentage of the eggs will not hatch. The empty egg shells are easily differentiated from the unhatched eggs. One has only to count the unhatched eggs and the percentage of the total gives at once the intensity of the radia- tion. It seems very simple. There are reasons to suspect however, that not a few physicists will be pre- judiced because they will not have the technique for feeling sure that the eggs are in the proper condition. This is not a criticism of the method, but rather a commentary on the in- ertia of the human mind, an “anti-” for which has not. yet been de- veloped. Electrical Impedance of Suspensions of Arbacia Eggs Dr. KENNETH COLE National Research Council Fellow Harvard University Ohm’s law states that the poten- tial difference between two points of a conductor is proportional to the current in it. For direct current the factor of proportionality is called the resistance, for alternating current, the impedance. The impedances of stirred and aerated suspensions of Arbacia eggs in sea water were com- puted from vacuum thermocouple measurements of the potential dif- ference and current. t low frequen- cies the impedance of a suspension is constant, but as the frequency is in- creased the impedance decreases un- til at high frequencies it again be- comes constant. The impedance of the sea water is constant for the fre- quency range covered, so some por- tion of the egg acts like a capacity in that its impedance decreases as the frequency increases. A general equation for the im- pedance of a suspension of conduct- ing spheres having static capacity at their surfaces gives the function, S=/(z22-r2)/(r2-z2) ==1/Coarow, 00 0 approx., where z is the observed impedance ; ro and roo, the extrapolated resist- ances at zero and infinite frequen- cies; Co, the capacity per unit area of the sphere surface; a, the radius of the sphere, ry, its internal re- sistance; and w, 2n times the fre- quency. From this equation it is found that Co for Arbacia eggs varies as the inverse square root of the frequency, whereas it would be independent of the frequency if it were a static capacity such as has been found for red blood cells. It then seems probable that there is a polarization capacity at the egg sur- face. This type of capacity usually has associated with it a polariza- tion resistance which varies with the frequency so that the phase angle of the combination is more or less constant. The phase angle, of the egg suspensions were not measured and the phase angle of the egg sur- face is not known. Without knowl- edge of either one of these two quantities it has not been possible to calculate either the capacity or re- sistance of the egg surface. i Se REVIEW OF PAPER Given By Dr. Cole Review Dr. S. C. Brooks, Professor of Zoology, University of California Like every advance in physical knowledge, the rapid development of alternating current methods brought about by the demand for radiotele- phony provided biology with new weapons. To devise apparatus and methods suitable for biological ex- perimentation has demanded much careful study, but the interpretation of experiments has been even more difficult and treacherous. Dr. Cole’s paper has the double virtue of pre- senting new facts and carefully pointing out the limitations to their significance. Electrical methods can tell us much about the freedom of move- ment of ions in and around living cells, and hence yield information as to their permeability to electrolytes and their ultimate structure. Fur- thermore, if alternating currents are used and attention paid to the reactance as well as the resistance, we approach more nearly an answer to the problem of the existence of the hypothetical plasma-membrane. Until the last decade any flow of current through cells was tacitly as- ‘ sumed by most biologists to prove the permeability of cell surface or the “plasma membrane.” But it sud- denly became apparent to a number of workers that alternating currents, especially of tle higher frequencies, could flow through a membrane without ions actually passing through it, that is, by a capacitance at the membrane. Subsequent workers have tried to eliminate the capacitance by using properly tuned circuits, or have studied the ‘capaci- tance itself, or, as in Dr. Cole’s work, utilized the combined effect of resistance and capacitive react- ance as material for further analysis. A survey of our present knowl- edge might include the following sig- nificant points. A direct current, reversed twice a minute to prevent injury, gives evidence that erythro- cytes are electrolytic conductors but with very high resistance. Here capacitance is negligible, hence these cells are probably slightly permeable to ions. (McClendon). Alternat- ing currents up to several kilocycles yield data which support this view, although this interpretation has been disputed by Fricke and Morse. Other cells seem to be more perme- able than red blood cells: Oster- hout’s data on Laminaria at 60 and 1000 cycles, Phillipson’s data on various tissues, and the work just THE COLLECTING NET reported by Dr. Cole at higher fre- quencies, and many other lines of experiment all suggest or at least are compatible with a more or less re- stricted permeability of living cells to ions. Lastly we have what may prove to be a most significant deduction to which Dr. Cole has barely re- ferred: namely that if the most plausible necessary assumptions are chosen, we deduce that a surface film on an Arbacia egg would show the observed effects only if it were less than half a carbon atom thick. Such a film being obviously impos- sible we would then have to look for other hypotheses as to the nature of the “plasma membrane,’ which could be called a “membrane” only by courtesy. Thus electrical methods have giv- en us many clues, pointed to signifi- cant probabilities and enticing pos- sibilities; but they have not vet given us rigid proof of the things we most want to know. BIOLOGICAL Effect of Ultra-sound Waves (Continued from page 1) 1. For this purpose Loomis has constructed a special device which can be attached directly to a micro- scope and operated by an oscillator of relatively low power, but which must be accurately tuned to resonance with the quartz crystal. The entire oscillator is very compact and weighs only eighteen pounds. It takes current directly from the 110 volt A. C. lighting circuit and em- ploys a 75 watt tube (Radiotron 852) with two small transformers (one giving 8 volts for the filament, the other 1,100 volts for the plate). The microscope with quartz crystal on its stage is set up about three feet from the oscillator and connected through a shielded lead so that move- ments of the operator will not ma- terially vary the capacity and thus the frequency. On each side of the crystal are two electrodes of tin foil with a hole cut in the centre to admit light to the material under examina- tion which is placed directly in the crystal disc. Two controls which connect with the oscillator are opera- ted from the microscope, one vary- ing the plate and filament current and the other the frequency. Two frequencies have been used 400,000 and 1,200,000 vibrations per second. Observing under a high power microscope, it has been possible to follow the progressive destruction of frog blood corpuscles. The oval cells at first become warped and twisted. Strained areas appear and the color fades. leaving a pale distorted shad- ow. Individual bacteria can be studied, but while they can be violently agitated, we have not yet been able to observe their destruc- tion under the microscope. If a fine emulsion of oil is exam- ined, an individual droplet of oil can be singled out and made to rotate rapidly in either direction at speeds that can be accurately controlled by varying slightly the frequency of the oscillating circuit. An excellent material to illustrate the effects of these waves is a leaf of Elodea, which his two cell layers thick. The protoplasm with sus- pended chloroplasts forms a thin layer about the cellulose cell wall en- closing the vacuole of cell sap. High frequency sound waves of low in- tensity passed through these cells cause the protoplasm to rotate very much as in the normal rotation or cyclosis of Elodea. Increasing the intensity increases the movement until the whole cell is a rapidly whirling mass of protoplasm, frag- ments of which are torn loose and rotate as small balls in the vacuole. The effect is very striking and might almost lead one to conclude that the normal cyclosis of this plant was caused by high frequency vibrations. The normal protoplasmic rotation of Elodea is stopped by the waves unless they are of very low intensity. Rotation begins again provided the raying has not been too strong. Sugar plasmolysed Elodea cells are affected in the same manner as are the unplasmolysed ones, the whole protoplasm rotating rapidly, until, with increasing intensity, the mass finally bursts and scatters the chloro- plasts, still whirling, throughout the cell. Nitella cells when rayed have the chloroplasts torn from the walls of the cell and whirled rapidy, leav- ing a clear area which had originally been a uniform green color. This stirring of the cell contents is one of the most characteristics effects of supersonics. The smaller the cell, the more difficult it is to stir but we have observed the rapid rotation of the chloroplasts in moss cells whose diameter averages 12u. The phenomenon is not conneected with living cells but may be observed in Elodea, killed by heating or by chloroform, although a greater in- tensity is necessary since the proto- plasm is coagulated on death, and the coagulated mass only churned with some difficulty. No effects of the waves have been noted that could be clearly traced to an influence on chemical processes in cells, although it is known that high intensity waves influence cer- tain chemical systems, especially metastable ones (W. T. Richards and A. L. Loomis, J. Am. Chem. (Continued on page 9) PAGE THREE GOLD SEALE Non-Corrosive German Microscopic COV ERS GLASSES Do Not Fog The hard glass used ts made after a special, tried formula for the express purpose of making tt non-corrosive un- der all conditions. This we GUARANTEE! Gold Seal Cover Glasses are uniform in_ thickness, evenly cut, free from bubbles scratches and imperfections. All established sizes and thinnessess Square Round Rectangular VY oz. box on every At your dealer or write to CLAY-ADAMS CoO., INc. IMPORTERS 117-119 East 24th Street New York PAGE FOUR THE COLLECTING NET SOME BIOLOGICAL STATIONS ABROAD (Continued from Page 1) in a motor yawl for an hour and a half to see the islands and the gen- eral environment. It was not yet sunset when we finally took a motor bus at ten o’clock back to Oslo. Still another type of marine biolog- ical station is financed through the activity of commissions or scientific societies. This is the situation of most of the laboratories in Great Britain. The Sea Fisheries Commission for example, under the advice and direc- tion of Sir William Herdman built and equipped the Liverpool biolog- ical laboratory at Port Erin on the Isle of Man in 1892. It is also the case at Plymouth where, largely un- der the influence of E. Ray Lankes- ter the laboratory was established in 1884 as an institution of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,and on property loaned by the government. This is the most widely-known biological station in England and is and has been the favorite seashore laboratory for English biologists. Although Ply- mouth itself is beautifully situated the white stone building of the lab- oratory,surroundedas it is by build- ings, walls and stone-paved streets, is not very imposing. A public bathing pavilion is within a stone’s throw, and it is not more than a good golf shot from the Hoe or public esplanade, stone-paved and with a band stand, where the people of Plymouth meet to chat or read. Nearby is the bowling green where Drake is said to have been bowling when the Spanish armada was sight- ed, and here the old Eddystone Light is maintained as a monument, hav- ing been set up here when the mod- ern lighthouse was built. Inside the laboratory the scene is different ; here is a working institu- tion under the direction of Dr. E. J. Allen who is a fountain head of in- formation and is always ready to help. There is a good library of some seven thousand volumes; running water and a fine equipment gener- ally. It was a real surprise to see one of the investigator rooms label- led Columbia Room, and on inquiry I learned that it was the gift of Professor T. H. Morgan. Some people practise the injunction not to let the left hand know what the right hand is doing! The same type of organization underlies the marine biological sta- tion at Millport in Scotland. It is the Laboratory of the Scottish Mar- ine Biological Association and is sit- uated on Great Cumbrae Island about two hours by rail and boat from Glasgow. Originally founded for the investigation of the fauna and flora of the Clyde Sea Area it has become, under the able director- ship of Mr. R. Elmhirst, a favorite working place for English and Scot- tish biologists. The laboratory is a small stone building artistically sit- uated across the bay from the town of Millport. Here the genial Direc- tor may be found pursuing his stat- istical studies on plankton, or repair- ing and oiling the pumping machin- ery, or installing an electric lighting system, or, as we found him, res- cuing a stranded goat on the rocky ledges above the laboratory. In short, he manages and runs the en- tire plant and has time to do scien- tific work as well. but there were only four investigators, two of whom were off on an extended collecting trip, while Dr. Needham and Mrs. Needham from Cambridge were at the laboratory working on a_ bio- chemical problem in development, with apparatus largely devised at the Station. As might be expected the library facilities are limited and the Director would be grateful for re- prints or cther scientific works. In general, and always with the exception of Naples, the biological stations of Europe do not impress one as institutions of independent or individual importance. The exag- gerated big-scale operations so char- acteristic of American institutions is never in evidence. The stations that are associated with the univer- sities, are active, like Woods Hole, only during the summer months. Most of them are closed at other times although at Roscoff, as at Woods Hole, workers can be ac- commodated in winter. Governmental and society-financed marine stations are usually open throughout the year and the direc- tors are on duty all the time. There is no particular invasion during the summer months and large numbers never become a problem to the man- agement. At Plymouth in July last year there were not more than half a dozen investigators. Dr. Pantin whom most of us will remember at Woods Hole had just left; Prof- essor Watson had just arrived. Dr. Hobson and Dr. Wells, who has also been at Woods Hole, were ac- tively at work, but no others were in evidence. At Naples in May there were not more than a dozen workers, Professor Zeleny had just left and sometime before, Professor Spe- mann; Professor Heider was on the eveofleaving. At such stations work is possible at all seasons of the year and one is always sure of a cordial welcome. MICROSCOPE “TURM” ON EXHIBIT AG LECTURE HARE July 19th to 25th B LEMZ ING 60 EAST TENTH STREET, NEW YORK, N. Y. MANA Y Z These Catalogs will be sent without charge. Ask for those that you wish. Biological Red Book— Turtox Preserved Materials for Zoology, Botany and Embry- ology. Over 250 illustrations of the common laboratory forms. Microscope Slide Catalog— Describes over one thousand different prepared microscope slides for Zoology, Botany, Bacteriology, Histology and Neurology. One hundred orig- inal illustrations made from photomicrographs, Lantern Slide Catalog— Lists over 4,000 plain and color- ed slides for the biological sciences, Museum Catalog— Describes and illustrates Tur- tox Skeletons, Museum Prepa- rations, Life Histories, Dis- sections, Charts, Manikins and Anatomical Models, Apparatus Catalog— Dissecting instruments, appar- atus and chemical reagents for the biological laboratory. High School Biology Catalog— Everything for introductory courses in Botany, Zoology, Physiology and Agriculture. Jewell Model Catalog— Models for Botany, Zoology and Embryology. Illustrated in color. DUCTS The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction General Biological Supply House (Incorporated) 761-763 East 69th Place, Chicago, Illinois. Our Classes The art of class news-getting be- comes more and more of a gamey sport in Woods Hole. In the old days each class would have its own reporter who, from close associa- tion with his or her prey, was well equipped to make careful observa- tions on their habits and to write a short “paper” on their generic pecu- liarities in time to catch the press. Today, however, a lone leather- stocking rounds up his assorted game, trails them to their hidden lairs in the Brick Building, stalks them from behind the tables at Mess, and using a bathing suit as a blind, tracks them down at the beach. After the “kill,” the vital information is carefully extracted, mounted and shipped in huge pack- ing cases to the printer. The worst of it is that there 1s an editorial in- junction against excess levity—this column is to be more or less serious. So bear with us! The Botany department at the nioment of this writing is beginning to alter almost imperceptibly from a ruddy riot of color to a brown study. The three collecting trips to date have been most successful, both burns and buckets coming up to specifications. Dr. Tay‘or star- ted off the course with lectures on the blue-green and brown Algae. At the present time Dr. Poole is lectur- ing on the greens. Two important botanical events are scheduled for this week. The first is the arrival of Dr. Lewis on the fifteenth and the second is the famous Cuttyhunk trip which will take place this Tues- day. The Protozoologists all seem un- animous in declaring that there is no news. These are to be recog- nized as the people who come to mess- late and weary with a red ring under the right eye resulting from too close an attachment to the ocular. On the day that we interviewed the staff there were low groans proceeding from the labor- atory. It seemed that Dr. Mac- Dougall was passing down the aisle collecting twenty-five dollars from all the registered Columbia students (of whom there were several, it sounded!). Dr. Calkins, when asked if there were any special lectures, said there were none for advertise- ment. It was our own fault, be- cause, it seems, we had put him in the difficult position of confiding which of his own lectures he con- sidered special and which, not so special! He did say later, however, that he was saving the special lec- tures for the last week of the course, “to leave a good taste,” as he put ity The invertebrate crew seems to be running neck and neck with the THE COLLECTING NET botanists as far as collecting is con- cerned, and if the burns are less zaudy they are more eccentric, and the casualty list is longer. To date they have had three trips, one for Protozoa, another to Quisset and the third to Vineyartl Haven. The lecturers so far have been Dr. Daw- son who covered the material from the Protozoa through the Coelenter- ates, Dr. Bennitt on the Platyhel- minthes, Dr. Cobb, who gave a spec- ial lecture on the Nematodes, and Dr. Grant who lectured on the Echinoderms, Beginning on Wed- nesday Dr. Martin will lecture on the Annelids. The physiologists, for those new to these parts, are -the people who are lectured at, just at swimming time, and can be seen emerging dry and erudite from the old lecture hall while the rest of the world drips and sloshes by. The lectures of the arst week of the course were on the subject of diffusion and were deliv- ered by Dr. Jacobs. During the second week Dr. Michaelis lectured on oxidation and reduction poten- tials and the properties of mem- branes. This coming week Dr. Harvey will lecture on oxidation, respiration, and luminescence in cells. The last in our account are the embryologists. It might be well to state here that the order in which the classes are listed is neither alphabetical nor hierarchal in any sense. It is simply a chronological order based on the time of capture. The embryologists are most elusive at this season. The class lectures have been given by Dr. Goodrich, Dr. Packard and Dr. Plough who have covered respectively the em- bryology of the fish, cell lineage in the Molluscs and Annelids, and the embryology of the Coelenterates. A special lecture was given by Dr. Clark on the development of the vascular system. In connection with this lecture the technique of the study of the tadpole tail and the rabbit’s ear was demonstrated, the latter by Dr. Hou.’ Other special lectures were delivered by Dr. Stock- ard, on the twinning of Fundulus, Dr. Just on fertilization, Dr. Swett on the transplantation of tissues, and on Tuesday Dr. Lillie lectured. The class work of this half of the week concerned the later stages in the development of the Annelids and Molluses, with Dr. Grave lecturing. On Thursday and Friday Dr. Rog- ers lectured on the Echinoderms. The only social function of the em- bryologists seems to have been the Nereis run, which was handicapped more or less by the competition of ‘the Episcopal party and a heavy rainstorm. ie Laboratory Workers are Guests of Church Members of the Episcopal church of Woods Hole entertained M. B. L. workers and members of the Fish Commission at their annual social and dance, held in the rectory parlors on the evening of July 5th. The who have for many years enjoyed and appreciated the sincere and generous hospitality of the members of the church and their pastor, Dr. Bancroft, were first en- tertained with a delightful epicur- ean pastime of strawberries, ice guests PAGE FIVE cream and cakes, followed by two hours of dancing. ‘ Kingsley Perry, Harvard ’28, a member of the University Player’s Guild gave a clever exhibition of ventriloquism during the intermis- sion. His little act was loudly ap- plauded by young and old alike. The flood-current begins to run southeasterly in the Woods Hole passage, from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound, one hour before it is low water at Boston. A NEW DARK FIELD ASSEMBLY FOR THE MOST CRITICAL WORK 6965-S DARK FIELD ASSEMBLY, for the most critical work. The 1925 model cardioid condenser supplied with this outfit was specially designed for the dark field observation of aqueous solutions and preparations, particularly living bacteria, and for the ultra-microscopic examination of colloidal solutions. This new model permits the use of objectives with a numerical aperture of 1.05. Former constructions did not permit viewing objectives to have a numerical aperture exceeding 0.85, a relatively low limit which, in the viewing of bacteria, did not permit details to be seen distinctly and two closely adjacent individuals in bacterial preparations were frequently taken for a single element. It was necessary, therefore, to raise the lower limit of numerical aperture of dark-field condensers to about 1.2 so that an admissible numerical aperture of the viewing objectives might be raised to* 1.05. This has been accomplished in the 1925 model which now takes the place of former Paraboloid and Cardioid Condensers. The new model is a reflecting condenser and has, therefore, the advantage of being perfectly achromatic. It also has a good spherical corvev‘ion and therefore a high light transmitting capacity. To secure the full benefit of its optical correction, the condenser should be accurately centered with respect to the viewing system. For this reason the new model is provided with its own centering device. While this condenser can be used satisfactorily with the incandescent micro-lamp, the use of the arc lamp as a source of light results in more complete utilization of the advantages offered in the new model. The components of the outfit, which are sold separately under their respective catalogue numbers, are as follows :— 6903-A. Zeiss Dark Field Microscope No. 2, consisting of Stand ESA with circular simplified mech- anical stage, cardioid condenser, field aud rack and pinion substage; 1925 mod apochromatic objective ‘ special dark ’ achromatic objective 90 X, 1.25 N. A. with iris diaphragm, homo-immersion; compensating eyepieces 7 X, Code 10 XN and 15 X: and sliding objective changer Price Word consisting of tube slide and two objective slides $183.50 Jimfe 7010. Automatic Arc Lamp, with resistance for 110 Volts) (di eicimrristeeee 56.00 Jukib F856. Corbons. 8 mm. (100) 2.50 Ceaap 2856. Carbons, 6 mm. (100) 2.50 Cazuh TAC Fi cat. HRLEe rma aptsnttitertete voter alspsvayrius cieyeltein is Sere-s 6.50 Jukte 6965-T. Speci-!| Baseboard, 26 inches long .............. 9.50 Jonji 6965-S. Dark Field Assembly, as above described, complete with special baseboard as shown in illustration...... 260.50 CodegiWror dit spree ct..-.< ssareie tts sielwiavviaye 0 aed brats Jonik Copy of new 12-pp. supplement No. 91, ‘‘New Zeiss Microscopes and Access- ories, in our stock for immediate shipment,’’ sent upon request. ARTHUR H. THOMAS COMPANY RETAIL — WHOLESALE — EXPORT LABORATORY APPARATUS AND REAGENTS WEST WASHINGTON SQUARE Cable Address “Balance,” PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A. Philadelphia PAGE SIX The Collecting Net A weekly publication concerned with the activities of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory and of Woods Hole. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Research Professor of Biology, New York University. Edwin G. Conklin, Professor of Bi- ology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Professor of Protozoology, Yale University. STAFF Ware vGattelly cy. tmuicecme mina Editor Contributing Editors Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn, Helen S. Morris, Mary Howe, Virginia L. Todd S. J. Reynolds, Peggy Woodruff Business Manager Ilse Michaelis The Reynolds Printing Co. New Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts LOOKING FORWARD During the past two summers we have been somewhat surprised at the limited number of individuals who submit material for publication in THE COLLECTING NET. Probably ninety-five per cent of the material that we have published dur- ing our brief span of life has been written at our suggestion. This situation is contrary to our wishes. Someone has suggested that the reason more material is not submitted is that people do not real- ize our columns are open for their use. We would particularly like to initiate a correspondence department which would be used for members of the laboratory to give free ex- pression to their opinions concerning any subject on which they care to write. Once we were officially told that we must not be too biological! And we do not want to be. We do not want THE COLLECTING NET to become solely a trade journal for workers at the laboratory; it can contain much of interest that does not fall directly in the field of biol- ogy. Anything contributed by a member of the laboratory is certain to be of interest to other workers. THE COLLECTING NET should be not only a paper that the biologist feels it his duty to read in his lab- oratory; it should be a publication which he would stick in his pocket and carry home to read after his evening meal, in an arm chair, be- fore an open-wood fire. We should like to have these two attributes which are rarely found in one pub- lication, and we believe that our unique environment ought to make such a combination of diverse char- acteristics possible without having the whole lacking in unity. THE COLLECTING NET We want THE COLLECTING NET to serve as an agency for publishing news and information as well as a local biological magazine which can publish material of a spe- cialized character, the limited inter- est in which might not make it available for publication in a maga- zine of more general circulation. The value of some of this material to workers at this laboratory could not be easily over-estimated. Fur- ther, the paper should give an oppor- tunity to serve as a medium for the expression of one’s thoughts in other fields through letters, essays and articles of a literary nature which we sincerely hope will be contributed by workers at the laboratory, and by those in Woods Hole and the im- mediate vicinity. Again we ask for suggestions and assistance from the readers of THE COLLECTING NET. Our Advertisers Probably few people here real- ize the extent to which the general welfare and financial integrity of THE COLLECTING NET is de- pendent upon its advertisers. They enab'e us not only to issue a sub- stantial paper—but allow us also to turn over a sum of money each summer to THE COLLECTING NET Scholarship Fund. In addi- tion they have made it possible for us to employ a paid business mana- ger which removes much work from the shoulders of the editorial staff. Those firms which have contracted for advertising space the value of which is $80.00, or in excess of this amount are: Bausch & Lomb Optical Com- pany. Clay-Adams Company. General Biological Supply House. E. Leitz, Incorporated. Arthur H. Thomas Company. W. M. Welch Scientific Com- pany. John Wiley & Sons. Wistar Institute. Carl Zeiss. Spencer Lens. In general the smaller advertisers are cooperating to an extent quite proportional to their means. We thus owe a debt of gratitude to all these firms that are making our enterprise a success. They are making the publication of a useful paper possible—and they are pro- moting research at this laboratory by contributing to THE COLLECT- ING NET Scholarship Fund. We must reciprocate. It is our duty to help them as they are help- ing us. Turn the pages and read the advertisements. -They are in- teresting and contain information of value to you. Before purchasing any equipment from other firms we ask you—in the interest of our pa- per and of The Scholarship Fund— to make a careful examination of the merits of the corresponding equip- ment manufactured by the firms whose announcements appear in THE COLLECTING NET. [et us reciprocate. New M. B. L. Club Officers Elected At the Annual Meeting of the M. B. L. Club which was held in the Club House on Tuesday evening, July 3, the following officers were elected to serve for 1928-29: President: Rev. A. M. Keefe. Vice President: Mrs. A. E. Severinghaus. Secretary-Treasurer: John M. Fogg, Jr. The Class Teas which have been an essential part of the Club’s ac- tivities in the past, will be continued this season and will be held as usual in the Club House on Friday after- noons from 4 to 6, The Invertebrate and Botany teas have already been given and on Friday, July 20, the Physiologists will be hosts. Follow- ing this in order the teas will be given by the Protozoology and Em- bryology departments, Investigators and the Bureau of Fisheries. It should be emphasized that, while the various groups alternate in giving these teas, they serve merely as hosts (alternate hosts, one might say), and the presence of every one at the Laboratory and the Bureau of Fisheries who is interested in these informal functions is earnestly de- sired. It is planned to continue the Sat- urday Evening Dances in the Club House throughout the duration of the courses. These are open to mem- bers; and non-members may dance upon the payment of fifty cents. Membership dues in the Club are $1.50. They may be paid either at the Main Office of the M. B. L., or to the Chairman of the Membership Committee in the Club House on the evenings of the dances. The honorary degree of doctor of science was conferred upon Sam- uel Robinson Williams, professor of physics at Amherst College, by Grin- nell College on June 5. Dr. Williams is spending the summer at the lab- oratory carrying out experiments in biophisical research. The velocity of the current in the Woods Hole passage during high course tides is six knots an hour; during the low course tides its ve- locity is four knots an hour. DIRECTORY ADDENDA CHEMICAL SUPPLY ROOM Bentley, Jr., J. H., stud., Wesleyan. Haas, Dorothea, stud., Holyoke. Hale, J. B., stud., Oberlin. Keil, Elsa M., grad. asst. biol., Brown. Mast, Louise R., stud., Roland Park. Mekeel, Evelyn, stud., Holyoke. Patterson, R. M., grad, Michigan Med. Richards, O. W., asst. prof. biol., Clark. Stockard, Marie Louise, stud., Wash- ington, N. Y. C. Strong, O. S., assoc. prof. neur., Col- umbia, Director. Titlebaum, Betty Spivack, grad., Michi- gan Med. Wolff, W. A., grad. chem., Pennsyl- vania., asst. Director (absent 1928). Fisheries Biological Laboratory MECHANICAL DEPARTMENT Boss, L. F., mechanician. Kahler, R., asst. Larkin, T. E., supt. MacBeth, B. J., night engineer. Steele, N., fireman. INVESTIGATORS Armstrong, Eleanor F., res. asst. emb., Cornell Med. Br. 318. Baker, Lillian E., assoc. exper. surgery. Rockefeller Inst. Rock. Belkin, M., grad. zool., Harvard. O. M. 28. Bell, H. B., assoc. prof. bot., Dalhousie. Bry 23) Carey, C. L., instr. bot., Barnard Bot. Carpenter, Esther, fel. biol., Bryn Mawr. Br. 217g. Chase, A. M., asst. biol., Amherst. Clowes, G. H. A., Dir. Lilly Res. Lab. Br. 328B. Dobzhansky, Nathalie P. (Mrs. T.), res. asst. genetics. Br. 314. Gates, F. L. assoc. member, Rocke- feller Inst. Br. 209B. Givler, J. P., head dept. biol., North Carolina Col. for Women. L.H. 23 Grafflin, A. L., Hopkins Med. Br. 322. Grant, Madeleine P., asst. prof. zool., Mt. Holyoke. O. M. 32. Gray, J, lecturer zool., Cambridge, (England) Br. 122a. Green, Arda A., Nat. Res., fel. Harvard. Keltch, Anna K., organic res., Lilly Res. Lab. Br. 319. Lancefield, Rebecca C., asst. bacteriol. Rockefeller Inst. Br. 206. Martin, E. A, Asst. prof. biol., Col. City of New York. O. M. 33. Mauwell, R. D., prof. biol., West Vir- ginia Wesleyan Col. Morgan, Lilian V., (Mrs. T. H.), asst. expt. zool., Carnegie Inst. Br. 320. Nakajima, H., asst. bact., Government Inst. Infectious Diseases, Tokyo. Br. 312. Natarajani, C. V., grad. public health, Hopkins School of Hygiene. Nonidez, J. F., assoc. anat., Med. Br. 318. Parpart, Ethel R. (Mrs. A. K.), asst. phys., Amherst. Br. 204. Bettersen: R. M,, grad. med., Michigan. Sets Rowe, Charlotte, grad. zool., New York. Sands, Jane, prof. phys. Womans’ Med. Col. of Penna. Br. 226. Scholl, Anna C., asst. zool., Bussey med. Cornell Inst. Rock. 7. Stewart, F. W., pathologist, Rocke- feller Inst. Br. 31. Wallace, Edith M., res. asst. zool., Carnegie Inst. Br. 321. Weare, J. H., res. asst., Harvard Med., Br. 108. Weiss, C., assoc. prof. bact., Wash- ington. Br. 222. Whitaker, D. M., instr. phys., Stanford. Br. 320. Willey, C. H., inst. biol., New York, Br. 232. Williams, S. C., instr. zool., Brown. Rock. - Young, D. B., chairman dept. biol., Maine. O. M. 27. STUDENTS Souder, Mary E., Wellesley. Bot. Holman, Katherine K., grad. Dalhous- ie. Emb. THREE-IN-ONE PUBLICATION The dynamics of instant and extensive publication are enjoyed if you publish in any of the following journals: Journal of Morphology and Phystology. The Journal of Compara- tive Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Expert- mental Zoology American Journal of Phy- sical Anthropology The American Anatomical Memoirs The Biological Bulletin (M. B. L., Woods Hole, Mass.) Folta| Anatomica Japonica (Toko, Japan) The Journal of Parasttol- ogy (Urbana, III.) The Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Stain Technology (Geneva, New York) Physiological Zoology (Chi- cago, Ill.) WHY? 1. Because the author's ab- stract of every article is printed immediately and ex- tensively distributed in the Advance Abstract Sheets of The Wistar Institute Bibli- ographic Service. 2. Because The Wistar Insti- tute Bibliographic Service Card giving the author's ab- stract and the complete bib- liographic reference is pub- lished shortly after the Ad- vance Abstract Sheet is issued. 3. Because the complete ar- ticle then appears promptly in one of the above journals. Reprints supplied. Advance Abstract Sheets $3.00 per year Bibliographic Service Cards $5.00 per year Address THE WISTAR INSTI- POTE of ANATOMY and BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. Eb COULRCTING NET Methods for Experimental Embryology| With Special Reference to Marine Invertabrates Bas jist Professor of Zoology, Howard. Unwwersity MetTuHops FoR HANDLING Eccs AND SPERM, In the preceding article I pointed out that there are very many more forms with large numbers of eggs, available at Woods Hole during the summer season for different lines of work in experimental embryology, than those most commonly used. There is certainly no dearth of various embryo- logical material at Woods Hole. Most beginning investigators neverthe- less will doubtless prefer to make their studies on the more popular forms like Fundulus, Cynthia, Arbacia, Echinarachnius, Asterias, Nereis, and Chactopterus, etc. It may be worthwhile, therefore, to detail some meth- ods for obtaining their eggs and sperm in the best physiological condition. I consider this step of the utmost importance for successful and uniform results. Permit me to say at the outset that in my experience the variability of the eggs from a female of a given species is not nearly so great as some workers seem to think. Take the eggs of Nereis, for example: if removed from a freshly collected female they exhibit after insemination a most re- markable uniformity with respect to the time of polar body extrusion, of cleavage, and of trochophore formation. This is likewise true of the eggs of Arbacia and those of Asterias even. With the latter, though many workers claim to have difficulty, I have repeatedly obtained not only a uni- form rate of development but also over 90 per cent. bipinnaria. These results depend largely upon the animals being in optimum condition when the worker gets them. The proper collecting and care of the animals after collecting are therefore essential for embroyological work. The collector is as important as the investigator himself, and his importance increases with the number of investigators he supplies. The success of a marine laboratory in the greatest degree thus rests with the collecting staff. Let us assume that the worker gets freshly collected animals in opti- mum condition. He must now procure the eggs and sperm by methods that will assure normal development. It will be most convenient to discuss the methods for handling eggs and sperm of each of a few animals in turn, the order being that of their importance as determined by the extent to which they are used. Arbacia, therefore, comes first. ARBACIA, The worker may obtain eggs and sperm of Arbacia in optimum ferti- ' lizable condition by one of several methods: (1) allowing the animals to shed; (2) cutting carefully around the peristome, without injury to the gonads, or removing the spines, either of which stimulates shedding; and (3) cutting around the equator of the test and removing the ovaries to 250 cc. of sea-water, the testes to a dry watch glass. (1). Freshly collected ripe Arbacia readily shed their sexual prod- ucts, Indeed, this may be a nuisance if the worker has, among several such animals in a tank, one that starts shedding. I have frequently ob- served an animal on the side of a tank begin to shed; next, the adjacent one sheds and so on around until soon from every ripe animal eggs or sperm stream forth. Similarly, I have found thick mats of eggs lodged among the spines of females on the bottom of the tank. Elsewhere (Just, ’23) I have commented on the fact that I have taken perfectly normal eggs in various stages of development from among the spines of living females. I have also collected Arbacia from the piling of the wharf opposite the Crane Building, that shed before I could get them to the laboratory, a distance of about one hundred yards. These shed eggs are of optimum fertilizibility except toward the end of the breeding season (Just, ’23). Since one could scarcely depend solely on shed eggs for one’s experiments, one must use other methods for ob- taining eggs in optimum condition. I therefore suggest either of the other methods. (2). Eggs shed as the result of stimulation through injury to the animal, e. g., by cutting carefully around the peristome—without punctur- ing ovaries—or by removing their spines, are by no means inferior to eggs normally shed, as their per cent. and normality of development reveal. The animals thus stimulated should be placed aboral surface down in clean dry Syracuse watch glasses, and the eggs so obtained (“dry eggs’’), free from perivisceral fluid, if from intact ovaries, should be removed as exuded to 250 cc. of sea-water. Sperm thus obtained (“dry sperm’’) should be kept undiluted and covered until immediately needed for insemination. This is mportant because Lillie (715) has*shown very beautifully how the fertilizing power of Arbacia sperm suspensions falls off with dilution. Likewise, Cohn |(’717) has made an important study of the relation of activity and ferti- PAGE SEVEN aa MONOBJECTIVE BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE With readily interchangeable binocular and monocular tubes MICROSCOPE DSA-1 Stand DSA _ with simplified Mechanical Stage and Quad- ruple Nosepiece; Condenser, n. a, 1.2 with Iris Diaphragm, Achromatic Objectives: 3, 8 n. a. 0.20, 40 n. a. 0.65, 90 n. a. 1.25 (Oil Immersion). Paired Huygens Oculars: 10x and 15x Magnifications: 30x to 1350x. Price $225, f. o. b. N. Y- MICROSCOPE DSA-2 Same stand as DSA, but with aplanatic condenser n. a. 1.4 and Apochromatic Objectives : 10 n. a. 0.30, 20 n. a. 0.65, 40 n. a. 0.95 and 90 n. a. 1.3 (Oil Immersion). Paired Compen- sating Oculars: 7x, 10x and 15x. Magnifications: 70x to SSID) 335 Price $400.50 f. o. b. N. Y. You are invited to call at our Showrooms when in New York. We are within five minutes’ walk from Grand Central Terminal, be- tween 41st and 42nd Streets, op- posite the Library. A large selec- tion of instruments ts on display and special demonstrations are ar- ranged upon appointment. A selection of Zeiss Instruments will be on exhibition at Woods Hole July 18-25, | | CARL ZEISS, INC. 485 Fifth Avenue New York Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif. 7 —FAa lS PAGE EIGHT Methods for Experimental Embryology (Continued from Page 7) lizing power of sperm to dilution and age. For insemination a thin sperm suspension is freshly made. I use one drop of “dry” sperm in 10 ce. of sea-water, from which | take two drops to inseminate eggs in 250 cc. of sea-water. Like those normally shed, these eggs are invariably free from perivis- ceral fluid and except at the end of the breeding season are of high fertiliz- ation capacity. A slight accidental puncture of the ovaries means contamina- tion by the body fluid, which seeps into the ovary and through the genital pores with the extruded eggs. In such an event the eggs must be washed free of the perivisceral fluid which inhibits fertilization. One should therefore make trial inseminations on samples taken from eggs suspended in 250 cc. sea-water. If 95-100 per cent. of the eggs fertilize as shown by the number that separate normal membranes, they are good. If the per cent. and quality of membrane separation be low, the worker should wash the eggs again and make another trial insemination on them. This proced- ure should be repeated during not more than an hour after first suspending the eggs in sea-water, until normal fertilization in close to 100 per cent. of the eggs is obtained The inhibitory action of the perivisceral fluid to the fertilization of elrbacia eggs was first clearly established by Lillie. The reader should con- sult his book, “Problems of Fertilization,’ for references. I have con- firmed Lillie’s findings on eggs of Arbacia and those of Echinarachnius not only for fertilization but also for experimental parthenogenesis. Cf. also my paper on Nereis, (Just, 15). (Si): eggs is that of removing the gonads directly to sea-water. the eggs most certainly suffer contamination with blood inhibitor. rid them of the inhibitor as follows: | daresay that the most common practice of obtaining Arbacia J > By this method One may Open the animal with a circular cut carried barely through the test |. slightly above the equator. Discard the oral part of the animal. Now in- vert the aboral part and so drain off the perivisceral fluid ; next, either place it in a clean dry Syracuse watch glass so that the eggs exude through the genital pores, or carefully remove the evaries to 250 cc. of sea-water into which the eggs will fall freely from the ovaries. In the latter case, strain the eggs free from débris by putting them through cheese cloth, previously thoroughly soaked in running sea-water after having been washed in fresh water. If necessary, wash the eggs four times by decanting the sea-water above them as soon as they settle, adding very gently, fresh sea-water in an amount equivalent to that removed. more than one hour. After each washing, test the eggs by trial insemina- tion on samples. If after the fourth washing the trial insemination does not yield close to 100 per cent. fertilization, discard these eggs and use the eggs from another female that vield practically 100 per cent. fertilization. I find it worthwhile to open several females, selecting the eggs from the best. And in general, | never mix the eggs from several females. One point the worker must remember: Arbacia eggs are not “‘c. p.” chemicals that give the same results day in and day out. Too many variables enter : the time in the breeding season, the freshness and vigor of the animals— which depends upon the length of time they have been in the line cars, after having been collected—the fullness of the gonads—which depends to a great extent upon the collecting grounds from which they come during a given lunar period—the abundance of the blood inhibitor present, temperature, et cetera. ASTERIAS. Next to the egg of the Arbacia, that of Asterias is perhaps the most popular at Woods Hole. This is a most beautiful egg for many purposes, when properly handled, but unfortunately is greatly maligned by many workers. This is not the fault of the egg. ‘The first essential is to get good animals with ripe gonads. When fully ripe the animals are heavy, their skin is soft and their arms bulging. I determine the ripe animals by roughly estimating their weight, rejecting the lighter ones with firm brittle skin and narrow arms. Frequently, I have been able to select the ripe animals so exactly that when using eggs only, I have taken but one specimen. The ovaries of a large ripe female will fill a 200 ce. graduate. Again the washing should not take | THE COLLECTING NET J. Blakiston’s Son & Company invites you to examine the texts and References in Science and Medicine now on exhibit in the Lobby of the Main Building. Some of these books are Lee Vade Mecum Breemer Histology Wollard Recent Advances in Anatomy Gould Medical Dictionary, 2nd Edition Giltner Microbiology NEW SPENCER MICROSCOPE No. 44M-H WITH: Real Mechanical Stage (ungrad- uated)—permanently attached to the square microscope stage. Fork-type Substage, operated by rack and pinion—a universal sub- stage taking all conceivable sub- stage accessories condenser, lamp, dark-field illuminator, polar- izing apparatus, etc., etc. Combined Divisible Substage Con- denser, for long and short focus work and for dark-field illumina- tion. This microscope has been designed for the convenience of those who prefer a square stage microscope and yet want a real mechanical stage permanently attached, having sufficient range of motion to completely cover the usual We shall Exhibit it at Woods Hole this Summer 3” x 1” microscope slide. SPENCER LENS COMPANY SPENCER Mianulaciacers SPENCER Microscopes, Microtomes, Delineascopes, Optical Measuring Instruments, Dissecting —u SA Instruments, Etc. eres) BUFFALO, N. Y. BRANCHES: NEW YORK, BOSTON, CHICAGO, SAN FRANC'SCO. WASHINGTON. Biological Effect of the Ultra-Sound Waves (Continued from Page 3) Soc. 49, 3086, 1927). The pheno- mena in living organisms, apart from temperature rise, are connected with mechanical effects, the most striking of which might be best de- scribed as “intracellular stirring.” 2. In certain biological studies where great intensity is desired, and | where it is not necessary to observe under the microscope, a high power- ed oscillator is required. Using such an oscillator and plac- ing the material to be treated in test tubes which were subjected to the | vibrations. Wood and Loomis caused the rupture of filaments of Spiro- gyra, the tearing of Paramecium and the laking of red blood corpuscles. This latter effect is very striking, | defibrinated mammalian blood cor- puscles in physiological salt solution laking completely in one minute be- fore the average temperature of the fluid had risen to 37°C. They also noted the killing of small fish and frogs but the cause of death was not determined. Using the same high powered oscillator we have taken small organisms like Euglena or Paracium and enclosed them in capil- lary tubes sealed at the ends. When one end of such a tube is subjected to intense vibrations the organisms are thrown in piles regularly spaced (about 2mm, apart, depending on the diameter of the capillary) along the tube, from which they are un- able to swim. These piles represent nodés of transverse vibrations set up in the capillary. It is not that the organisms swim into these nodes but they are passively carried into the nodes and fortunately, so, for between the nodes they would be subjected to mechanical tearing that would disintegrate them. Thus, red blood corpuscles in a capillary tube are thrown into the nodes and quite unharmed by ten minutes raying, whereas the same corpuscles in a test tube, where convection currents carry them about, are laked in one minute. Even luminous bacteria and particles of gamboge form striae in capillary tubes but colloidal particles (as of benzopurpurin, As2Ss3 or Fe (OHs) do not. An emulsion of luminous bacteria in sea water in a test tube, rayed until the temperature rose from 1.5° to 21.5°, luminesce considerably less brightly than control a tube heated from 1.5° to 21.5°. The turbidity is also less in the rayed tube,. indi- cating that some of the bacteria have undergone cytolysis. experiments showed that the dim- ming was not due to the electric Control, THE COLLECTING NET field. The luminescence of a mixture of Cypridina luciferin and luciferase was unaffected by raying in any way that could not be accounted for by rise in temperature. One might expect that high fre- quency mechanical vibrations carry- ing as much energy as they do, would be capable of stimulating muscle or nerve tissue. All attempts to demon- strate a stimulating action have fail- ed. The sciatic nerve of frog connected with the gastrocnemius muscle may be touched (either nerve or muscle) to a test tube violently oscillating or be immersed in a salt solution in such a ‘test tube without stimulation and without injury. Both nerve and muscle are later found to be quite irritable to electrical stimuli. The high tension field is unable to stimulate because of its high fre- quency. A bull frog’s heart mounted a in Ringer’s solution in a test tube | touching the oil and connected with a heart lever for recording move- ment, shows no peculiarities of the contraction, but an irregularity and ! usually a slowing of the rate, despite |the rise in temperature that accom- panies the raying. Further observa- tions will be necessary to analyze these peculiarities. Review Dr. SAMUEL E. Ponp, Assistant Professor of Physiology, University of Penn. Medical School The characterization of high-fre- quency sound waves (or superson- ics) as the “ultra violet of sound”’ is an indication of the relationship which these bear to the sound-waves we more frequently encounter. The two departures from the ultra violet —to spoil the analogy as early as possible—must not be lost sight of. They do not pass thru a vacuum (which emphasizes their chief re- lationship to ordinary sound waves) and apparently they do not stimu- late specialized tissues like muscle and nerve. In this latter respect they differ from certain bands of the electromagnetic spectrum (e.¢., radiant energy and electricity). But one wonders whether some sensiti- zation will not be effected so that it is possible to stimulate sensory tis- sues, ere the task is done. In the frequency gamut of 200,- 000 to 2 million cycles it would seem as though the order-difference were ample to discover whether special- ized protoplasm will react to high frequency displacement, the super- harmonics of mechanical force or stress. That Dr. Harvey and his associates have failed to affect nerve and muscle so far is indicative of the limited band of frequencies to which nerve and muscle and many other sensitive tissues will respond. Hence an analysis of displacement effects, particularly sine-wave, con- tinuous, and extremely rapid trans- lation will nevertheless be of inter- est. In part, we look forward to a clearer statement of what stimula- tion is when the experimenters with super-sonics can tell us why these | high frequencies do not evoke a And fur- ther, it may be anticipated that the work will-lead to a clearer explan- ation of aural stimulation by reson- protoplasmic response. ance and vibrations of the lower orders. A basic interpretation of stimu'ation which takes into con- PAGE NINE —_—_—_—_—_—_——— CC eer — | chemical effects, may thus grow out of this newer undertaking. It is of some considerable sigonifi- cance that many clear-cut positive results with super-sonics have been The laking of blood, the rupture and disruption of a variety of eggs without the apparent stir- ring of the protoplasm, and the cy- closis-like effect in , secured, Elodea are ex (A view of the disturbance in [lodea by the high frequency ex- ceeds the thrill of any biological circus yet staged. ) pear to effects and amples. Yet these ap- free of temperature un-related to chemical be sideration harmonic motion as well as polarization, physical as well as | disturbances. To some of us who (Continued on Page 10) Designed after Specificati (Patent Pending) A New Quinhydron (o] I lydr ogen lon Apparatus —>—-c Ti Simple and Rapid Manipulation ons by W. J. Youden, Ph. D. of the Boyce-Thompson Institute for Plant Research The Youden pH Apparat quinhydrone electrodes. It is vanometer, rheostats, keys and Simplicity of Operation No technical knowledge or solution in reference tube, adj vanometer to read zero, pH for this voltmeter reading us is a potentiometer set-up with complete with millivoltmeter, gal- switches. skill is necessary. With unknown ust the rheostat to cause the gal- The voltmeter reading is noted and the is found in a table supplied. Special Features of Superiority Rapid Manipulation. than twice as rapid as any Low Cost. 30 to 40 determinations per hour, more other electro-metric method. The use of quinhydrone electrodes permits using a millivoltmeter of 300 mv. range. Sensitivity. practical work, and consid Equivalent to .03 pH—as high as is necessary in erably greater sensitivity than the most precise colorimetric methods. Portability. All sets are light case. Simplicity. Component parts a No. 5270 Youden Hydrogen Io plete with millivoltmeter, in weight. Field sets in carrying re simple, durable, and convenient. n Concentration Apparatus. Com- galvanometer, rheostats, special quinhydrone electrodes, and supplies necessary for operation. = = = = = $85.00 Al portable set in carrying case with handle is also supplied. Write for prices. QUALITY. CA Sign of Quality JeluG SERVICE CA Mark of Service W. M. Welch Scientific Company Manufacturers, Importers and Exporters of Scientific Apparatus and School Supplies 1516 Orleans Street Chicago, Ill., U.S. A. PAGE EN The Zoological Station at Wimereux Maurice CAULLERY, Professor at the Sorbonne, Director of the Station of Wimereux Wimereux, a resort on the strait of Pas de Calais (English channel) is 5 km. from Boulogne. The zoo- logical station is a mile and a half to the North of the village, just beyond the Pointe-aux-Oies, at the entrance of the dunes. It was described, such as it was in 1910, in the well-known book of Ch. A. Kofoid on the European bio- logical stations; it has since under- gone a few changes in its equipment which may make this article inter- esting. A. Giard, professor at the Faculte des Sciences of Lille, founded the station in 1874; later it became part of the Université de Paris. From 1874 to 1899 it occupied only a small summer house on the banks of the river Wimereux, near its estuary. The equipment was most rudimentary, but in spite of this fact important work was accomplished. This was published in the “Bulletin scientifique de la France et de la Bel- gique” and in “Les Travaux de la station zoologique de Wimereux.” Let us recall the beautiful research of J. Barrois on the development of the Bryozoa; those of Giard and J. Bonnier on the Epicarides, etc. It is at Wimereux that Giard has dis- covered and characterized the Orth- onectides ; he has published numer- ous biological and systematical notes and fauna of the on the flora Boulonnais. Since 1899, the station occupies a special building on the sea-shore, sheltered by a dyke. The aquaria are in the basement; the main floor is the laboratory proper; an upper floor has bedrooms for the workers. Besides this building is a pavilion residence of the director, and a wing to the south remains to be built to house the collections. The laboratory consists of a large common room with 12 desks equipped especially for microscopic woik; a room for physiology and chemistry, a dark room, and a lib- rary. It is a small institution but its equipment is quite complete now. During the last few years the station was provided with electricity, which permits the use of motors, centri- fuges, autoclaves, etc. We also THE COLLECTING NET have gasoline gas for ordinary uses, The lat- ter has been installed recently and fresh water and sea water. we may keep live material for ex- perimentation and observation. Sea water is sucked directly on the beach at high tide through a special filter a wooden tank. (Foot note No. 1.) This water is brought by a centrifuge pump for placed in decantation in reservoirs of a capac- ity of 80 cubic meters, from into which it is forced into an upper res- ervoir to be distributed then under a 5 meter pressure to the aquaria. Combing the beach from the rocks of the fort Heurt, south of Boulogne to Cap Gris Nez, fur- The marine fauna and flora of the coast We go sea for plankton in a small motor nishes the current material. are well known. out to boat, the “Orthonectide.”” The coast near the station is so abrupt that it is impossible to have a larger boat. Occasionally dredging is done by a steamboat from the port of Bou- logne. Between April and October Ist about 60 workers come each year, 15 of whom pursue original re- search. The results are published in different journals: “Le Bulletin bio- logique de la France et de la Bel- gique” is the regular publication of the station, which occasionally pub- lishes “Les Travaux de la station zoologique de Wimereux.” The laboratory of Wimereux has only limited possibilities because of its position, its size, and limited budget. It is, however, the center of uninterrupted activity, which the recent perfecting of its equipment will help increase. The workers also have every convenience in re- spect of living accommodations, life they lead Wimer- being and the common there has its charm. eux and Boulogne very near, the students may indulge in tennis or golf. The station is freely open to foreigners and has already had American I shall be glad if publishing these few lines in The Collecting Net will give to others the idea of coming. Foot Note) Cf. M. Caullery, La Station Zoologique de Wimereux; several zoologists. les progres récents de son outillage, Bull. biol. France Belgique, t. 61, 1927 (pp. 500-511). Biological Effect of the Ultra-Sound Waves (Continued from page 9) have been totally immersed in the biological aspects of polarization and the exclusive society of ions it is more than a thrill. Let the agita- tions proceed ! But apart from the simple ex- planation that smallness is synono- mous with rigidity why are bacteria in the realm of the unscathed? Is it because the energy is reflected or transmitted? The reviewer judges that the energy is not absorbed by the bacteria and the small cells which give negative results when rayed. Otherwise they would not escape destruction when exposed to the in- tense fields of force applied. They could transmit and reflect the energy and thus exhibit the natural inde- pendence much as glass is unaffected by certain portions of the visible spectrum, as a galvanometer is un- disturbed by an external electrical field when enclosed in a metal shield, and as a stretched string remains quiet in the presence of dishar- monics, The apparent thermal effects which Dr. Harvey described (not upon protoplasm of the ordinary Woods Hole variety but the experi- menter’s own finger) raises another question. If the thermometer in the medium exposed to the high frequencies is not itself affected un- til the fingers close with some ten- sion about the stem, does it not in- dicate that particles which them- selves are set in motion become exposed to thermal energy—in the absolute sense—since they are in motion with relation to the medium in which they are viewed and rayed ? Let us suppose that particles or cells in a protoplasmic fluid are in motion and the fluid remains at rest; then some thermal effect might be resi- dent at the interface where friction arises (?) Presumably in the a- queous systems the high specific heat of the medium would diminish the temperature gradient, and thus tend to reduce the possibility of thermal stimulation (or destruction ) of the moving cells by heat. Es- pecially in media of different dens- ities and co-efficients of friction, or where electrical fields of force are set up by moving particles, thermal effects would be anticipated. Altogether Dr. Harvey’s presen- tation was attractive and thought- provoking. In his audience were many who followed him through every turn and into the laboratory for a view of what the microscope could unfold when he “turned on the “Juice.” BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS Stock includes Microscopes and Microscope Accessories of all leading makes. Practically any microscope requirement can be supplied promptly. Our Incubators include the Freas, Thelco and C. S. & E. types. We have a full line of Blood Testing Apparatus such as Blood Counting, Blood Gas and Hydrogen Ion Apparatus, also Water Testing Apparatus and a full line of general laboratory ap- paratus such as Water Baths, Sterilizers, - Thermometers, etc. Special attention is directed to our line of Tp Chemicals. Write for further details and visit our Showrooms at 18th St. and 3rd Ave. EIMER & AMEND Est. 1851 Inc. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents NEW YORK, N. Y. Third Ave., 18th to 19th St. ek OF Yea, & Marine Biological Laboratory Supply Department FOR THE BEST BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL CLASSROOM MATERIAL MUSEUM SPECIMENS LIFE HISTORIES Samples of different preparations on exhibit. Catalogues and Information Furnished by Applying at Supply Department Office George M. Gray, Curator Dresses Linens Laces Fine Toilet Articles Yardley - Coty - Elizabeth Arden Choice Bits from Pekin MRS. WEEKS SHOPS FALMOUTH 7 4 The Dover Road “The Dover Road,” the A. A. Milne comedy which opened this season for the University Players Guild at the Elizabeth Theater in Falmouth last Monday and Tues- day nights, proved to be not only a good summer evening’s entertain- ment but an encouraging example of what the Little Theatre movement throughout the country is accom- plishing. If the remaining seven plays in the Guild’s program for this season are as well chosen and as excellently directed as the opener, members of the laboratory at Woods Hole may find there inter- esting relaxation from the rigors of biological research, or just another pleasant way of spending the eve- ning, as the case may be. The program on the opening night started auspiciously when the cur- tain rose promptly at 8:30, thereby removing the performance at once from the level of most amateur pro- ductions. The plot of the play, somewhat impossible in itself, cen- ters about the stratagems employed by a wealthy bachelor in deterring young husbands or wives from eloping with new-found loves. The scene is laid in his home which is on the Dover road. It is to this home that the run-away couples are brought when they are about to em- bark on their new quest of happi- ness, and forcibly detained by such simple expedients as locked doors and unscalable garden walls until they have had time to see each other in a most unromantic fashion and to reconsider their proposed flight. The action centers around the emotional difficulties of two couples who are unwilling guests of Mr. Latimer, the amusing old bachelor. Leonard, a strong-headed but not so strong-minded young husband, is eloping with Anne, a beautiful and charming young girl, while at the same time, unknown to Leonard, his impossible wife, Eustasia, is starting out to seek new romance with Nicholas. A week of Eustasia’s unceasing baby-talk and perpetual solicitude proves enough to con- vince Nicholas that he doesn’t want to go any further, and Anne loses heart in her supposedly romantic adventure with Leonard when she sees him, unshaved and uncombed, devouring a huge breakfast with animal-like gusto. Absurd and trite enough are the situations, but the characters are well-drawn and the lines clever. And the acting, too, was carried off with admirable ease and charm in all the roles, with Elizabeth Fenner, a Vassar graduate in the part of Ann. and Kingsley Perry of Harvard as Mr. Latimer giving the best individ- THE COLLECTING NET ual performances in a well-directed cast. Great credit is due the members of the University Players’ Guild for the production. Every detail con- nected with the series of plays is being handled by the college stu- dents who are members. The stage- setting, which was particularly good in “The Dover Road,” the publicity, acting, and directing are all man- aged by members, and they have certainly approached professional finish in their first undertaking. Author - Scientist Here From Russia Continued from Page 1) Dr. Sokoloff arrived in America last March and during the few months of his stay here he has met most of the important political and literary personages of the country, including Herbert Hoover, Mrs. Woodrow Wilson, Norman Davis, George Baker, editors of most of the important literary magazines, and lastly, Theodore Dreiser, the most intense, the most honest of Ameri- can writers, whom Dr. Sokoloff ac- companied to Woods Hole. Besides his scientific work, Dr. Sokoloff has published about fifteen books of fiction in Czcheckish, French and English. His first book of fiction to be published in America is entitled, “The Crime of Doctor Garine, and other stories,” and is expected to appear in October, from Covici’s. In an interview with Dr. Sokoloff concerning the laboratory, he said: “T consider the Woods Hole Lab- oratory remarkable because of its organization. European scientists, I think, would profit considerably by visiting it, and by observing the extreme intensity with which Amer- ican research workers carry on their experiments.” Dr. Sokoloff also expressed en- thusiasm for the way in which American women scientists are able to carry on their work with the same enthusiasm and intense concen- tration as their masculine co-work- ers. New Apparatus Exhibited During the past week the Kny- Scheerer Corporation has held an exhibit featuring some of their new apparatus and supplies. An electric incubator, the temperature of which can be set with a minimum difficulty, aroused much interest. This is done simply by turning a regulator knob until the indicator on the dial points to the desired temperature on the scale. It will then be maintained automatically at this temperature. Their representative, William G. Lebowitz, was in charge. PAGE ELEVEN The Elizabeth Theatre HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS FALMOUTH, MASS. Shows Begin at 8:00. Performance Continues Until 10:30 Saturday Two Shows at 7:00 and 9:00 O’clock Monday and Tuesday Friduy, July 20 July 16-17 University Guild Players “THE GARDEN OF EDEN” in with “BEYOND THE Corinne Griffith HORIZON” Wednesday and Thursday Seany 2k July 18-19 “THE WHEEL OF “THE JAZZ SINGER” CHANCE” with with Richard Barthelmess Al Jolson | TEN ACRE FARM in FALMOUTH DISTRIBUTORS FOR S. S. PIERGEEO: Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN ®6 BRO. Thos. Malchman, Prop. CLOTHIERS, HATTERS and FURNISHERS MAIN STREET IDEAL RESTAURANT K Woods Hole FALMOUTH Main Street Telephone Connection Compliments of PENZANCE GARAGE WOODS HOLE, MASS. Day or Night ALTLAS Phone 652 Towing High Pressure Greasing Texaco Products WOODS HOLE GARAGE COMPANY opposite station W:C-DAVIS:COMPANY- HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS PAGE TWELVE THE COLLECTING NET ROOMS AVAILABLE THIS WEEK IN WOODS HOLE Louise and Elisabeth Mast Saunders Books IN MAIN BUILDING UNTIL NEXT FRIDAY To satisfy the demand for: up-to-date information concerning available rooms The Collecting Net will conduct a bureau of information. A corrected list of rooms will appear weekly in this column. Detailed information may be obtained from the editors or at The Collecting Net office. Physiology—by Howell By William H. Howell, Ph. D., M. Developmental Anatomy (Em- bryology)—by Arey ee Nn td = Q bg f 1} iol < h Tame: a s o 5 2° aly Comments D., Professor of Physiology in the y ; Name Address 5 a 5 o ie Johns Hopkins University, Balti- By Leslie Brainerd TET Professor Hamblin House | Government St. med. 1 double 2 1 12 Running water more. Octavo of 1069 pages, con- OF LONGER CE UES NOUNS ie med. 1 double 3 1 12 adjoins with taining 308 illustrations, many in Medical School. Octavo of 433 ine Adare 37 20) abovelnooms, colors. Ninth edition. Cloth, $6.50 pages with 419 illustrations. Cloth, large 1 double 3 1 12 transients pre- net. ebolenel: ferred. E Anatomy of Nervous System Bacteriology—by Ford Avery House Main St. small 1 single 1 1 10 By William W. Ford, M. D., Pro- —by Ranson small 1 single 1 1 10 fessor of Bacteriology, School of By Stephen Walter Ranson, M. D., med. 1 single at 17 : : Hygiene and Public Health, Johns Ph. D., Professor of Anatomy in large 2 single 4 1 20 Running water. Hopkins University, Octavo of 1069 the Northwestern University Med- large 1 double 3 1 20 pages, illustrated. Cloth, $8.50 net. ical School, Chicago. Octavo of large 1 double 4 1 20 425 pages, illustrated. Third Edi- Human Physiology—by Stiles tion. Cloth, $6.50 net. Breakwater Hotel Penzance Rd. single 48-72 American Plan double New American Illustrated By Percy Goldthwait Stiles, Assis- tant Professor of Physiology at Harvard University. 12mo. of 435 pages, illustrated. Fourth edition. Cloth, $2.25 net. Medical Dictionary Octavo of 13888 pages, illustrated. Edited by W. A. Newman Dor- land, M. D. Fourteenth Edition. Flexibly bound in red, $7.00 net; thumb indexed, $7.50 net. Physical Chemistry —by McClendon and Medes Fifty-Six Colleges and Universities have Adopted By J. F. McClendon, Ph. D., Pro- fessor of Physiologic Chemistry, By Raymond Pearl, Professor of and Grace Medes, Ph. D., Assist- 3iometry and Vital Statistics in ant Professor of Physiological the School of Hygiene and Public Chemistry. University of Minne- Health, and of Biology in the Med- Medical Biometry—by Pearl BY sota Medical School. Octavo of ical Department, John MHopkins TINIE ~ ai = SS = a slices =, 4 425 pages, illustrated. Cloth, $4.50 University. Octavo of 393 pages, WINTERTON C. CURTIS AND MARY J. GUTHRIE net. illustrated. Cloth, $5.00 net. University of Missouri The Curtis-Guthrie Textbook of Zoology has already made a definite place for itself in introductory college courses. Coming out in September of last year after most teachers had made their selections this book was promptly adopted in 46 schools and colleges. With the opening of the spring term, this number has grown to fifty-six. Many teachers, who for one reason or another could not use it last fall, have indicated their intention to do so this fall. Few college textbooks have received such superlative com- ments as has “‘Curtis-Guthrie.” Here are two worth quoting: “It is indeed a pleasure to find a book written for college students, whose authors have maintained standards instead of yielding to the popular demand for simplification to ‘fundamen- tals and a minimum of technical terms,’ which generally means ‘simplicitas ad nihilum.’ “These teachers have achieved the remarkable feat of pre- paring af excellent college textbook and at the same time dis- carding many of the threadbare conventions of textbook writers; thus producing not only a teachable book, but a readable book bristling with stimulating points of vital human contact. Curtis and Guthrie’s “General Zoology” is delightfully clear and up-to- W. B. SAUNDERS CO., PUBLISHERS West Washington Sq., Philadelphia, Pa. SINCE 1852 MAKERS OF Microscopes and Accessories Microtomes Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographic Lenses date, and is the first notable example of modern educational Centrifuges Pee comical effectively applied in biology textmaking. It com- Haemocytometers bines scope, perspective, unity, interest, and reliability, and is a valuable contribution to the ‘pedagogics of sooloay anne le: Spetrometers Reed, of the South Texas State Teachers College. ; Bausch 6 Lomb Refractometers “This is one of the best organized textbooks on Zoology that : Colorimeters I have had an opportunity to examine. It impresses me as having Research Microscope and successfully presented the basic facts of zoology to college students. CDE The book has also succeeded in making sufficient application of modern biological knowledge to make it interesting to the student.” Other Optical Products Catalogues on request Bausch % Lomb Optical Co. Main Office and Factory: Rochester, Nae 585 pages. 6x9. 308 figures. Cloth, $3.75 LABORATORY DIRECTIONS IN GENERAL ZOOLOGY. By Winterton C. Curtis and Mary J. Guthrie. 194 pages. 6 x 9. Illustrated. Paper Cover, $1.50 JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc. New York City New York: Park and 42nd Sts. Boston: 333 Washington St. Chicago: 5 No. Wabash Ave. 440 Fourth Avenue San Francisco: 28 Geary St. eee ee Se Volume III Number 3 Marine Station of the College de France, Concarneau, Finistee Dr. R. LEGENpDRE, Director Translated from French by Marie L. Harnly Brittany is, in France, the para- dise of the naturalist. The three large Paris institutions for research and teaching have marine labora- tories which share in the study of the coast: the National Museum at Saint-Servan, the Sorbonne at Ros- coff, the College de France at Con- carneau. The marine laboratory of the Col- lege de France at Concarneau is the oldest of them all; it was founded in 1859 by Coste, professor of embry- ology in the Collége de France, member of the Institute and the first general Inspector of marine fishing, especially for the study of piscicul- ture and oysterculture. As soon as opened, it attracted biologists the world over, and for a long period remained the only cen- ter of studies on the sea shore. It served as a model for the other sta- tions of the same nature, in France as well as in other countries. Its situation is well chosen at the entrance of a picturesque and very active fishing port, the most import- ant in France for sardine and tuna fishing, where thirty factories pre- pare the canning of these fish, and where the movement of fishing boats is most extensive. It opens on a vast bay, calm, and lined with algae, where animals are abundant, (Continued on Page 3) Currents in the Hole At the following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: A.M. P.M. July 22 : 9:28 July 23 10:27 July 24 11:19 July 25 12:00 July 26 12:28 July 27 1-07 July 28 Zs0l)\: July 29 2:48 In each case the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. --atus. WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, JULY 21, 1928. M. B. L. Calendar Saturday, July 21 Club Dance. Orchestra. M. B. L. Club, Admission free to members. Tuesday, July 24 8:00 P. M. Research Seminar. 1. Dr. I. F. Lewis, professor of biology, University of Virginia. “Floris- tic Succession in the Dismal Swamp of Virginia.” 2. Dr. W. F. Taylor, professor of botany, University of Pennsyl- vania. “Algal Floras of the Western Atlantic.” 3. Dr. B. M. Duggar, professor of botany, University of Wisconsin. “Further Studies on the Prop- erties of the Virus of Tobacco Mosaic.” Wednesday, July 25 8:00 P. M. Special Lecture. Dr. Harvey J. Howard, Washington University School of Medicine. “Social, Po- litical and Medical Experiences of an American Physician with Man- churian Bandits.” bsvecay, July 27 4-6 P. M. Protozoology Tea. M. B. L. Club. 8:00 P. M. Dr. E. G. Conklin, professor of bio- logy, Princeton, Sedgewick Mem- orial Lecture “The Problem of Development” . Steamship New Bedford Breaks Steering Gear In A Narrow Channel The schedule of the New Bed- ford, Marthas Vineyard, and Nan- tucket line was seriously disrupted by the breaking of the steering gear on the steamer New Bedford as she was leaving the Nantucket pier and approaching the narrow jetty en- trance at 1:30 P.M. Saturday even- ing. She was forced to return to Nantucket for repairs. The New Bedford with many passengers aboard docked at Nan- tucket nearly an hour late and pulled out an hour and a quarter late. As she rounded Brant point, Pilot Charles Leighton, who was at the wheel, noticed that something was wrong with the steering appar- Captain Francis J. Marshall immediately called down to Chief Engineer Schrader that the steering gear was out of order and they (Continued on Page 3) Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, lic American Author and Play- wright Evaluates Biological Research I am here really on the advice and at the instigation of my friend, Boris Sokoloff, of the Rockefeller Institute, also to sense the trend of current biological thought and effort in America. Since my arrival I have been most courteously and wisely chaperoned and introduced by both Dr. Sokoloff, Dr. Heilbrunn of Michigan University and others. Long before this present large lab- oratory building was here, as early as 1900, I came once with a fellow writer to investigate the Bureau of Fisheries Station work which had been called to my attention in Wash- ington. At that time Woods Hole was a lone and spare hamlet indeed, frequented principally by fishermen —although, because of houses on the point and islands to the South, there was what was known as “The Dude Train” which then ran once daily to and from Boston. The ar- rival of the automobile did for it, I fear. Mentally as well as scientifically for me at this time the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory is quite the most impressive as well as interesting in- stitution of its kind that I have personally ever encountered. Its interests and results are so various and so genuinely stimulating; the number of concerned students and thinking investigators gathered here so impressive! More than this, the purely scientific or mentally un- biased nature of their approach to the mysteries of life is one of the most hopeful things in connection with the human mind as it functions today. The patience, earnestness, and, I assume, honesty of these WOODS HOLE AND THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY THEODORE DREISER Author of “The American Tragedy,” “The Genius,” and other books men and women impress me more than anything else I have seen in America. And the enormous psychological value of their devoted and, as I gather, poorly rewarded efforts, to man as thinking animal—to the en- tire race of which they are so min- ute a part! Positively to come here out of the blare of inane and purely utilitarian politics, or the limited and wholly selfish phases of commerce, or the vague, and in so far as my mind is concerned futile potherings of most of our literature, arts, and of dogmatic religion, and here to contemplate the direct, undogma- tized gaze of these workers toward the unknown—what a relief! For me just to walk these halls used by the various seekers, to look into their rooms with their microscopes, their chemical and physical equip- ment, the various flora and fauna assembled for purposes of experi- ment and thought; to observe the occupants—each with his problem, his hope of an answer to some mys- tery that has never yet in all the life of man been answered, is to me to breathe a freer mental or spirit- ual air than is breathed elsewhere in America at this time. Truly, I marvel at the patience that hour after hour, day after day, year after year, permits these seekers to hold to the chase—each with his chem- ical solutions, his notebook, his im- plements ; each thinking, varying his mediums, recording his results—in order that possibly at some time or other in the life of the race some larger co-ordinating intelli- (Continued on Page 2) PAGE TWO Dreiser Discourses On the Biologist (Continued from Page 1) gence may arrive, and so man may win at least a part of the secret of his descent and his being— Marvellous! Beautiful! The most honorable and respectable em- ployment of man; his greatest, most admirable distinction—that he can thus employ himself; that he has the urge and the equipment so to do. Positively, when I consider the average man with his usually defec- tive mental response to what is: his worse than petty interests, his in- difference to the vast and myster- ious universe in which he finds him- self—and then out of all the mil- lions, the billions even—contemplate this self-selected, knowledge-absor- bed group which would like to know and is willing in this fashion to work and to sacrifice in order to know, I am visited by an elation of spirit such as does not ordinarily befall me, In truth, I am reminded of men who go forth to fight a battle, or who, courageous and yet poorly equipped, venture into a strange and difficult land in search of gold; or, I vision a group of cast-aways upon an unexplored is- land who have chanced upon a mighty house of many chambers, every one silent and locked—yet, since their need of aid is great, with the urge and the necessity to explore but with no implements or keys save of their own devising. Yet, the room so various, so vast, so mysterious. And their self-de- vised keys so inadequate: yet to be tried and altered and re-altered or abandoned and others made and tried, while many die, until at last one with more skill, patience or en- durance than another may unlock at least one door, only to observe be- yond it many, many doors which in due time must be unlocked if fur- ther progress is to be made. The strangeness! The wonder of it all! Indeed, you, each of you is like the figure in the Grecian fable who kneels before his Gordian Knot, but without a knife, or the per- mission to use one. Or again (and there the poorest of my similes) like a hunter who stalks game, a trapper who sets traps or gins, a cat that sits without a rat or mouse hole and listens and waits in the hope that from it will emerge and be seized that which to it at least is a need. A profound and impressive spec- tacle to say the least; a great and most admirable and honorable labor —something that, as set over against the ordinary interests and business of my fellow-men, makes of them ‘ microtomes, THE COLLECTING NET TEMPERATURE REGULATION colorless and tawdry beings, they and their interests scarcely worthy of the thought, let alone the re- wards, gauds and adulations with which as yet an unthinking world is all too ready to bestow upon them. My compliments to the workers of the Marine Biological Laboratory of Woods Hole! A profound and reverent obeisance! Theodore Dreiser Service of Glass Blower Available Mr. J. D. Graham, in charge of the Glass Blowing Service at the University of Pennsylvania, has been engaged as glass blower, and will be available at the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory from the middle of July to the first of September. Part of this period will be devoted to the construction of new devices to be added to the stock of scientific apparatus and for the making of such equipment or for repairs as may be required by investigators working at the Laboratory. For the present a portion of the machine shop has been equipped for this work and a stock of both soft and pyrex glass is on hand. The following work can be under- taken this year: blown-glass forms not requiring molds, seals, stop- cocks and stop-cock grinding, drill- ing and cutting of tubing and plate, and the fusing of glass and quartz apparatus of the more complicated set-ups located in the Laboratory rooms. Detailed sketches and description of the apparatus required may be left for Mr. Graham’s attention at the Apparatus Room or the Chem- ical Room during the summer. A charge is made to cover the cost of the work. Mr. Graham may be available at times for both teaching the technic of glass blowing and for such bench work as individuals may require for their own use away from the Lab- oratory. For this service a charge will be made for the actual material and labor, and arrangements should be made directly with Mr. Graham. Exhibit of Optical Instru- ments Closes The final presentation of the Bausch and Lomb Optical Com- pany’s apparatus was made on Wednesday afternoon. For ten days the apparatus has been on dis- play in the Old Lecture Hall. Mic- roscopes and their accessory parts, projection apparatus, photomicrographic cameras, field glasses and other such research equipment was used in the demon- stration, Summary Dr. H. C. Bazett Professor of Physiology, Umniver- sity of Pennsylvania. Temperature changes of a con- siderable size are not limited to cold blooded animals but are also the rule in the peripheral areas of warm- blooded animals such as man. This has been clearly recognized in the past by the leading investigators such as Liebermeister and Claude Bernard, but has not received much attention recently. The work of Stadie, Austin and Cullen and their co-workers has em- phasized the profound effects on the chemical equilibria of blood when the temperature is changed, and the complexities due to variation in the degree of dissociation of water it- self. Their data have demonstrated that, when mammalian blood is cooled in vitro without loss or gain of COs, the hydrogen and hydroxyl ion concentrations are both reduced, but the former very much more than the latter. The blood therefore is rendered more alkaline, and they have shown that this change is main- ly dependent on variations in the dissociation constants of the acid groups of blood proteins with tem- perature. The change in these con- stants with temperature is greater than in that of carbonic acid, so that, on cooling the blood, proteins bind less base, setting some base free to combine with carbonic acid. There is usually assumed (on data reported by Joffe and Poulton) to be no interchange between blood corpuscles and plasma with change of temperature, and in consequence in almost all blood studies centri- fugalization has been performed at room temperature. The data pre- sented by Austin and Cullen (1925) and by Stadie, Austin and Robin- son (1925) on human blood show different changes in pH for constant CO, content in separated serum and whole blood. Such a difference is incompatible with the above assump- tion, and further work is necessary to clear up the discrepancy. Data were presented on the effect of local temperature changes pro- duced on the blood within the hand veins by immersion of one forearm in hot or cold water, and on the ten- sions of gases in the tissues. The blood also in vivo becomes more al- kaline on cooling, and the CO» ten- sions calculated from the blood data agree with those observed in the tis- sues if the pH measurements on separated plasma are regarded as representing whole blood. These changes are less than the changes in the isoelectric point of the proteins reported by Stadie, Austin and their co-workers, so that less base should be bound by protein at the lower temperatures. This contrasts with the changes observed by Austin in alligators, where the pH of the blood varied considerably with tempera- ture, but always in such a manner that the base bound by protein showed little change. The effects of the combined pH and temperature changes on the dis- sociation of hemoglobin greatly al- ter the oxygen tension even when the oxygen saturation undergoes little change. Calculation from the blood data again agree well with observed oxygen tensions. These chemical changes are great ; the hydrogen ion concentration may vary with temperature under nor- mal conditions five times as much as it differs in arterial and venous blood at the same temperature, and the COs tension also varies greatly. It seems likely that the changes in acidity or CO, tension may be res- ponsible for some of the vaso- motor changes to temperature, which may be initiated reflexly but be maintained by chemical means. Cer- tainly after nerve degeneration they can even be initiated chemically. Some data on the parallelism of ac- idity and hyperemia in reaction to stasis at different temperatures sup- port this hypothesis. The varia- tions in oxygen tension may prove important in causing modifications in muscle metabolism, either during work or in tetany. Preliminary ex- periments, however, do not lend sup- port to the theory that tetany is due to low oxygen tension within the muscle. Review Dr. N. B. Dreyer > Lecturer in Pharmacology McGill University The present task was undertaken at the request of THE COLLECT- ING NET some ten days after the lecture was delivered, as those who had originally consented to undertake to write a review found that stress of work did not enable them to do so. The author’s summary appear- ing in this number contains most of the items stressed by the lecturer. In his introductory remarks Pro- fessor Bazett pointed out that the general physiologists are devoting much time to the study of tempera- Temperature Regulation (Continued from Page 2) ture effects on living organisms, and whenever possible a neat mathe- matical formula is inserted to prove the truth of their contention. Apply- ing data obtained from the study of homogeneous systems to heterogene- ous ones seems a far cry. He took issue, too, with the mammalian physiologists for neglecting the study of the effects of temperature. They generally assumed that the temperature of warm blooded ani- mals remains nearly constant, except for slight daily variations. Marked changes are only to be looked for in the exceptional cases such as fever or severe muscular exercise, when there is a rise; or in states of col- lapse when the temperature falls. His own observations on laboratory animals and on man show that there are temperature gradients in the body, the highest temperatures oc- curring in the central parts of the body. The blood in the thoracic aorta has a higher temperature than the blood of the femoral artery ; the temperature of the superficial tissues may be many degrees below that of the underlying muscle. These results were obtained with a spe- cial temperature-recording appara- tus inserted into the skin or muscle and the site of the recording point could be located by means of X-ray. That differences of tem- perature can effect chemical changes and the equilibrium point of rever- sible chemical reactions is well- known. In drawing attention to the changes which may occur in the acid-base equilibrium of blood or tissues at different temperatures he stressed an important point, for a large part of the work on blood gases has been carried out at a temperature of thirty-eight degrees Centigrade. In drawing blood from the arm vein the temperature is certainly much lower and should be investigated at the temperature at which it was drawn. A very striking demonstration is given by Professor Bazett and his co-workers that physiology can be studied on the human. The human can replace the usual laboratory ani- mal more frequently than is com- _monly supposed. To illustrate this there is his method of recording temperatures in the body; the injec- tion of air under the skin to deter- mine the interchange of gases; his frequent immersion in cold and hot baths. Results obtained by these methods are certainly of more value than those obtained on anaesthe- tized animals. THE COLLECTING NET Steamship New Bedford Breaks Steering Gear (Continued from Page 1) were experiencing difficulty in keep- ing the boat in her course. Under slow speed the boat proceeded but soon the wheel jammed solid and Pilot Leighton was no longer able to steer. The two long lines of jetties with an opening of some 200 feet were dead ahead. Fate permit- ted a safe passage and the trouble was finally located between the steering engine and the pilot house. A strong wind was _ blowing from the southwest and the sound was rugged, so the boat was turned toward Nantucket wharf. The steamer was kept in her course by orders sent through the speaking tube to the engine room as to the direction in which the rudder should be turned. The New Bedford was scheduled to leave New Bedford for New York Sunday night to transport 1,000 troops down to Fishers Island. The troops were sent by train due to the accident. The steamers Nantucket and \arthas Vineyard were pressed in- to service during the night and the following day to care for the pas- sengers and to keep the regular schedule. Marine Station of the College de France (Continued from Page 1) protected from the open sea by an archipelago, les Glénans, where the laboratory has an annexe, l’ile Ci- gogne, for other workers. Concarneau is known the world over for its port. The old city, built on an island walled by ramparts of the 14th century is surrounded by the port full of boats of all colors, and its beauty brings artists from all countries. The laboratory is built on a rock on the sea shore, between the jetty and the fish market, on a square near an old chapel of the 15th century. On the ground floor is an aquarium and there are pools, 300 meters square in surface, communicating with the sea. On the first floor there is a large dissecting room and smaller rooms for zoological studies. On the second floor, just built, is a large physiology room, a room for ‘chemical studies, a scale room, and a dark room for experiments in physics. All the rooms have fresh water, sea water, gas and electricity. An important library contains a number of old and rare works, and the algae herberium of the Crouan brothers. Today, the laboratory is directed by a group of Natural Science pro- fessors of the Collége de France. The personnel consists of an assist- ant director, (author of this article) an assistant and two sailors. For dredging and collecting we have a sail and motor boat, the ‘Nereis’ and several small skiffs. It is difficult to mention here all the scientific discoveries that have been made in this institution. To mention only names of some who have died, let us recall Gerbe who came here to study the birds, Van Beneden and Puchet the Cetaceans, Ranvier the torpedo ray, Marcy the swimming of fish, Barrois the echinoderms, Pouchet plankton, Giard all the fauna and particularly the Balanoglossus, Robin and his pupils the multiple questions of Comparative Anatomy, Laguesse the pancreas of fish, etc. Chabry, real forerunner, invented micro- injections and discovered the action of salts, questions that are being studied now. Most of the natural- ists of our generation have come here also. Bohn has done research here. Fage and I practiced fishing with lights which showed so many facts of epitoquie and lunar rythms, and I wrote here “The concentra- tion of hydrogen ions in sea water.” About fifteen workers come every year to the laboratory of Concar- neau to do research. Since it was founded, technical problems have been studied which would enable the development: of marine resources to help out in the numerous crises which occur in the world of the fishermen. Coste had founded the laboratory to study pisciculture and oystercul- ture. If marine pisciculture today applies only to a few species such as mullet and turbot, if the raising of the lobster is only beginning, on the other hand oysterculture has be- come in all countries an important source of wealth. Its methods have entirely come out of Coste’s works and have not changed since. When in 1907 accidents of typhoid pre- vented the sale of the same oysters, it was again in the Laboratory of Concarneau that Mr. Fabre-Domer- gue found the solution which could prevent the epidemic—in stabulation —in the carrying out of which I am glad to have collaborated. Most of the studies on the sar- dine and its fishing have been made in the same laboratory, whether it is a question of new weapons in the struggle against predatory enemies, or of research on temperatures or other physical conditions of fishing, on the food, on the growth, seasonal variotions, or migration of this fish. The first experiment of marine pisciculture, after Coste, was made by Fabre-Domergue and _ Biétrix PAGE THREE who obtained the complete develop- ment of the sole and determined the conditions for raising young fish. In the last few years new re- search has been made on the oils of fish, the canning of crustacea, arti- ficial sea water, alteration of light metals, etc. Among the directors who have succeeded each other since 1859, two deserve particular mention: Robin and Pouchet; they were the friends and guides of a whole li- terary generation: Flaubert, Mi- chelet, About, les Goncourt, Taine, Mérimée, Céard, ete. Pouchet brought Flaubert to Concarneau where he wrote “La légende de St. Julien l’Hospitalier.” It is one feather the more for our laboratory. Beyond the Horizon If Eugene O’ Neill were less of an artist; or if the University Players were less skilful actors, this week’s performance of Beyond the Hori- son would have proved a sordid af- fair. As it is, one comes away im- pressed with the excellent manner in which the difficult, intensely emo- tional roles were acted, but wishing the Guild had offered a somewhat lighter and less pessimistic play for a summer evening’s entertainment. Next week’s performance of George Kelly’s farcical comedy, The Torch- bearers, will be a welcome contrast. Beyond the Horizon; the Pulitzer Prize play of 1920, is a tragedy of misfit characters, of mistaken love, of drudgery. But throughout you have the feeling that the tragedy is not entirely necessary and has been superimposed on the charac- ters by events somewhat within their control. It is not the finer tragedy of Hardy or of Conrad, where the characters are caught in a tangled web of circumstances with which they cannot cope and which drives them surely and unrelentingly to their own destruction. Here the tragedy lies in the inability of the characters to rise above the sordid circumstances resulting from a mar- riage based on fancied love without true understanding. Even had Rob not given up his sea-voyage to marry Ruth, he would probably have wasted his life. His temperament, a deplorable misfit on the farm, would probably have led him about for years in the quest of happiness which he was not likely to find. - But for Ruth the marriage was a real disaster, for she realized three months later that she despised Rob, and had then nothing but a life of the hardest drudgery possible— that of a woman on a poorly-man- aged, badly-paying farm, with no one to sympathize or even to under- stand the bleakness of her life. (Continued on Page 12) PAGE FOUR THE COLLECTING NET The Genetics Seminar RESEARCH SEMINAR At the Tuesday evening (July 10) Research Seminar three papers were presented in the field of genetics. The two by Drs. Lancefield and Whiting, with their accompanying reviews, are printed below. The summary of Dr. Bridges’ paper entitled “The Chromosomal Comp!ex of Drosophila Melanogaster” will be printed next week together with a review by Dr. Metz. “Crosses of two races of Drosophila obscura of near- ly the rank of physiological species.” D. E. LANCEFIELD Associate Professor of Zoology, Columbia University A second race of Drosophila ob- scura Fallén has been found, which can be distinguished from the first morphologically only by the differ= ence between the Y-chromosones, and behaves quite differently in crosses to it. The genetic results are such that the two races may be regarded as “physiological species” if one prefers. The previous gene- tic work has been done with stocks which are here designated as race A, and the new stocks of different type may be called race B. Crosses be- tween the two races are made with more difficulty than are the intra- racial matings. The nature of this difficulty depends on failure of mat- ing, and is attributable to the fe- males. The F, males are sterile, but differ in the two reciprocal crosses as regards the size of the testes. The testes are very much reduced in size in the Fy individuals of one cross, but are not reduced in the reciprocal cross, although the males are sterile from either cross. The F, hybrid females from either reciprocal cross will occasionally produce offspring if crossed to males of either race. There is about the same amount of difficulty in obtain- ing offspring here as in the original crosses, namely, about 1 in 10 to 16 pair matings are successful if the ordinary technique is used. The nature of the offspring produced by backcrossing the hybrid females dif- fers according to the nature of the cross. The most striking features in the results may be mentioned briefly. They concern deviations from equality in the sex ratio; oc- currence of various sizes of testes, ranging from very tiny to normal sized ones; and marked reduction in amount of crossing over in certain regions of the X-chromosomes. The nature of the sex ration ob- tained depends on the direction of the cross. If the F, female’ is backcrossed to a race B male, about twice as many females as males are obtained. If a race A male is used, the males may exceed the females but the result is more variable. These ratios are not brought about through the presence of an ordin- ary sex-linked lethal. , In either backcross of the F, fe- males, about half the males have small testes and the other males generally have testes of normal size. This seems to depend on which X- chromosome was obtained, and can be determined by means of sex- linked characters. Whether males receiving the race A or race B X- chromosome have small testes de- pends on which race their father be- longed to. Thus, if the hybrid fe- male is backcrossed to a male of race A, the sons receiving the race A X- chromosome will have normal testes, and those receiving the race B X- chromosome will have small testes. The reciprocal backcross would re- verse the conditions in the sons. The chief alteration consists in a great reduction in crossing over in long regions at both ends of the X- chromosomes in the hybrid female, as compared with values in either pure race, while a long middle region is little changed. This low value of crossing over continues indefinitely in females backcrossed to males of either race provided that the regions in question have come from differ- ent races. In the case of one auto- some tested, no significant change in amount of crossing over was found. The reduction in crossing over be- tween the two different X-chromo- somes may be due to two inverted sections in the X-chromosome of one race as compared with the other. The conditions found in the two races of Drosophila obscura some- what resemble the results reported by Sturtevant (1920-1921) in the interspecific crosses between D. melanogaster and D. simulans. The F, hybrids obtained in this cross are completely sterile, but one gen- eration is enough to enable testing of allelomorphism of mutants in the two species. The possibility of ob- taining offspring from the hybrid D. obscura females gives this cross a certain interest. It would seem that the two races in D. obscura represent (Continued on Page 5) a ——— eee Leaders in the manufactue of Microscopes and Accessories Microtomes Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographic Lenses Centrifuges Haemacytometers Spectrometers Refractometers ce ee Colorimeters Bausch & Lomb and Other Optical Products Research Microscope CDE 75 years experience in the manufacture of the finest in optical products -- Since 1853. Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. ROCHESTER, NEW YORK America’s Leading Optical Institution LABORATORY APPARATUS and SUPPLIES Our General Laboratory and Museum Supplies Include: Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Ana- tomical Models, Osteological Preparations, Natural History Specimens and Preparations, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Glass Jars, Miscroscopes and Accessories. Biological and General Laboratory Supplies THE KNY-SCHEERER CORPORATION OF AMERICA Dept. of Natural Science, 10-14 West 25th Street, G. Lagai, Ph. D. New York City. a The Genetic’s Seminar (Continued from Page 4) a case where evolution has not pro- gressed as far as in the case of D. melanogaster and D. simulans. The two races of D. obscura occur in the same localities in Oregon and Wash- ington. It seems probable that the two races do not naturally interbreed to any appreciable extent, if at all, and thus the association of the two races would not necessarily prevent their further differentiation and divergence. REVIEW Reviewed by Dr. P. W. Whiting Assoc. Prof. of Zoology Uni- versity of Pittsburg Dr. D, E. Lancefield spoke Tuesday evening on ‘Crosses of two races of Drosophila obscura of near- ly the rank of physiological species.”’ The “Origin of Species” is a prob- lem which has long perplexed theo- logians, philosophers, and scientists. There seems to be something dis- tinctive in the nature of specific dif- ferences which does not apply to varietal differences. Since, however, taxonomusts frequently err in de- fining specific limits, it appears that species as described are not as real as many suppose. Hybridizing ex- periments have shown that numer- ous so-called species are in no way different from varieties distinguished by one or more mendelizing factors. Thus Miriam Palmer’s work on beetles of the genus Adalia which have been defined as separate species, shows them to be but mendelizing color forms; and Gerould’s work with the clover butterfly, Colias, shows that at least two so-called species are likewise mendelizing varieties. On the other hand, Gold- schmidt’s genetic investigations with the gypsy-moth, Lymantria dispar, demonstrate many local races, dif- fering genetically to such an extent that hybridizing results in the pro- duction of irregularities character- istic of species crosses. The problem of the origin of spec- ies cannot be understood until we know the real nature of specific dif- ferences. That these are not merely an accumulation of mendelizing mutations appears if we compare the great diversity of form and color which have arisen in Drosophila melanogaster with the resemblance of Drosophila melanogaster and simulans. Mendelizing differences sometimes play a role as _ specific characteristics, but it is questionable whether they have much to do with specific isolation. They are perhaps caught by chance in one group or another, becoming thus distinguish- ing marks of closely related species. THE COLLECTING NET of convergence and “mimicry.” Analysis of the genetic relationships existing between incipient or closely- related species thus becomes of the highest iniportance. Dr. Lancefield is dealing with forms which are becoming gene- tically isolated rather than with a mere varietal mendelizing. The case is especially interesting inas- much as the races look alike though differing in behavior, Race A being taken frequently from fruit while B occurs in the woods. A chrom- osomol difference exists between the two races, A having a rod-like Y chromosome while in B the Y is as long as the X. Reciprocal crosses may be made, but with some diffi- culty due to failure of successful matings. The F, males are sterile, but the females which are slightly fertile may be crossed to males of either race. Sex ratios in back crosses are aberrant, but this is ap- parently not due to sex-linked le- thals. Three homologous mutants have appeared in the two races, and cross- over percentages have been found much reduced at either end of the X- chromosome, while remaining ap- proximately normal in the middle. It is posible that these phenomena are due to chromosome inversion. Some of the hybrid males have testes of unusually small size but in back-crosses males appear with nor- mal-sized testes. Testes of small size appear when X and Y are from different races. It is gratifying to see analysis of these irregularities of hybridity be- ing attempted by one who is famil- iar with all the intricacies of men- delian phenomena. Dr. Lancefield’s paper was a clear exposition of methods employed and results ob- tained in the elucidation of a difficult subject. The analysis has progressed far enough so that much is quite clear, though much still remains to be done. Results will be shortly in press. The presentation of this new material carried out well the ideas of Dr. Jacobs, who initiated these meet- ings for the presentation and dis- cussion of shorter scientific papers still to be published. “Production of Mutations by X-rays in Habrobracon.” Dr. P. W. Waurtrne, Associate Professor of Zoology, Univ. of Pittsburgh Genetic work on the parasitic wasp, Habrobracon, has been ser- iously handicapped by the scarcity of mutations. At the suggestion of Dr. H. J. Muller who has obtained by means of X-rays num- erous mutations in Drosophila, They may also appear subsequently | wasps were treated similarly in the by mutation, producing phenomena hope of obtaining new types. At first the same dosages as used by Muller were applied, but these proved to be too weak to induce either sterility or mutations. Sub- sequent work with dosages four or five times greater induced sterility, as well as mutations, both lethal and visible, Intense treatment of actively lay- ing females fails to kill the mature Four or five offspring ap- pear in the first bottles, after which the mothers become sterile but con- tinue to live a normal length of time. Treatment of less intensity eggs. causes variable degrees of sterility | PAGE FIVE in the females. If females are mated previously to treatment, the spermatozoa are destroyed much more readily than the eggs, result- ing in male offspring such as appear parthenogenetically from untreated virgin females. Males are com- pletely sterilized with dosages ap- proximately four-fifths as great as those requiring to sterile females. Reduced fertility of treated males is evidenced by the small number of daughters which they produce when mated to untreated virgin females, Virgin females or females crossed (Continued on Page 6) MUDD FILTRATION APPARATUS ( FA : i E \3 2 Z Ey # EI i IE Fy z s E pittinigrisizssssrss i (es 5128. FILTRATION APPARATUS, MUDD, for accurate and convenient filtration, through bacterial filters. Permits control of pressure and volume and sampling of filtrate at any stage of filtration. See Stuart Mudd, M. D., “An Improved Arrangement for Bacteria-Retaining Filters,” Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, Vol. XXV, 1927, pp. 60-63. 5128. Filtration Apparatus, Mudd, as above described, complete as shown in illustration, consisting of manometer, Pyrex filtrate measuring cylinder, Pyrex delivery tube with protective apron, support, clamp, pinchcocks, bottle with Code stopcock, and pressure tubing connections, but without Word filter candle of any kind, mantle or candle cover $28.50 Fogre 5129. Filtrate Measuring Cylinder, only, of Pyrex glass. Graduated from tip to 100 ml in 1 ml divisions 500 Fogty 5130. Manometer, only, on stand as shown in illustration 12.50 Foguw 5131. Delivery Tube, with protective apron; of Pyrex BLASS, 2,5)c/ 62 RNR RP TTS TAN TT 3.00 Fogvu Prices subject to change without notice. Sole Distributors ARTHUR H. THOMAS COMPANY RETAIL — WHOLESALE — EXPORT LABORATORY APPARATUS AND REAGENTS WEST WASHINGTON SQUARE Cable Address ‘‘Balance,”’ PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A. Philadelphia PAGE SIX THE COLLECTING NET The Collecting Net A weekly publication concerned with the activities of the Marine Bio- logical Laboratory and of Woods Hole. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Research Professor of Biology, New York University. Edwin G. Conklin, Professor of Bi- ology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Professor of Protozoology, Yale University. STAFF Waren Gatton tote ctein\ssajas!a%ote 0's Editor Contributing Editors Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn, Helen S. Morris, Mary Howe, Virginia L. Todd S. J. Reynolds, Peggy Woodruff Business Manager Ilse Michaelis The Reynolds Printing Co. Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts New Our Scholarship Fund The Collecting Net Scholarship Fund was inaugurated to provide financial assistance to deserving workers at the Marine Biological Laboratory. The recipient of the scholarship, however, does not only receive the monetary reward, but a notable honor as well. In the case of the three research scholarships the Advisory Board, consisting of Drs. Chambers, Conklin and Woodruff consulted with perhaps twenty. of the older investigators concerning those worthy of the award. The Board made its final selection after these recommendations had been thoroughly digested. The recipients for the two student scholarships were chosen by a committee con- sisting of the head of each of the five classes. Last summer The Collecting Net accumulated $500.00 for its Schol- arship Fund. This amount was composed of the following parts: Sum realized by motion pic- ture and lecture on whal- ito aks ci cain eee $319.00 Contribution by James Harvey Robinson... 100.00 DMD E. (Cecil). Ve 10.00 Mrs. A. N. Meyer ........ 10.00 Nickerson Hardware Store. 5.00 $444.00 The Collecting Net........ 56.00 $500.00 This amount was sub-divided in- to five parts and the sum of $100.00 was awarded to five different work- ers at the Marine Biological Labor- atory. The scholarships are award- ed only to those who have previously worked at the laboratory enabling them again to carry on their biolog- ical work at Woods Hole during The five individuals holding the scholarships the following summer. for the present summer will be an- nounced next week. We ask everyone at the laboratory to assist us in accumulating an even greater sum than was realized this first time for apportionment next summer. Three one-act plays will be presented for the benefit of The Collecting Net Scholarship Fund on August 22; and the possibility of holding a dance for the same pur- pose in the Town Hall is under consideration. A ROOM SERVICE Realizing that it will be a con- siderable convenience to its readers, at such times as they have friends visiting them at Woods Hole, The Collecting Net is undertaking to maintain a department of informa- tion concerning the rooms that are available at Woods Hole. This phase of our work will be in charge of Louise and Elisabeth Mast. ee. WHITING SUMMARY (Continued from Page 5) to sterile males produce male broods. A few scattered females among numerous brothers indicate near sterility of the treated male parent. Little constancy of sex-ratio ob- tains in “normal” bisexual frater- nities, but mated daughters of treat- ed wasps in some cases give only a few males among numerous fe- males. This abnormally low male ratio, persisting, in some fraternities, to later generations, is taken to in- dicate lethal mutations, perhaps bal- anced. Lethal mutations are fur- ther evidenced by the fact that cer- tain unmated females of these lines produce only four or five offspring (males) although they live a nor- mal length of time. Four visible mutants have been produced. Daughters of a treated males mated female producéd sons about! half of which had small heads. Fe- male offspring were normal, but when these were mated to their small-headed brothers some pro- duced females with small heads. The character, “small-head,” grades from very minute to a size approach- ing normal. Even the extreme ex- amples show normal reactions and are able to reproduce. A daughter of a treated male pro- duced normal and miniature sons and normal daughters. Some of these daughters produced miniature sons and some had sons with very short wings. “Short” appears to be a variable character inherited sep- arately from “miniature” as well as from the loci for orange eye color and for defective venation. Min- iature is closely linked with orange and is semi-lethal. Some of the small larvae pupate prematurely giv- ing lethal pupae which may be read- ily classified with reference to eye- color. About half of the miniature males eclose. They are of small size with shortened irregular antennae and wings of unusual shape. A treated female of orange-eyed stock produced in addition to orange sons, a male with white eyes. The character resembles ivory, an alle- lomorph of orange. When ivory and white are crossed orange fe- are produced. Fy, males from white by black are black, or- ange, and white. All previously work with Habro- bracon, extending over a period of eight years and including the exam- ination of over 500,000 individuals has brought to light but seven muta- tions, while the study of a few hun- dred offspring of treated parents ex- tending over a few months has dis- closed four visible and several lethal mutations. Large numbers of wasps from the same inbred stocks as the treated individuals were raised and studied under exactly the same con- ditions except for the X-rays, at the same time, and in the same labor- atory, but no mutations, lethal or visible, were found. These facts indicate strongly that the mutations found were due to no hypothetical “mutation period.” REVIEW Dr. A. FRANKLIN SHULL Professor of Zoology, University of Michigan Whenever the problem of evolu- tion is attacked in a new way, or some old method is suddenly suc- cessful, a narrative of the results is assured an interested audience. The spectacular acceleration of mutation in Drosophila by Professor Muller by means of x-rays has led to re- newed efforts by other biologists to effect similar changes in other or- ganisms, and Drosophila has set a standard of performance in this re- spect, as in itsnatural mutation, which other animals will probably seldom equal. The wasp Habrobracon has proven somewhat disappointing by comparison, though Dr. P. W. Whiting is convinced that it has re> sponded to treatment. No effect was produced on this wasp by X-rays of the dosage used by Muller. Increased voltage and exposure unfortunately caused much sterility, especially in the male, but in the surviving off- spring of treated wasps four mu- tants appeared. They were “small head,” “short” and “miniature” wings (these two occurring appar- ently in one germ cell), and ‘‘white”’ eye, which is indistinguishable from “ivory” but has a different locus in the germinal material. These mu- tations are found to be linked with certain already known ‘characters, independent of others. Along with these mutations in- volving structure, Dr. Whiting be- lieves that lethals were also pro- duced. The evidence for them was the paucity of males in certain pro- genies. The effect of the supposed lethal in the egg was held to be neu- tralized by the normal sperm, so that females could be produced, while un- fertilized eggs, from which males would develop, were inviable. A certain expectation that lethals would occur was created by the lethals aris- ing in Muller’s experiments. It must be said, however, that some- thing less than proof of lethals in Habrobracon has been adduced. The scarcity of males may have been due to simple injury. Satisfactory evidence of lethals, derived from definite effects in later generations, and particularly from their unequal effect on characters linked with them, has not been supplied. It is a little unfortunate that Dr. Whiting’s paper discussed what is a subordinate feature of his work un- der a caption which suggested that it was his principal interest. He sought merely to increase the number of loci by which he could study the germinal architecture. His title in- dicated that he had set out to effect artificial evolution. Dr. Whiting believes that he has done the latter, since four mutations have arisen in a few hundred treated individuals, as compared with seven previous mutations in a half million individ- uals not treated. Because he sought only to obtain new mutations for genetic studies, he dispensed with the rigid controls which would have been necessary to prove the effect of x-rays. TTHREE-IN-ONE PUBLICATION The dynamics of instant and extensive publication are enjoyed if you publish in any of the following journals: Journal of Morphology and Phystology. The Journal of Compara- tive Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Expett- mental Zoology American Journal of Phy- sical Anthropology The American Anatomical Memoirs The Biological Bulletin (M. B. L., Woods Hole, Mass.) Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokio, Japan) The Journal of Parasitol- ogy (Urbana, III.) The Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Stain Technology (Geneva, New York) Physiological Zoology (Chi- cago, Ill.) WHY? 1. Because the author’s ab- stract of every article is printed immediately and ex- tensively distributed in the Advance Abstract Sheets of The Wistar Institute Bibli- ographic Service. 2. Because The Wistar Insti- tute Bibliographic Service Card giving the author’s ab- stract and the complete bib- liographic reference is pub- lished shortly after the Ad- vance Abstract Sheet is issued. 3. Because the complete ar- ticle then appears promptly in one of the above journals. Reprints supplied. Advance Abstract Sheets $3.00 per year Bibliographic Service Cards $5.00 per year Address THE WISTAR INSTI- TUTE of ANATOMY and BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. THE COLLECTING NET Methods for Experimental Embryology With Special Reference to Marine Invertebrates EB. usr Professor of Zoology, Howard. University MetuHops ror HANDLING Eacs aANp SPERM, (Continued ) Asterias eggs shed readily in the laboratory. In June 1927, for example, I had a great deal of difficulty because of this fact. The first normally shedding male and female I ever used were kindly turned over to me in 1910 by Dr. John W. Scott. Since then I have recorded many observations on animals shedding in the laboratory. Every one of these was during full moon, never during new moon. The average worker would hardly care to await the chance of procuring normally shed eggs. This is indeed not necessary, since he can obtain eggs of optimum viability by removing the ovaries to sea-water. In the interest of economy it is well to make a slight puncture in an arm close to the disc, and pipette off a few drops of cells from the ovary or the testis as the case may be. The animal is not seriously injured thereby and its sex may thus be ascertained. The animals are best opened as follows: Make a cut along the mid-dorsal line of each arm beginning at the tip and across the central disc. Bend back the flaps thus made and expose the gonads. Jf the animal be a ripe female with well filled ovaries, with forceps carefully remove each with as little injury as possible and place it in at least 3000 cc. of sea-water in a large flat bottom dish. Do not cut up the ovaries ; the eggs will exude freely. When the eggs from the blunt end of the ovary have streamed out into the sea-water, remove the ovary, for you now have the best eggs. Stir the water gently and then allow the eggs to settle. (They settle more slowly than those of Arbacia.) After the eggs have settled pour off the sea-water and add an equivalent volume of fresh sea-water. Note under the microscope the breakdown of the germ- inal vesicle. If the eggs are in good condition practically not a single one will show an intact germinal vesicle. If the animal opened proves to be a male, cut through one arm only. Snip off a small bit from the blunt end of the testis and place this in 200 cc. of sea-water. The sperm, contrary to the somewhat current notion, are highly active, though not as much so in concentrated suspensions as those of Arbacia. I venture the opinion that workers experience difficulty in handling eggs of Asterias, even when they have animals in perfect condition. There are three main reasons. First, they crowd the eggs in a small volume of sea-water. Eggs placed directly from the ovaries in a very little sea- water often fail to maturate; this failure is an effect of CO». Butyric acid (R. S. Lillie, 15) and insemination also inhibit maturation. On the other hand, maturating eggs are highly susceptible to COs, butyric acid, and elevation of temperature because all these agents initiate development. Shaking maturating eggs, as Mathews ('06) has shown, causes them to develop. In this last case my own observations indicate that CO. here also plays a part. Secondly, workers too frequently contaminate the eggs with perivisceral fluid or tissue extracts because, they do not use sufficient care in opening the animals and removing the gonads. Asterias eggs are the most sensitive that I know. The worker will obtain infinitely more constant results if he treats this egg with respect. In addition, he would save time.and the needless destruction of animals. Thirdly, the practice of chopping up the ovaries for obtaining eggs is fatal for a high per cent. of normal development. By this method many young ovocytes are released whose germinal vesicles are not stimulated to breakdown when the eggs are brought into sea-water. Actually one may often count more eggs with intact germinal vesicles than those whose germinal vesicles are breaking down. The worker can prove to his own satisfaction that the method for handling Asterias eggs which I have outlined above is a good one. First, let him take shed eggs and inseminate them. Next, inseminate eggs from the ovaries of the shedding female as outlined above. Finally, let him now cut up the ovaries and inseminate the eggs. He will find that while the eggs of the first and second lots are about the same, as they reveal 'by their high per cent. and normality of development through the bipin- naria stage, the eggs from the cut-up ovaries are distinctly inferior in both respects FuNnDULUS Three species of Fundulus are used at Woods Hole—heteroclitus, majalus, and diaphanus. Newman (’07 an ’09) has described their nor- (Continued on Page 8) PAGE SEVEN PHYSICIAN’S AND LABORATORY MICROSCOPE ESC-106 Magnification : 56-900X Fixed Stage, 12 cm. square Illuminating Apparatus with Rack and Pinion. Condenser 1.2 with Iris. Triple Resolving Nosepiece. Fine adjustment with graduated drum. Achromatic Objectives: 8 n. a. 0.20 40 n. a. 0.65 90 n. a. 1.25 oil im. Huygens Oculars: 7X and 10X Price: f.0.b. New York, $128 A good dark field outfit is obtained by adding: Cardioid condenser $22, extra for iris for oil im. $4. Com- pensating ocular 15X: $8.50. You are invited to call at our Showrooms when in New York. We are within five minutes’ walk from Grand Central Terminal, be- tween 41st and 42nd Streets, op- posite the Library. A large selec- tion of instruments is on display and special demonstrations are ar- ranged upon appointment. A selection of Zeiss Instruments will be on exhibition at Woods Hole July 18-25. S INC. 485 Fifth Avenue New York Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles, Calif. a7 ___ PAGE EIGHT EXHIBIT LECT @RE ALL Daily until 4 p. m. Anatomical Specimens Models Charts Skeletons Skulls, Ete. SPALTEHOLZ Preparations BAGS MIG Representing CLAY-ADAMS CO. VIE 24th ST. NEW YORK THE COLLECTING NET Methods for Experimental Embryology (Continued from Page 7) mal processes of copulation and egg laying. If pairs of Fundulus, F. heter- oclitus particularly, be isolated his observations may be readily confirmed. In order to observe copulation and egg laying by F. majalus in captivity, one should place three or four males with one female (Newman ’09). I have made these observations on both these species but not on F. dia- phanus. These normally-laid eggs are the best to use. Eggs and sperms can also be obtained by stripping the animals. The stripping should be gently performed by applying pressure on the abdomen toward the anus. The eggs are best fertilized dry, i.e., the eggs and sperms are first mixed and then sea-water is added; this is generally true for teleostan eggs. Personally, I prefer to use normally-laid eggs. Eges of Fundulus are extremely hardy and the fish are easily reared in the laboratory. They are therefore excellent for many problems in experimental embryology. However, they do present to the observer one serious obstacle, namely, the chorionic membrane. This fortunately, at least in the later stages of development, can be removed. Armstrong (’28) was the first to use the egg of Fundulus with its chorion removed. Practically, the viability of its development is not there- by impaired And, as Armstrong’s work shows, removal of the mem- brane is a most useful procedure for experimental work. I give his method in detail. Armstrong removes the chorionic membrane at the stage of closure of the blastopore under a binocular dissecting microscope with dissecting needles and iridectomy scissors. “In removing the membrane, special pre- caution must be taken to avoid injury to the embryo. The following procedure gave uniformly good results: The point of a sharp dissecting needle was pushed into the membrane and the egg rotated so that the tip of the needle within the membrane could be held against the bottom of the dish at an acute angle. A second needle was then drawn across the under side of the first needle so as to make a slit in the membrane large enough for the introduction of the point of the lower blade of the iridectomy scissors. By this means the membrane was readily removed, without exerting any pressure on the embryo. The naked embryos were kept over night in sea-water; during this time a few embryos, which had been injured in the removal of the membrane, died. The mortality was usually 4 to 5 per cent.” EcHINARACHNIUS The egg of Echinarachnius is one of the most beautiful in the Woods Hole region. It is larger than that of Arbacia and possesses very little pigment. En masse, the eggs are of a red hue because of the pig- mented jelly hulls that enclose them; with this jelly removed they are a pale yellow—lighter than an equal mass of Asterias eggs. Their color is due to chromatophores which the worker may have some difficulty detec- ting. Thev can, however, be found with ease in the later stages of development. When he starts another lot of eggs the chromatophores can be identified in a little earlier stage. Finally, he can pick out the chromatophores in the uninseminated egg. I mention this because in a later article I shall discuss some interesting problems for the experimental em- bryologist on the behavior of chromatophores in echinid ova. As a matter of fact, every cytoplasmic constituent plays an important role in develop- ment and deserves careful study. In Lillie’s beautiful work on Chaetopterus, the first clearly to show the effects of centrifugal force on development, (subsequently confirmed by Morgan and by Conklin who used other forms), and a classic like each of his other careful studies, Lillie (06) says: “I shall make no apology for entering into details because there is no other explanation of heredity other than a complete account of development, and one cannot describe even a small part of so complex a thing without many words. unless one knows in advance what is essential and what is not.” This is sound—unless indeed, the beginning investigator does know what is essential. I have traced the history of every visible cytoplasmic constituent during the development of both the normal and centrifuged ova of sev- eral species. In Nereis, for example, | have worked out in both the living and the sectioned egg what one might call the cell lineage of the mitochondria, the pigment, the oil and the yolk. Note also my paper (727) on the history of the oil drops, in Arbacia eggs, erroneously des- cribed by E. B. Wilson as Golgi bodies. For some time I have been (Continued on Page 9) BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS Stock includes Microscopes and Microscope Accessories of all leading makes. Practically any microscope requirement can be supplied promptly. Our Incubators include the Freas, Thelco and C. S. & E. types. We have a full line of Blood Testing Apparatus such as Blood Counting, Blood Gas and Hydrogen Ion Apparatus, also Water Testing Apparatus and a full line of general laboratory ap- paratus such as Water Baths, Sterilizers, Thermometers, etc. Special attention is directed to our line of Tp Chemicals. Write for further details and visit our Showrooms at 18th St. and 3rd Ave. EIMER @% AMEND Este ae) Inc. 1897 Headquarters for Laboratory Apparatus and Chemical Reagents NEW YORK, N. Y. Third Ave., 18th to 19th St. B. WESTERMANN CO; ING: 13 West 46th St. New York Booksellers and Publishers m Foreign and Domestic, General and Scientific Books in all Languages Catalogues sent on request. : . THE COLLECTING NET Methods for Experimental Embryology (Continued from Page 8) studying the mechanism of the water intake and output of cells (Just, 20) ; here certain cytoplasmic constituents play a definite role. Finally, there is Heilbrunn’s very fine work on the membrane precipitation reaction in the egg of Arbacia (Heilbrunn, ’27) which reveals one role of the pigment granules. Because the early work on egg cells was concerned largely with nuclear phenomena the cytoplasmic constituents have been too greatly neglected. One need not be a ‘“‘mitochondriac” to appreciate their significance for vital phenomena. Echinarachnius does not stand up well under adverse treatment. One should therefore be sure that one has animals in prime conditions. For- tunately, this is readily ascertained. Crozier (’16 et cet.) particularly has studied indicators occuring in animal tissues. Echinarachnius likewise possesses a natural indicator. The normal intact animal is brownish red and discharges no color into the sea-water. If the animal be injured, the point of injury is changed to green, and the sea-water above it is turned green. One may prove this by scraping a part of the test of an animal in perfect condition. Very quickly as the alkaline sea-water penetrates, the injured spot turns green. If one pours onto an intact animal of normal color N/10 NaOH, it turns green, but if one uses N/10 NH,OH instead, the animal takes on a purple hue. Only animals of the normal color should be used. I find that the red pigment in the egg is also a natural indicator. The animals are best kept on the clean concrete sea-water table. I am using now such animals which I got about four weeks ago. Though I have used Echinarachnius throughout August, I prefer to work on them earlier because then they come to the laboratory in better condition. This is largely due to temperature; the animals are not at their best when crowded in the tubs after having been dredged from deep water during the warmer days. This is shown by the rapidity with which the sea- water in the tubs is charged with the green color. At all times freshly collected animals, properly cared for after collection, are best. In passing I may note that I also use Echinarachnius to feed Arbacia, thus restoring the sea-urchins previously in poor condition to a high degree of excellence. I have frequently obtained Echinarachnius eggs normally shed. As in the case of Arbacia the shedding may be induced by injury—cutting around the lantern or around the margin of the animal. For obtaining eggs of optimum fertilization capacity from the ovaries, these directions should be followed. Cut around the margin of the animal, remove and discard the oral,portion. Place the aboral portion (with the outside down) in a clean, dry, Syracuse watch glass. If the animal is ripe, sperm (or eggs) will ooze from the gonads. Allow an opened male to remain until you are ready for inseminations. In the case of the female, very carefully pip- ette off the eggs to 200 c.c. of clean sea-water. The sea-water in which the eggs are suspended should be clear and not opalescent or milky through the presence of perivisceral fluid. Allow the eggs to settle. Pour off the supernatant sea-water and very carefully add sea-water up to the original volume employed. Now strain the egg suspension through clean washed cheese cloth wetted with sea-water. The eggs are now ready for use. \If the time consumed in opening the animals and preparing the eggs amounts to more than one hour, open some more animals until you get a good male, discarding the others, in order to have perfectly fresh sperm. Inseminate the eggs as you would those of Arbacia. NEREIS Unlike the forms that I have so far considered in this section, Nereis is sexually dimorphic. The males are bright red anteriorly with white posterior segments, the females pale yellow or light green. The animals are caught after sunset on certain nights, with a few exceptions, during the “dark of the moon” in the months of June, July, August and September. The most favorable locality for collecting is the float stage in the Eel Pond back of the Supply Building. The worms appear swimming near the surface of the water about an hour after sun- set. Attracted by the light of a lantern (or nowadays by an electric /| light because the float stage has been wired, and two electric plugs are to be found in a box attached to the boatshed) they are readily caught with a hand net. In general the swarming begins with the appearance of a few males swimming rapidly in curved paths in and out of the circle of light cast by the lamp. The much larger females then begin (Continucd on Page 10) PAGE NINE From a ‘Simple Microscope for Elementary Work to An Elaborate Microscope for Research Investigations. ON EXHIBIT THIS WEEK JULY 19th to 25th LECTURE HALL bE EEE ING 60 EAST TENTH STREET, NEW YORK, N. Y. KEW AUNEE Laboratory Furniture for All Science Purposes LABORATORY FURNITURE EXPERTS C. G. Campbell, Treas. and Gen. Mgr. 231 Lincoln Street Kewaunee, Wisconsin. Chicago Office 25 E. Jackson Blvd., 1511 Kimball Bldg., New York Office 70 Fifth Avenue Offices in Principal Cities Private Laboratory Desk No. 15005 A desk of especial fitness where experiments and tests are frequently being made. Very compact and conven- ient. Biology Laboratory Table No. 1005 Cupboards for microscopes and other apparatus or ma- terials; drawers for draw- ings, notes, etc. PAGE TEN The Woods Hole Choral Society Toward the close of the 1926 season, mainly through the initia- tive of Mrs. Glaser, the community interest in music was focused in an organized choral society. Professor Gorokhoff, who was formerly direc- tor of the famous Russian Cathe- dral Choir of New York City and who is now director of the Smith College Choir, agreed to train the chorus. Practise was resumed the following summer. This resulted in an excellently trained group of pseudo-amateur voices. The first appearance of the Woods Hole Choral Club was made August 8, 1927. The following program was presented under the direction of Mr. Ivan Gorokoff. A Legend P. Tschaikowsky Praise the Name of the Lord P. Ivanoff O Gladsome Night A. Arkhangelsky Cherubim Song .. G. Musitcheskoo Hear My Prayer. .A. Arkhangelsky The Farmer’s Daughters Traditional Oh, if Mother Volga S. W. Pantchenko Tell Me Where Is Fancy Bred Muriel T. Hodge The Twa Corbies Hugh S. Robertson I Sowed the Seeds of Love Hampshire Folk Song The Gypsy W. Zolotarieff The Choral Club was formed to satisfy the demand for a musical outlet and it has been continued due to its ability to satisfy that need. A marked interest in Russian music has led to a slight specialization in that type but the old church music of Palestrina and his contempor- aries is studied along with Eliza- bethan melodies. The Choral Club, which now con- sists of about fifty members, is self- supporting. Much of the music is acephalous. Anyone who wishes to join may tryout before Mr. Ivan Gorokhoff. The tryouts are held between 8:45 and 9:00 on Tuesday and Friday nights in the M. B. L. club House. Male voices, especially tenors and double basses, are needed. Dr. A. M. Keefe is President of the organization; Dr. Charles Pac- kard, Secretary-Treasurer and Mrs. Eva S. Evans is librarian. There is a possibility that the Im- perial Russian Quartet will add two or three numbers to the Annual Program which will be given by the’ Choral Club during the first part of August. are always in optimum condition. THE COLLECTING NET Methods for Experimental Embryology (Continued from Page 9) to appear, usually in smaller numbers swimming laboriously, frequently not coming to the surface of the water. Both sexes rapidly increase in numbers during the next fifteen minutes, and in the case of a large swarm hundreds of males may be in sight at one time. The females are less numerous, though on one night I caught enough females to fill a liter jar. A night’s swarm lasts for an hour or an hour and a half. Each night from full moon to new moon with certain exceptions this scene may be re-enacted. And each night the females swarming are a new crop. During the light of the moon, except for the first (June) run, when some animals may in certain seasons appear each night until the next swarm- ing period (July, full moon), no Nereis swarm. And in late September if the nights be cold, they do not swarm throughout the dark of the moon. With these exceptions the swarming of Nercis corresponds to the four lunar cycles during June, July, August and September. Each run begins near the time of full moon, increases to a maximum during succeeding nights, sinks to a low point about the time of the third quarter of the moon, then rises again to fall to extinction at or shortly after new moon. Thus, the curve of nightly numbers during a run is bimodal. When a female appears, the males at once surround her, swimming rapidly in ever more narrowing circles. In a short time, they shed sperm so that the water is milky. The female sheds her eggs, shrinking in bulk, in so doing becomes a mere shred of tissue, sinks slowly from view, and dies. For further details on the sperm-shedding and egg- shedding reflexes, the reader should consult Lillie and Just, Biol. Bull., 24, 1913, where Lillie’s observations are recorded. The earlier work at the Marine Biological Laboratory on eggs of Nereis was done at night. The animals shedding when collected were placed in the same vessel, and therefore the eggs were fertilized then or soon after. For the early stages, one was obliged to begin one’s obser- vations at once. Fortunately, Lillie discovered that.the worms may be kept over-night without detriment. The animals should be collected singly, each female preferably placed in a separate finger bowl, three or four males in one finger bowl If the animals are to be kept over-night for work the next morning, they should be placed in fresh sea-water, one female to a finger bowl; three or four males may be kept together. The sexes should never be mixed. The finger bowls are covered and placed on the sea- water table with water flowing around them. The practice of keeping the animals in a refrigerator cannot be too severely condemned (Just, ’22). The great beauty of the Nereis for experimental work is that every swarming individual is always sexually mature, and contains no immature sexual cells. Directions for obtaining eggs and sperm are simple. To obtain eggs wash an isolated female by placing her in clean fresh sea-water, and snip her with sharp scissors. The eggs will pour forth quickly. Remove the cut animal, wash the eggs by pouring off the sea-water in which you placed the worm and add an equivalent volume of sea-water, I use 250 c. c. of sea-water. Now wash a male by placing him in 250 c.c. of fresh sea- water. Remove and dry it lightly and quickly on soft filter paper. Place in a clean dry Syracuse watch glass and make a small cut about half way between head and tail, along the lateral border to avoid cutting the dorsal blood vessel. This gives you clean “dry” sperm almost free from blood. For an insemination add one drop of dry sperm to 10 c. c. of sea-water. Of this sperm suspension, use two drops to the eggs of one female. Because of its almost clock-like precision of development, one could scarcely wish for finer material than the egg of Nereis for experimental work. If one does not get a hundred per cent. fertilization and an almost perfectly uniform rate of cleavage, one’s technique is at fault. The worker who believes in wide variability in the development of eggs from one fe- male should study the eggs of Nereis properly collected and handled. Permit me to say again that generalizations on the variability among eggs from a female of a given species fail if one uses animals in optimum condition and handles properly their eggs and sperm. Nereis when caught The worker’s results therefore depend solely on the methods he employs after collecting the worms. I make it a rule never to use Nereis that have been in the laboratory more than sixteen hours. (To be Continued) Marine Biological Laboratory Supply Department FOR THE BEST BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL CLASSROOM MATERIAL MUSEUM SPECIMENS LIFE HISTORIES Samples of different preparations on exhibit. Catalogues and Information Furnished by Applying at Supply Department Office George M. Gray, Curator Follow the Crowd to DANIELS’ For Home-made Ice Cream Delicious Sandwiches, Coffee PICNIC LUNCHES SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660-661 Woods Hole and Falmouth HOYT L: SAVERY General Trucking Woops Hote, MAss.. Tel. 696-2 (Day or Night Service) Buick Closed Cars for Hire Baggage Transfer Sand -- Gravel -- Loam -- Stone THE FALMOUTH Tailors, Cleansers ®% Dyers Ladies’ and Gent's Tailoring We Call and Deliver Hats Cleaned Main St. Falmouth, Mass. Next door to Western Union Dresses -- Linens Laces Fine Toilet Articles Yardley - Coty - Elizabeth Arden Choice Bits from Pekin MRS. WEEKS SHOPS FALMOUTH Our Classen Thé classes whose activities we described in some detail last week are still under careful observation, and we append the following ad- denda to our former report. The botanists at the time of this account are collecting dimes for the purchase of bananas, oranges and other favorite fruits for consump- tion on the Cuttyhunk trip. By the time this report is published, the trip as well as the bananas will be a thing of the past. Dr. Poole has been lecturing on the green Algae and Dr. Taylor will continue next week with lectures on the reds. Dr. Poole will long be remembered by this season’s botanists as the insti- gator of the quiz system this year. On the morning of the first quiz it was reported that one of the botan- ical inmates was spotted some time before six in the morning on the beach accompanied by a note book and wearing a strained expression. Dr. Duggar and Dr. Lewis have at last arrived and it is a famous sight to see the grand-stand windows in the Botany Building once more filled with an admiring and enthusiastic tennis audience. Dr. MacDougall reports that all is going well with the protozoolog- ists, and that aspirants for the first “hundred” are doing some tall bug- hunting. It is interesting to note that this year an unusually large proportion of the class is taking the course for credit—with the result that the competition waxes some- what violent and the midnight oil reserve at the Supply Department is running low. Dr. Calkins has been lecturing on the kinetic and granular elements of protoplasm in the Protozoa and will continue next week with a discussion of Pro- tozoan functional activities. Mrs. Calkins will be at home to the proto- zoology students and investigators for the three remaining Sunday af- ternoons of the course. The invertebrates, according to Dr. Dawson, “are working hard and doing nicely, thank you!’ The lec- turer this week has been Dr. Mar- tin on Annelids. Next week, on Monday, Dr. Bissonnette will give a lecture on Bryozoa. For the rest of the week Dr. Cole will lecture on marine arthropods. The inver- tebrates, who might be described as invetrate trippers, have in this last week collected at Kettle Cove and have been dredging Davy Jones’ locker at the bottom of Vineyard Sound. At the time when this goes to press this dredging trip is a thing of the future—and according to Dr. THE COLLECTING NET Dawson it promises great interest. On July 25 the laboratory work in the afternoon will be devoted to the study of tow plankton, On July 28 there will be an all-day collec- ting excursion to North Falmouth. It may be of interest to other stu- dents a the laboratory that after the various collecting trips, demonstra- tions of living material are set up by the students under the direction of the Staff. These demonstrations may be seen at the less populous times of the day in the invertebrate laboratory, The lecturers in Embryology this week have been Dr. Grave on the later stages of Annelid and Mol- usc development; Dr. Rogers on Echinoderms and Dr. Heilbrunn who lectured today. Next week will be spent largely in experimental work such as centrifuging eggs and the production of artificial parthen- ogenesis. Dr. Grave will lecture on Friday. TISSUES CLEARED BY THE SPALTEHOLZ METHOD Among the interesting specimens to be seen at an exhibit in Old Lecture Hall are some of the pre- parations from the Spalteholz Lab- oratories in Leipsic. Included in the exhibit are to be foetuses at various stages from the fourth to the seventh month of foetal life. Some are injected showing the vascular system, others just cleared and rendering obvious the cartil- aginous growth of the bones, the centers of ossification and their radiations. Well known, but rarely seen parts, such as Meckels cartilage, the thy- mus gland, inferior and superior venae cavae stand out conspicuously. An injected placenta showing the vein and two arteries is cleared and the cotyledons are seen with their separate vascular supply. An object of unusual interest is a temporal bone which has _ been cleared, the semi-circular canals and cochlea having been previously in- jected with Wood’s metal, these in the preparation stand out as sharply defined objects in a diaphanous tem- poral bone and the planes of the su- perior and posterior semi circular canals are obvious and clear. A human heart is exhibited and being cleared it shows the chambers, and, being injected the coronary arteries and veins. Altogether there are some three dozen specimens being exhibited by the Clay Adams Co. of N. Y. C. who are represented by Mr. J. A. Kyle. an The Elizabeth Theatre HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS FALMOUTH, MASS. Shows Begin at 8:00. Performance Continues Until 10:30 Saturday Two Shows at 7:00 and 9:00 O’clock Monday and Tuesday July 23-24 Friday, July 27 University Players Guild “ ” Piewaaand STEAMBOAT BILL, Jr. “THE TORCH BEARER” with A Comedy by George Kelly Buster Keaton Wednesday and Thursday Saturday, July 28 July 25-26 vi i “THE GAUCHO” eee LILLY’ - wit wD Billy Dove Douglas Fairbanks | TEN ACRE FARM in FALMOUTH DISTRIBUTORS FOR S. 5. PIERGE CG: Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN © BRO. Thos. Malchman, Prop. High Pressure Greasing Texaco Products WOODS HOLE GARAGE COMPANY CLOTHIERS, HATTERS and FURNISHERS MAIN STREET FALMOUTH opposite station PP Telephone Connection Compliments of IDESE PENZANGE GARAGE RESTAURANT WOODS HOLE, MASS. , D Nigh A. L.A. Main Street | Woods Hole Phone 652 Towing W:C:DAVIS:COMPANY HOME FURNISHERS FALMOUTH MASS PAGE ELEVEN PAGE TWELVE American Author Leaves On Monday Theodore Dreiser, considered America’s greatest novelist, and Mrs. Dreiser are leaving Woods Hole on Monday, after a three weeks’ visit here. They will be accompanied by the Dreiser mascot, a huge white Russian wolf hound, called Nick. Mr. Dreiser, who is intensely in- terested in present-day relations be- tween religion and science, has spent his time since his arrival in talking with various scientists concerning their work, their aims, and their philosophies. He has that rare tal- ent, developed in his earlier exper- iences as a Chicago newspaper re- porter, of asking questions which require hours of enthusiastic mono- logue to answer. Silent scientists have burst into profuse verbiage at his questions, to explain them- selves. Timid scientists with infer- iority complexes have talked of bio- logical ambitions for hours at a time. Ordinary, normal scientists have lifted their feet to the table, hunched themselves deep into their chairs and discussed pros and cons, past and future. Mr. Dreiser sits, profoundly interested, and listens. Mr. Dreiser has returned recently from a two and a half months’ offc- jal visit in Russia, where he was invited by the Soviet government for a critical inspection of the coun- try. His book on Russia, entitled, “Mr. Dreiser Looks at Russia,” published by Messrs. Boni & Live- right will appear in the late Fall. It is likely to be particularly inter- esting in view of the fact that both THE COLLECTING NET Soviet officials and Russian refu- gees will have read the book with regard to its authenticity previous to its publication. Mr. Dreiser is author of “The American Tragedy,” “Sister Car- rie,’ “The Genius,” “Chains,” and other books. Beyond the Horizon (Continued from Page 3) The play contains many scenes of high emotional character, calling for extremely careful acting to keep them from falling miserably flat on the one hand, or from being absurdly over-acted on the other. The mem- bers of the cast carried through these scenes remarkably well—in fact their acting was undeniably better in the big scenes than in those of lower emotional tension. Charles Leatherbee of Harvard, who played the part of Rob, recovered from a poor beginning in the first act to be the star of the evening. F. Kent Smith, also of Harvard, in the part of Rob’s brother Andy, and Mar- garet Cook of Radcliffe as Ruth, both carried their parts not only ade- quately but with an admirable amount of delicacy and poise. Nor is any Special Honors list complete without mentioning Sue Birnie of Radcliffe and Elizabeth Schauffler of Smith in the roles of the two mothers. On the whole, Beyond the Horizon was a difficult play well-presented. It called for much greater talent than its predecessor in this season’s repertory, but the members of the Guild proved themselves amply able to meet the greater demands. ROOMS AVAILABLE THIS WEEK IN WOODS HOLE Louise and Elisabeth Mast oO Name Address oe Avery House Main Street large 3 gs 228 9 23 1D) fet Comments 2 single 4 1 $20 Running water large 1 double 3 1 20 large 1 double 4 1 20 Breakwater Hotel West Street Hamblin House Government St. large single 48-72 American plan double 2 double 3 1 20 Trans. prefer large 2double 7 1 20 large 1 double 3 1 12 Adjoining-run- large 1 double 3 1 12 ning water large 1 double 3 1 12 Adjoining large l double 2 1 15 large 1 double 3 1 15 3rd floor large 1 double 3 1 10 single 35-40 American plan double Little Harbor Inn Government St. The following people will have rooms vacant at the close of the courses: Mrs. Peterson, Mrs. Romelink, Mrs, Pierce, Mrs. Nickerson. NETS AND Collecting Equipment ¥ =f f = NO Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, 15¢ NEW MARINE STATION OPENS VIRGIN FIELD IN FRENCH INDO-CHINA By Rosert F. WEILL Assistant in the University of Paris, Naturalist of the French Hydro- graphic Mission of Indo-China (1927-28) In connection with the articles which have been published here on Some Biological Stations Abroad, some information may be interest- ing concerning a Marine Laboratory which has recently been opened in a country in itself still unexplored by biologists. The “Oceanographic Service of Fisheries in Indo-China” was found- ed in 1924 by the General Govern- ment of the Colony, upon which it still depends, administratively and financially. Its purposes are mul- tiple: (1.) research on the physical Oceanography of the Indo-Chinese coasts.; (2.) research in marine bio- logy (zoology, botany, physiology, chemistry, planktonology) ; (3.) re- search on the biology and distribu- tion of fishes, oysters, pearl-oysters, etc., and on the industrial methods of rearing them and fishing; (4.) research on the National preserva- tion and utilization of marine pro- ducts. In comparison with what we see in Woods Hole, its activity thus em- braces both those of the M. B. L. and the Bureau of Fisheries. The Oceanographic Service in- cludes the Marine Station of Cauda and the laboratory-trawler de Lan- essan. The Marine Station of Cauda is located in the gulf of Nha-Trang, on (Continued on Page 2) Currents in the Hole At the following hours the current in the hole turns to run from Buz- zards Bay to Vineyard Sound: A.M. P.M. Anipast He... - alee 7:42 8:03 Me wet 6G ey Ss 8:26 8:56 Augupty, 7 he. 9:18 9:47 AmeUst EB... nek 10:11 10:48 August, 9 esos ets 11:06 11:49 POONA AD) GaNista 2 <4 ols «0 12:07 Aroretete ss 12:51 1:07 August 12 2.00... 1:56 2:08 In each case the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. M. B. L. Calendar Saturday, August 4 8:30 P. M. Choral Club Concert. Auditorium. Ad- mission $1.00 and 50c. 9:00 P. M. Club Dance. Orchestra. M. B. L. Club. Admission free to members. Tuesday, August 7 8:00 P. M. Dr. Margaret Murray, Natiinal Re- search Fellow in Zoology, Chicago “Changes in Planarian Cells Cul- tivated in Vitro.” Dr. 8. O. Mast, Professor of Zoology, Hopkins. “Changes in the Water Content of Ameba.” Dr. G. A. Baitsell, Professor of Biol- ogy, Yale. “Coagulation in Relation to Tissue Formaton.” Friday, August 10 8:00 P. M. Dr. James Gray, Cambridge Univer- sity. “Mechanism of Ciliary Move- ment.” “NEREIS” CATCHES FORTY PORTUGUESE MEN-OF-WAR Last week the Nereis laid the foundation for a “brand new fish story” by bringing in 40 Portuguese Men-of-War. On ordinary fishing trips it is counted good luck to secure one or two Men-of-war, while seven or eight are considered an excellent catch. But according to the crew, the Nereis could have brought in 400, and would have done so if there had been time to collect them. The next trip brought the total of the Nereis to five dozen and made her “high-line”, for although the Cayadetta ventured forth to share the finny spoils, she was unable to secure more than a dozen. It is generally understood that the strong southwest wind against which the animals could not battle, and which had been blowing steadily for over two weeks, had blown them north and the tide had carried them into the Sound and the Bay. DO YOU WANT A POSITION? Tue Cottectine Net will assist any worker at the laboratory to ob- tain a position for the next college year. If you are looking for one, turn to our note on the editorial page. Dr. Cowdry Presents His Work on Invisible Viruses Nature of Viruses is Subject of Active Study at Rockefeller Institute. His Microchemical Work Apparently Corroborates Dr. Murphy’s Recent Discoveries. DISEASES CAUSED BY FILTERABLE AND INVISIBLE VIRUSES DR. E. V. COWDRY Professor of Cytology, Washington University Medical College. From the Rockefeller Instute, New York. Dr. Cowdry delivered a lecture bearing the above title on July 20. author’s summary is given below. will be printed in a later number. The A review of this lecture by Dr. Dugger Interest always attaches to un- known yet potent disease-inciting agents. Some of them have the property of being filterable, that is to say, they pass freely through filters with pores so small that or- dinary bacteria are held back. This means that they are extremely mi- nute. It is also believed that they are small for the reason that they cannot be distinguished with the highest powers of the micro- scope. Such substances are called viruses, meaning literally poisons, for want of a better name. There them afflicting plants, as well as man and animals, and bacteria too. New ones are be- ing discovered year by year. Prob- ably many more exist for which we have no test, since some of them are certainly not pathogenic. Wheth- er they are living micro-organisms or harmful materials produced by injured cells, we do not definitely know. are hundreds of Among the diseases of man caused by viruses of this kind may be men- tioned rabies, chicken pox, herpes, warts, smallpox, infantile paralysis, molluscum contagiosum and yellow fever. The various bacteriophages which affect bacteria that in turn prey upon man are also to be reck- oned with. These were discussed in a lecture last year by Dr. Bron- fenbrenner, and reported in THE CottectinG NEt. Yet the group. is an ill-defined one, and the diseases in it are, as it were, on probation. Evidence has been found in the last few years that typhus fever (Wolbach and Todd, 1921), heartwater (Cowdry, 1925) and trachoma (Noguchi, 1927) are due to visible micro-organisms; so that these, with several others, have been removed from it. Conversely, the discovery that yellow fever is not caused by a leptospira, but by a filterable, and as yet invisible virus (1928), has resulted in its classifica- tion again in this category of the unknowns. The viruses affect living cells in different ways. They often give rise to conspicuous structures called inclusion bodies. These may occur in the nuclei, in the cytoplasm, in both, or may not be formed at all, as in some sarcomata (cancers) of chickens, and yellow fever in man. Speaking generally, the cells are not immediately killed, but react for hours or months to the injury strict- ly in accordance with their modes of life and the kind of injury. Nerve cells do not proliferate, but epider- mal cells often multiply even after the appearance in them of typical inclusions. | Epidermal cells like- wise provided with inclusions fre- quently phagocytize and digest other cells (vaccinia). The volume of the injured cells may remain approxi- mately the same (rabies), or it may increase a million fold (lympho- cystic disease). The formation of the inclusions may be paralleled by little visible injury to the cell, or by profound injury. Eventually the cells undergo solution (cytolysis), and there may be marked leucocytic infiltration. The inclusion bodies, which may be regarded as the footprints of the (Continued on Page 2) PAGE TWO THE COLLECTING NET Diseases Caused by Filterable and Invisible Viruses Continued from Page 1) viruses — because where they are seen, there, it has been proved, we must look for viruses—have been in- terpreted in different ways. On their discovery they were looked upon as protozoan parasites. But this view has been generally aban- doned on account of the steadily in- creasing information already re- ferred to, showing that the active agents are in reality of much smaller size. They then came to be regard- ed as products of degeneration. Some investigators even hold that they are half and half, in other words, ultramicroscopic micro-or- ganisms shrouded in an easily vis- ible mantle of material produced by the cell in response to their penetra- tion and multiplication in it. * * * After a review of the literature along these lines, certain experi- ments were described which, how- ever, concern only a few of the major questions to be answered. Last summer with Dr. R. W.| Glaser the question of visibility was studied with what was thought to be of all the most favorable material, namely, the polyhedral virus of in- sects. Briefly stated, blood con- taining the virus of grasserie was compared with blood free from it. Although both were studied repeat- edly by many methods with direct and dark field illumination, no quali- tative difference whatever could be distinguished between them. Dr. Glaser even devised a technique by which the ultramicroscopically vis- ible particles could be counted with a remarkable degree of accuracy, and still no difference could be made out between blood containing the virus and blood proved to be free from it. In this case, if the virus is particulate, the particles are prob- ably not larger than 1/ 5000,000 of an inch in diameter. Other experiments on the cyto- plasmic inclusion bodies brought forth by the vaccine virus were re- ported. It was found that the in- clusion bodies developed when this virus is placed upon the slightly in- jured rabbit’s cornea are made up, ; at least in part, of material which can be detected within the cells be- fore the virus is allowed to act, showing that in this case the in- clusions are not simply material (or living micro-organisms) taken in from without, but something largely of endogenous origin. Special attention was paid, in an- other series of experiments, to the nuclear inclusions of herpes, chicken pox, Borna’s disease of horses, and Virus III disease of rabbits. Ex- periments were reported which were planned to ascertain, first, whether these are identical as had been hith- erto supposed, and second, whether they can be regarded as masses of included micro-organisms. The results indicated that the in- clusions called forth by these five different viruses are alike in so far that they are acidophilic and devoid of detectable amounts of iron in or- ganic combination, and of thymo- nucleic acid, though morphological- ly they seem to differ in slight but important ways. The fact was emphasized that such microchemical properties are rather at variance but not absolutely incompatible with the theory that the inclusions are composed in large part of the causative micro-organ- isms themselves. A parallel is not easily found of any micro-organisms which are so consistently acidophilic in their reactions. Even the Ricket- tsiae of Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever, which approximate most closely to the inclusions, be ing in a stage of their life history parasitic in masses within the nuclei, are distinctly basophilic. The absence of iron, which in detectable quantities is of such widespread oc- currence in all living things, is sig- nificant in this connection. Failure to detect thymonucleic acid is also noteworthy. This substance, while not so ubiquitious as iron is never- theless an essential constituent of all animal cells, including the path- ogenic protozoa. The remainder of the lecture was devoted to some sarcomata (can- cers) which are virus diseases that are not characterized by the forma- tion of inclusions within the injured cells. It is known that when a cell once becomes cancerous, the trait is inherited and transmitted to all its descendants within the afflicted in- dividual. This persistence of mal- ignancy has led investigators to sus- pect that the nucleus is profoundly modified, but no microscopically vis- ible deviation from the normal has hitherto been demonstrated. With the idea of again attacking this prob- lem, the Feulgen reaction for thymo- nucleic acid was applied to tissue cultures supplied by Dr. Alexis Carrel, of normal fibroblasts and sarcomata in the hope that thereby some slight difference associated with malignancy might be brought to light. Many precautions were observed in order to make the comparison between the normal and malignant cells as close as possible. In the cul- tures the normal fibroblasts and sar- comatous cells were planted side by side in the same flasks. After their rate of growth had been determined they were fixed simultaneously by flooding the flask with a mixture consisting of equal parts of absolute alcohol and saturated aqueous cor- rosive sublimate. The layer of co- -agulated plasma covering the bottom of the flask and containing both groups of cells was then removed and its edges cut so that a longer stretch of the layer of plasma re- mained in continuity with the fibro- blasts than on the other side of the adjacent sarcomatous cells. This was done for purposes of identifi- cation. After dehydration and em- bedding, the block was oriented in such a way that corresponding ser- ial sections were cut simultaneously of fibroblasts and sarcomatous cells. Since they were mounted in par- allel rows (attached together by the coagulated plasma) on the same slides, both were subjected to ex- actly the same microchemical treat- ment. Several comparisons of this kind were made. It was found that in all cases the nuclei of the malignant sarcomatous cells gave'a much more strongly positive reaction than the normal fibroblasts. But for some unexplained reason a similar dif- ference was not discernable in sec- tions of other sarcomata, and of spontaneous and transplanted mam- mary cancers. No theories were indulged in, but attention was called to some obser- vations carried on simultaneously by Dr. J. B. Murphy at the Rockefeller Institute. He discovered that on electrodialysis of a filtrate contain- ing a sarcoma virus a peculiar glu- tinous substance separated out at the positive pole and that this substance alone contained the virus. He also found that the same substance would settle out at the bottom of a con- tainer when the fluid containing the virus was slightly acidulated. The New York Times for Wednesday, July 18, contained a report of a paper by Murphy presented July 17 at the International Cancer Congress in London. Reference is there made to the further observation that this substance is present in normal tis- sues from which it can be extracted, and that thus obtained, on injection it will produce sarcomata. Murphy has reported in a recent number of Science that the substance gives a strong Feulgen reaction for thy- monucleic acid. It may be that his experiments and the microchemical studies outlined are mutually sup- portive. GAMMA ALPHA SMOKER The following members of the Gamma Alpha (an honorary science society) attended a smoker of the organization on July 26: J. A. Daw- son, P. L. Carpenter, Benj. Kropp, R. Bennitt, W. H. Mitchell, H. B. Lovell, E. H. Herrick, J. H. Welsh, F. H. Swett, W. Duryee, R. K. Burns, Jr., H. N. Violette, H. H. Charlton, C. L. Yntema, F. ; Woods, E. A. Martin, H. D. Fish, P. L. Johnson, J. R. Christie, J. H. Bissonnette, and L. G. Barth. The group was entertained by the radio reception of the news of the Tunney-Heeney fight as it pro- gressed. Those less interested in fistic matters entered into the milder sport of bridge contests. NEW MARINE STATION OPENS VIRGIN FIELD IN FRENCH INDO-CHINA (Continued from Page 1) the south-east coast of the Indo- Chinese peninsula, in the kingdom of Annam (French Protectorate since 1884), and 12 hours by train from Saigon, the southern capital. (Saigon is reached from Hong Kong in three days, from Yokahama in fifteen.) It is two miles from the city of Nha-trang, a rather important center, where. also one of the three Pasteur-Institutes of Indo- China is located, with Dr. Yersin as director. This place has been chosen in consideration of its salubrity, its remarkable beauty, and the peculiar wealth of its fauna: at the foot of the laboratory, and for hundreds of miles along the coast, extend splen- did living coral-reefs; to biologists it does not need any commentary. The bay being sheltered on the open side by a string of islands, the plank- ton too is extremely rich. The Station comprises (1.) the Main Laboratory of three floors, fire and typhoon-proof, where are located the biological laboratories, furnished with all apparatus and products required by current bio- logical work (microscopes, spectro- scopes, high-power centrifuges, sterilizing apparatus, drying-stoves, darkroom, workshops, etc.) ; there is also a special equipment for bio- chemical research on alimental pro- ducts of marine origin. As no pictures can be given here, the fol- lowing comparison is made to give ~ an idea of the place: the building is in the same style as the main build- ing of the Scripps Institution (Cal- ifornia), and is half as large again. The station also includes (2.) the library and the office; (3.) the sup- ply department ;(4)the electric plant (5.) the hall with the large engines for the industrial study of marine products: (one dessicator treating 4 tons of fish meal; one oil-extractor of 3 tons capacity; one colloidal grinder “Kek’’; four silos contain- ing together 100 tons of fish meal; and many others) ; (6.) the supply- department of the trawler; (7.) the five residences of the European staff; (8.) a launch carrying about fifteen. All the buildings are fire and typhoon-proof. The gas installation and the sea- water circulation are in course of construction; in the immediate fu- ture the erection of a museum will be started, which owing to the ex- tension of the collections becomes every day more urgent; also of a home for temporary collaborators and foreign scientists (at present they have to live in Nha-Trang). A future special building for the aquaria is already provided for. The European staff includes the Director, two Assistants, and the (Continued on Page 3) THE BIOLOGICAL STATION OF FRENCH INDO-CHINA (Continued from Page 2) chief of the library and the office; the subordinate personel is of about 30 natives, as preparers, janitors, secretaries, draughtsmen, modelers, mechanicians, sailors, workmen, etc. The possession of a ship was of course a necessity for the Station. The “de Lanessan” is a trawler of 750 tons, 150 feet long, specially acquired and equipped with a view to its purpose, which it fulfils per- fectly. It is a real floating labora- tory, and in its large central room five biologists can work in exactly the same conditions as in the best laboratory ashore. The ship car- ries all the apparatus for industrial or scientific fishing (big trawls, all kinds of big and small nets, dredges, apparatus for securing samples of water or of the bottom), for ocean- ography (deep-sea sounds and ther- mometers, apparatus for the meas- ure of currents, of density, of sa- linity, a new apparatus for the auto- matic inscription of the nature of the bottom), and, in a special room, larger engines for the immediate treatment of fishes (oil-extractors, dessicators, brine-apparatus ). Final- ly there are in addition: aquaria with running fresh and sea-water, a frigidarium, diving-apparatus, pow- erful submarine lamps (of 3000 cdl. p.), two kinematographs, cam- eras, a wireless station, a motor- launch seating twenty and some smaller boats. The crew includes the Captain and the Chief-Engineer (Europeans), and about 30 natives. The activity of the “de Lanessan” extends every year on the 1500 miles of the Indo-Chinese coasts, from China to Siam, and also to the Great Lake of Cambodia, which is indeed one of the most important factors to be considered in the solution of local fishing prob- lems. Every year several weeks are devoted to a more remote cruise in less known regions, sometimes as far as the Dutch East Indies or the Philippine Sea, and this gives to the naturalist, in the broadest sense of the word, the opportunity to man- ifest his activity on a scale which could be found only in rare national expeditions. The great climatic differences between the North (Tong-king) and the South (Coch- in-china) of Indo-China, the bio- geographic differences between its west-coast (the Gulf of Siam be- longing to the Malayan Province) and the east-coast (the Champa-Sea belonging to the Pacific Province), make it a biological field of rather exceptional importance. THE COLLECTING NET PAGE THREE The fauna of Indo-China is hith- erto almost entirely unknown. — If perhaps it does not offer to indus- trial fishing the resources which elsewhere are often supposed, chief- ly because of the difficulty in pre- serving the products, it is, for the biologist, of tremendous interest ow- ing to the strangeness and the ex- traordinary variety of tropical forms (the very first inventory of fishes, by Chabanaud, 1926, has shown 275 species). The greater part of the Indo-Chinese coasts are bordered with living coral-reefs. Finally the splendor of these tropical countries, —the charm of native life, strange mixture of specific characters with both Indian and Chinese civiliza- tions,—the impressive meeting with ruins more than a thousand years old, the relics of the kingdoms of the Chams and the Khmers, of which the Angkor-ruins are the most splendid of all,—the life, side by side, of various white and yellow races and religions,—lastly the awk- ward question of the colonization of a nation which has its own very ancient culture,—all this must incite even the passer-by to consider and often to discuss, from a practical point of view, some of the most im- portant problems of human thought. In spite of its very recent creation the Oceanographic Service of Indo- China is already now a scientific im- plement of the highest value. Its work has had, during the past few years, a primordial influence on the economic life of the colony, where rice and fish are, for 19 millions of natives, almost the only food ; and its scientific results, when they are published, will certainly call general attention to it. The service has secured the col- laboration of several specialized bi- ologists abroad, chiefly for the sys- tematic inventory of the Indo- Chinese Fauna and Flora. It issues short “Notes” (9 in number up to date) and more extensive ‘“Mem- oirs” (2, up to date). Only one Assistant is actually ap- pointed; this is Dr P. Chevey, ichthyologist, formerly Assistant in the National Museum of Natural History in Paris. The man who, in the midst of difficulties which no one can even imagine who is not acquainted sim- ultaneously with colonial, tropical and Asiatic life, had the talent to conceive, and besides his own re- search work, the tenacity to realize this organization, from the laying of the cornerstone to the installation of the latest apparatus, and who is now in charge of its direction, is Dr. Armand Krempf, zoologist and embryologist, a former student of the late professor Yves Delage and a colonial for more than 20 years. It is really to him that I am indebted for the pleasure of the opportunity, here in the most important meeting-place of biolo- gists in the world, to tell about a work of which every Frenchman may be proud, and every biologist a grateful admirer. THE REDUCTION POTENTIAL OF CYSTEINE Dr. K. C. BLANCHARD. Assistant Professor of Biochemistry New York University. Dr. Michaelis gave a paper bearing the above title at the Research Semi- nar on July 17. A summary of his paper was printed in the last issue. A review of the paper is presented below. In a recent evening lecture Dr. Michaelis presented the results of his attempt to measure the oxida- tion-reduction potential of the cys- teine system. As the non-chemical biologist often asks, ‘““Why are such potentials measured and what bio- logical signifiacnce have they ?”—it may not be amiss briefly to review the underlying chemical concepts of oxidation and reduction. Since the discovery of oxygen by Priestley in 1774 and the funda- mental investigations of respiration by Lavoisier, three years later, a host of investigators have attacked the problem of biological oxidations from the standpoint of structural chemistry—that is, the changes in molecular structures brought about by oxidation or reduction. Few, however, have attempted to intro- duce quantitative concepts. With the discovery of anaerobio- sis and the ease with which tissues could reduce a number of organic substances, incapable themselves of yielding oxygen to the cell compon- ents, it became necessary to extend our concepts of oxidation and re- duction. For some time it has been customary in inorganic chemical formulations to regard oxidation as the removal of electrons from atoms; conversely, reduction as the addition of electrons. If two sub- stances interact in such a fashion that one loses one or more electrons |’ which are in turn gained by the other, we say that the former sub- stance has been oxidized and the latter reduced. Now a given ma- terial may in one reaction function as an oxidizing agent and in an- other as a reducing agent, being it- self respectively either reduced or oxidized. For example, hydrogen peroxide, which is usually known as an oxidizing reagent, will easily re- duce the silver oxide to metallic silver. Now, whether such a sub- stance will function as an oxidizer or a reducer will be determined respectively by the ease with which the second component of the reac- tion will accept or lose electrons. It follows that in order to state quant- itatively the conditions under which a substance will tend to be oxidized or reduced (i. e., oxidized another substance) we must devise some measure of the ease with which it will part with electrons — the so- called electron fugacity. This may be easily accomplished by assuming the reductant (the re- duced form) to be dissociated into the oxidant (the oxidized form) and electrons. For a solution of a given concentration, the extent of the dissociation will determine the electrons concentration and hence the reducing power of the solution. That is, the higher the electron con- centration, the greater will be the reducing power of the system. But how are we to ascertain this electron concentration? Just as we are enabled to measure the hydro- gen ion concentration of any solution by means of a reversible hydrogen electrode, providing we know how the potential of the electrode varies with the hydrogen-ion concentration, so can we measure the electron con- centration if we have available a re- versible electron electrode—that is, one whose potential referred to a standard electrode is a function solely of the electron concentration of the solution. In the absence of oxygen, most of the noble metals will function as such. From what has been said above,, it should be apparent that the elec- tron concentration of a solution will be determined by the relative con- centration of the oxidant and re- ductant. Mathematically the poten- tial difference between a metal elec- trode and a standard electrode im- mersed in such a solution is formu- lated as a simple logarithmic func- tion of the ratio of the concentra- tion of the reductant to the con- centration of the oxidant. Since the hydrogen ion is a strong reductant, i. e., will easily combine with electrons,—it is necessary in meas- uring such potentials to correct for the hydrogen-ion concentration of the solution. This is done by adding to our equation a term which is a logarithmic function of the hydro- gen-ion concentration, but at con- stant hydrogen-ion concentration the measured potential is a function solely of the ratio of the concentra- tions of the reductant to the oxidant. In his experiments with cysteine, Dr. Michaelis, like Dixon and Quas- tell before him, found that the po- tential developed at an indifferent metal electrode was a function not of the ratio of cysteine (the reduc- . tant) to cystine (the oxidant), but only of the concentration of cystein. Now, by the definition of oxidation- reduction potential, it follows that the potential measured by Dr. Michaelis is not a true oxidation- reduction potential. On the other hand, the fact that the measured potentials were reproducible sug- gests that in the solutions studied a definite physico-chemical state ex- ists. The most obvious explanation of these results is that the concen- tration of the oxidant in the so- lution is always constant, which im- plies that the solution is saturated with the oxidant and is in contact with either an excess of it or a sub- stance which is irreversibly convert- ed to it. That is to say, cystine is not the oxidant, but may irreversibly give rise to it. A somewhat anal- agous state of affairs was found by (Continued on Page 6) le, PAGE FOUR THE COLLECTING NET Dr. Mathews Lectures on His Theories of B lood Coagulation The Use of Crotalus Venom in Analysing the Phenomena of Coagulation of Blood Dr. ALBERT P. MATHEWS Professor of Physiological Chemistry, University of Cincinnatti Dr. Mathews presented a paper at the Research Seminar on July 17. author’s summary and a review of the paper follow. The There are two main theories con- | cerning the chemistry and physics of coagulation of blood. One of these theories is sometimes called, outside of America, the ‘American theory’ ; the other is that which is predomi- nant outside of America and may be referred to as the theory of Bor- det, although it embodies many con-' ceptions which did not originate with him. The so-called ‘American theory’ is the theory of Professor Howell, which seems to have been adopted by the Council of Pharmacy of the American Medical Associa- tion, and has been made the basis for testing all substances introduced into medicine for the purpose of in- fluencing the coagulation of blood in medical practice. According to the theory of How- ell blood does not coagulate in the body, because of the presence in it of an anti-coagulant. When blood is shed, cephalin is set free from tissues or blood plates. This cephalin unites with and neutralizes the antithrombin in the blood. The antithrombin being re- moved, or rendered inert, the cal- cium of the blood plasma thereupon converts a prothrombin, which is a protein in the plasma, into thrombin, which uniting with the fibrinogen, also in the plasma, causes the latter to form fibrin—a crystalline, sticky stringy insoluble protein which thus clots the blood. The action of tissue extract in clotting blood is supposed to be due wholly to the cephalin in such extract. If a protein in such extract is also active, it is because it contains cephalin, and acts for this reason just as cephalin acts. The theory of Bordet is that in the blood plasma there is a substance called serozyme, or its progenitor “pro-serozyme”. This is a protein coagulating at 56° C. Blood does not coagulate in the body because it does not contain any, or sufficient, free cephalin. When blood is shed, or comes in contact with a substance to which it adheres, cephalin is set free if calcium ions be present. This cephalin comes principally from the blood platelets, but it is also derived in part from leucocytes and even from the other plasma proteins which are also cephalin compounds. The cephalin thus set free unites with the serozyme, if calcium ions are present, to make thrombin. This thrombin, by union with fibrinogen (the union taking place even in the absence of calcium), converts fibrin- also present in tissue-juice another accelerator of clotting, a protein compound called ‘tissue fibrinogen,’ concerning the method of action of which he was in doubt. This pro- tein constituent is partially specific, acting most strongly on blood of the same species, as shown by Dr. Leo Loeb in this laboratory. Mills, in my laboratory, kas cleared up the action of this ad- ditional clotting factor, tissue fibrin- ogen, and has also shown the in- adequacy of Howell’s theory, and brought clear evidence in support of Bordet. Mills has shown that it is impossible to convert prothrombin to thrombin by the action of calci- um alone, as Howell has supposed ; but that always cephalin is neces- sary. If calcium alone appears to act, it does so only if there be some cephalin present. Prothrombin re- lieved of its cephalin cannot be acti- vated by calcium alone, but requires cephalin also. The antithrombin of Howell is simply any protein which has a faculty of binding cephalin, for bound cephalin no longer acts. Mills and I showed that if sero- zyme were removed from the plasma, the addition of cephalin and calcium caused no clotting; but tis- sue fibrinogen clotted such plasma just as rapidly as before the removal of the serozyme. We cleared up therefore, the action of tissue fibrin- ogen showing that in the presence |of calcium it united directly with fibrinogen to make fibrin and this clotting did not involve thrombin. There were then two substances ac- tive in clotting in Morawitz’ throm- bokinase’. One was cephalin, as Howell and Bordet supposed, but the other was tissue fibrinogen, a cephalin—protein compound. The latter is in many ways the more im- portant factor. The venom of Crotalus adaman- teus, the diamond back rattler, may be used to analyse the phenomena of clotting. This venom has a re- markable effect in checking blood clotting. This action it owes to two enzymes of a very particular kind. One is a specific enzyme for fibrino- gen. It destroys fibrinogen with very great speed, almost instantaneously in fact, so that the addition of even very small amounts of venom to blood plasma causes a very rapid loss of its fibrinogen. The plasma will no longer coagulate at 56°, the coagulation point of fibrinogen, nor loss of jts fibrinogen. The plasma ogen to fibrin. Bordet recognized that besides the cephalin there was | by the addition of salt. This en- (Continued on Page 5) Leaders in the manufacture of Microtomes Microscopes and Accessories Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographic Lenses Centrifuges Haemacyometers Spectrometers Refractometers ' Colorimeters and Other Optical Products Bausch & Lomb Research Microscope CDE 75 years experience in the manufacture of the finest in optical products - Since 1853. Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. ROCHESTER, NEW YORK America’s Leading Optical Institution NETS Collecting Equipment Le aah VNU re << rl iS Turtox Special Locking Device, used in the All-Purpose Net, a quick-changing air and water net for general collecting. Ask for the 1928 Turtox Net Circular The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction General Biological Supply House (Incorporated) 761-763 East 69th Place, Chicago, Illinois. — 4 DR. MATHEWS LECTURES ON THEORIES OF BLOOD COAGULATION (Continued from Page 4) zyme either does not act at all upon the other blood proteins or acts so slowly that no appreciable change occurs in the serum globulin and serum albumin. This is sure proof of the essential difference of the fibrinogen from the other blood pro- teins. | What is formed from the fibrinogen by the action of the en- zyme has not yet been decided. The temperature of coagulation of some of the products however, appears to be near that of the two plasma pro- teins, namely, between 70 and 80 degrees. The other enzyme in crotalus venom is a cephalinase. It has a very slight action on ordinary fats, but it destroys free cephalin with great speed. As Delezenne has shown it splits out the unsaturated fatty acid, leaving the cephalin or lecithin in the form of a partially decom- posed phospholipin, which he called “lysocithin,” but which Levene cal- led lyso-cephalin. If now a solution be made of tis- sue fibrinogen, and a little crotalus venom be added to it, any free ceph- alin which is present is almost in- stantly digested by the cephalinase ; so that any action of the mixture on the blood can no longer be attributed to free cephalin. The very inter- esting fact was found that cephalin in such a compound as it is in tiss- sue fibrinogen, although it makes almost 50% of the molecule, is not digested at all by the cephalinase, or is acted upon only at a very slow rate. By centrifuging and washing the venom-tissue fibrinogen mixture, the tissue fibrinogen, which is in a coarse state of suspension, is thrown down, and the venom may be com- pletely removed. There is left a suspension of tissue fibrinogen which, in the presence of calcium, clots a fibrinogen solution or blood plasma as well as before the venom was added to it, but which does not at all produce thrombin. This experiment proves that tis- sue fibrinogen does not act in the same way as cephalin acts, and solely by its cephalin content, as Professor Howell supposes, but in some other way, either by direct union with the fibrinogen or as a contact substance —and almost certainly by the first method, as Mills and his co-workers have shown. Crotalus venom is remarkable, then, not only for its extremely toxic action on vessel wall and nerve cells, due to its crotalin content, this action continuing unchanged in the boiled venom ,but also because of these two very specific enzymes, fibrino- genase and cephalinase, both of which are destroyed by boiling. It has enabled us to obtain them some further evidence of the truth of the Bordet and Gengou theory of clotting. | THE COLLECTING NET REVIEW Dr. Irvine H. Pace Presbyterian Hospital, New York. Drs. Mathews and Mills have chosen a subject, interest in which is exceeded only by its intricacy. Intricacy of thought, nomenclature and procedure have characterized this branch of research. The lectur- er knows the theory and laboratory practice well, having been probably the first to recognize and champion Wooldridge. What he knows of the clinical application is difficult to judge. Dr. Mathews presents what seems to be the most significant ad- vance in the field of hemostasis since the work of Bordet. The Howell theory, even more than that of Morawitz, makes use of a multiplicity of terms which pre- sumably are meant to describe sub- stances. Without proof of the ex- istence of these hypothetical ma- terials this does ‘not seem altogether desirable. It is not inconceivable that some of these ‘‘substances” may essentially prove to be “phenomena.” At times the rampant speculations have assumed the position of little more than a fantastic travesty, not unlike the inimitable caricatures of Rube Goldberg. In short a more detailed and care- ful characterization of the chemical moieties which induce the clotting of blood might possibly render clear the almost mystical elements of this reaction. Dr. Mathews has made a signifi- cant advance in the recognition of the phospholipin - protein role. Whether the partial species speci- ficity first noted by Dr. Leo Loeb is due to a variation in the structure of the protein molecule or the ceph- alin fraction has not as yet been de- termined. One would like to know what the nature of the union of pro- tein-cephalin consists in. Probably it is an adsorption phenomenon, as Dr. Mathews himself suggests. This is a compliment to Dr. Mathews’ breadth of vision as reference to the Physiological Reviews, Volume I, page 553, will show. One of the most striking results he reports is that tissue fibrinogen extract when taken by mouth ac- tively reduces the clotting time. This is indeed, unlike most protein com- plexes. The active splitting of pro- teins by erepsin and trypsin almost invariably renders this path unman- ageable for exhibition of this type of therapy. In the last two years, extracts of the plant Coeanothus Americanus have been found to be active coagu- lants when administered internally. Just where such a drug fits into our present theories is difficult to see, but it is not too great a call on our already stretched credulities. Mills’ report on blood clotting in hemophilia seems decisive, though one would have liked more data. If Mills is right, then Howell must be (Continued on Page 6) KEWAUNEE Laboratory Furniture for All Science Purposes LABORATORY FURNITURE G i EXPERTS” C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer. 231 Lincoln St,. Kewaunee Wisconsin. Chicago Office 25 E. Jackson Blvd., New York Office Room 1511 1511 Kimball Bldg. 70 Fifth Avenue Offices in Principal Cities Private Laboratory Desk No. 15005 A desk of especial fitness where experiments and tests are frequently being made. Very compact and convenient Biology Laboratory Table No. 1005 Cupboards for miscroscopes and other apparatus or mat- erials; drawers for drawings, notes, ete. NON-CORROSIVE, RED LABEL MICRO SLIDES 7030 MICRO SLIDES, Non-Corrosive, Red Label, of hard glass of slightly greenish tint when viewed edgewise, guaranteed against corrosion in any climate. Since all glass is more or less unstable toward moisture, corrosion of these slides may occur in moist, tropical climates—we have known of one such instance in twenty-six years. Our guarantee, therefore, does not mean that corrosion of these slides is an impossibility, but that full re- placement will be made by us when it does occur. The glass from which our three selections are made is identical in stability and optical qualities, our classification depending upon planeness of surface and freedom from bubbles, pits and striae. Selection I, Special Slides. Made from the first selection of glass. Cut, ground and packed exclusively for our distribution and offered as the best micro slide now made. Selection II, Standard Slides. The general production after our No. 1 Special Slides are selected. Selection III, Clinical Slides. Made from glass unsuitable for Selections I and II and for the original purpose of manufacture, i.e., photo- graphic plates, because of some inequalities in surface and the pres- ence of some bubbles, pits and striae which, however, do not materially interfere with its use for micro slides in much clinical and education- al work. The above selections are restricted to slides 3 x 1 inches in size, from 1 mm to 1.4 mm in thickness, with edges uniformly ground in an automatic machine. Packed in % gross cartons, the latter specially paraffined for export to tropical countries. 7030. Micro Slides, Non-Corrosive, Red Label, Selection I, Code Special, as above described, size 3 x 1 inches. Word POY, ZYOBBi, «gsc js, ssa EMRE ete eave Pate bocstavers, cyedsve-« $1.50 Juvgu 7030-A. Ditto, Selection II, Standard. Per gross ......... 1.25 Juvhs 7030-B. Ditto, Selection III, Clinical. Per gross ........ 1.00 Juvkm Quantity Discounts on above Micro Slides 10% discount in case containing 25 gross 20% discount in lots of 100 gross 25% discount in lots of 500 gross We do not sell Micro Slides and Covers of pure white glass because of their great liability to corrosion under certain conditions. This statement is based on extended experience and repeated tests of glass suitable for the manufacture of Micro Slides and Covers. Sole Distributors ARTHUR H. THOMAS COMPANY Retail—W holesale—Export LABORATORY APPARATUS AND REAGENTS WEST WASHINGTON SQUARE PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A Cable Address “Balance”, Philadelphia PAGE FIVE PAGE SIX THE COLLE PAGE OE ee The Collecting Net | A weekly publication concerned with the activities of the Marine Biological Laboratory and of Woods Hole. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Research Professor of Biology, New York University. Edwin G. Conklin, Professor of Biology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Professor of Protozoology, Yale University. STAFF Ware Cattell. ......-.- essere ee Editor Contributing Editors Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn, Helen S. Morris, Virginia L. Todd, 8. J. Reynolds. Business Manager Ilse Michaelis Shirley H. Gray—Printer New Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts mma Li An Added Service Tue Cottectine Net is now in- itiating another phase of work which we believe will be af value to a number of people. To state our plas briefly: we are going to serve as a free employment agency. We will keep on file in our office ap- plications of those persons who are looking for positions. These will be available for consultation by in- dividuals who desire to employ workers. At the beginning it will be largely younger workers looking for posi- tions as research assistants or tech- nicians who avail themselves of our service. To them we would like to remark that already a couple of men are waiting to consult the applica- tions that may be filed with us. But later we hope that biologists in general—ranking from the ama- teur technician to the professor or the head of a department of biology —will leave with us their names and their qualifications for the position that they seek. Any applications filed will be re- garded as strictly confidential, the privilege of examination being granted only to those individuals who are looking for assistance. Further, the would-be-employer will have access only to those ap- plications which are relevent to his requirements. Biological Songs The Collecting Net is collecting a group of biological songs to print in the form of a little booklet. This will be sold at a nominal sum for the benefit of the Scholarship Fund. The selection of the songs will be Jeft in the hands of the individual who probably knows more about that his identity should remain un- known. But the book cannot be complete without the assistance of others, and we ask our readers for suggestions. Perhaps some of them have composed biological words to some well known tune—or know of others who have done so. We are especially anxious to obtain new songs, and we look forward to having them submitted. M. B. L. CORPORATION MEETS ON AUGUST 4 The Annual Meeting of the Cor- poration of the Marine Biological Laboratory will be held in the audi- torium of the Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., on Tuesday, August 14, at 12 o’clock noon for the Elec- tion of Officers and Trustees and the transaction of such business as may come before the meeting. We wish to express our apprecia- tion to Mr. Thomas F. Morrison, for his kindness in helping us in many ways with the work of THE Cottectine NET. Mr. Morrison is instructor in physiology at Princeton University. So far as our welfare is concerned it is unfortunate that Mr. Morrison is leaving Woods Hole on Saturday. Motion pictures of the salmon fisheries of Alaska (Finley-Nature Film) and of cooperative fish cul- ture of the bureau were shown on July 26 at the Bureau of Fisheries. THE REDUCTION POTENTIAL OF CYSTEINE (Continued from Page 3) Biilman in studying certain azo dyes. In his case, the oxidant and reductant equilibrium was estab- lished but the reductant was found to undergo a molecular (semidene) rearrangement producing a reduced substance without influence on the oxidation-reduction potential. Furthermore the recent work of Harrison, who found that both the aerobic and anaerobic oxidation of sulphydril compounds was definitely catalyzed by iron-free dithio com- pounds, suggests that the cysteine cystein system is by no means so simple as heretofore supposed. Finally Dr. Michaelis pointed out that if we accept his measured po- tentials as indicatiwe of the reducing power of cysteine, it would account for the marked reducing intensity of living amoebae observed by Cohen, Chambers and Reznikoff. To the writer it seems rather dangerous to lay much stress on this point until this apparent reducing potential has been checked by some such means as Conant employs in ascertaining the apparent oxidation-reduction poten- tials of irreversible systems. If by such measurements a potential of the same order of magnitude is found, biological verse than any man at Woods Hole. At present he wishes then more stress may safely be laid on this point. CTING NET REVIEW Dr. IRVINE H. PAGE Our Classes This report will probably be the last one which we will be able to Presbyterian Hospital, New York.) publish. It seems that the fauna of (Continued from Page 5) very wrong in believing that the platelets are at fault in this disease. Mills has found that serum of these patients contains a rich supply - of active thrombin but no prothrombin capable of activation by cephalin. Cephalin in one case delayed, and in the other case only very slightly ac- celerated, the clotting of recalcified citrate plasma. If the tissue fibrin- gen of the platelets causes clot re- traction, then it is clear why we find a lack of clot retraction in thrombocytopenic purpura, and good retraction in hemophilia. Vines and Minot and Buchmann showed that local skin allergy often accelerated clotting. Mills finds this beneficent result due to the genera- tion of normally reacting prothrom- bin. But why such non-specific protein therapy should have any such effect illustrates the difficulties that confront the investigator in this field. The pity is that this type of therapy does not always seem to work. I venture to say that most medical men have never worried much, nor are they likely to have cause for worry, over intravascular clotting from our present day hemostatics. But with tissue fibrinogen we are told that any amount is an over- dosage when given intravenously, though it is quite safe subcutane- ously or by mouth. The fact that cases of jaundice are not benefitted by tissue fibrinogen fits well with Mathews’ and Mills’ theory. It is generally held that as- sociated with this symptom is cal- cium deficiency, ionized or union- ized. The remedy would of course be calcium, and this works. It is curious that cases of purpura do not respond to tissue fibrinogen but do respond to splenectomy, and yet following this operation there need be no rise in the platelet count to account for the symptomatic im- provement. The recognition by Mathews and Mills of the existence of two separ- ate and distinct mechanisms by which ‘blood may be made to clot is truly important. Anyone with the most rambling intellect could suggest, criticise and speculate on the phenomena of blood coagulation. But few work in this field with significance. Among those is Dr. Mathews. Would Like to Get Into Communication With PIANIST Able to Play Classic Sonatas and Trios Address F. J. FROST Box 484, Woods Hole Telephone 764 the various classes are a migraotry breed, whose stay is limited, in these parts, to just about six weeks. After the first week in August it will be a rare sight to see these birds of of passage skimming along the waters of the Hole or running along the beach. They usually leave in a more or less disorganized flock, most of them following the New Bedford boats to warmer climes. The botanists are finishing their season with the red algae under the guidance of Dr. Taylor. There is la discussion at the moment of this writing as to whether or not the class will hold its annual track and field meet. The discussion is due to the fact that the class is conspicu- ously feminine, and apparently the staff does not believe in intercol- legiate athletics for women. This week’s seminar was given by Dr. Poole who spoke on Mycorrhiza and the Orchid. The seminar of the week before was addressed by Dr. Arndt, who spoke on Coffee. The entire class was more or less wide awake as a result of testing the various varieties afterward. The protozoologists:seem to have recovered from their week of social activities, and they can be heard questioning various alumnae of the course in this vein: “Well, when you took the course, did you study the lectures all through the course, or did you concentrate on them toward the end?” In the Embryology course, Dr. Plough is lecturing on the Tunicates and will continue until the end of the course. In this last week the embryologists have crowded both a picnic and a towing trip, and seem to be acquiring more or less sea- going propensities. In time they may acquire the salty savour which is the boast of the botanists and in- vertebrates. The invertebrates, after a false istart, finally did get in their trip to North Falmouth, and collected enough material to keep them busy far into the night. They set up a demonstration of Woods Hole fauna afterward under the direction of the staff. Dr. Severinghaus and Dr. Young have been lecturing this week, and on Monday and Tuesday Dr. Bissonnette will lecture on the Cordates. The physiologist seems a puzzle to the inquiring naturalist, and his life-history is more or less clouded with obscurity. As far as we can make out, the nests are built in the midst of concealing glassware, and the call of the bird sounds some- thing like “pee-aitch, pee-aitch” re- peated over and over. This, how- ever, requires more careful observa- tion than we have been able to give. By the time this article is pub- lished, the annual migration will be about to begin and will continue for at least a week. THREE-IN-ONE PUBLICATION The dynamics of instant and extensive publication are enjoyed if you publish in any of the following journals: Journal of Morphology and Physiology. The Journal of Compara- tive Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record The Journal of Experi- mental Zoology American Journal of Phy- sical Anthropology The American Anatomical Memoirs The Biological Bulletin (M. B. L., Woods Hole, Mass.) Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokio, Japan) The Journal of Parasitol- ogy (Urbana, IIl.) The Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Stain Technology (Geneva, New York) Physiological Zoology (Chi- cago, Iil.) WHY? 1. Because the author’s ab- stract of every article is printed immediately and ex- tensively distributed in the Advance Abstract Sheets of The Wistar Institute Bibli- ographic Service. 2. Because The Wistar Insti- tute Bibliographic Service Card giving the author’s ab- stract and the complete bib- liographic reference is pub- lished shortly after the Ad- vance Abstract Sheetisissued. 3. Because the complete ar- ticle then appears promptly in one of the above journals. Reprints supplied. Advance Abstract Sheets $3.00 per year Bibliographic Service Cards $5.00 per year Address THE WISTAR INSTL TUTE of ANATOMY and BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia. Pa. THE COLLECTING NET Methods of Experimental Embryology With Special Reference to Marine Invertebrates (Continued) E. E. Just Professor of Zoology, Howard University MetuHop For Raisinc A Diatom CULTURE. For many problems in experimental embryology it would be worth while to carry the eggs not only to the larval stage but through meta- morphosis. Unfortunately the literature affords too few instances of marine animals reared from normal eggs to sexual maturity, and still fewer of eggs that have had experimental treatment. In the latter case one thinks particularly of Delages’ parthenogenetic starfish and the parthenogenetic frogs of Loeb and Parmenter. I once had young Echinarachnius six weeks old which I had reared from eggs caused to develop by treatment with butyric acid and hypertonic sea-water. A fellow worker, un- fortunately for me, poured out the whole culture because he wanted to use the glass container to wash Mytilus which he intended to use on a beach party. The difficulty of rearing marine forms is largely due to inadequate or improper food. Many larvae of marine invertebrates subsist on diatoms. If therefore one could have at hand a rich diatom culture as a source of food, one could remove the chief obstacle to carrying herbivorous embryos through metamorphosis. Such a culture can be got with ease. In 1922 I published a successful method of culturing diatoms in abundance, which I used several years for rearing Platynereis larvae to sexual maturity. This method follows. At the beginning of the season mud is taken from Eel Pond, near-by flats or scraped from eel grass, together with animal and plant life. This is placed in jars containing equal amounts of sea-water. The jars are then covered with glass plates and set aside in subdued light. In a day or so all metazoa—worms, crustacea, ascidians, etc—are dead. After a period of putrefaction the culture purifies itself and a rich growth of diatoms is ap- parent. It is a good plan to start several such cultures at five to ten day intervals. From the stock culture thus prepared diatoms only are removed, sus- pended in filtered sea-water, and strained through bolting silk. The diatoms that pass through the bolting silk are placed in the dishes contain- ing the larvae. As the larvae increase in size and vigor food is added in greater quantities. With this method I raised Platynereis embryos to adult worms in one- |half-gallon Mason jars kept tightly sealed and never once opened during | ten months. My experience in rearing marine invertebrates from eggs—Asterias, Arbacia, Echinarachnius, Nercis, Platynereis, Pectenaria, Diopatra, Chaet- opterus, and Mytilus—indicates that the most essential point is to know when to begin feeding. In general food must not be given until the larvae have used the oil and yolk present in the eggs. This is readily ascertained in all the forms named except the echinoderms, since the oil particularly is well defined. For the echinoderms a few trials will indicate the proper time for the introduction of food. MetHops For REMOVING THE JELLY FROM THE EGGS OF ARBACIA AND OF ECHINARACHNIUS. For various kinds of experimental work the removal of the jelly en- closing eggs of Arbacia and of Echinarachinius is frequently desirable. This is generally accomplished by treating the eggs with HCl in sea-water. The jelly may also be removed by shaking. Both methods may be in- jurious to the eggs. It has sometimes been stated that the presence of the jelly hulls around echinid ova is necessary for the separation of the vitelline mem- brane, the normal response to insemination (McClendon, Elder and Gray.) Upon this statement theories of the mechanism of membrane separation have been fabricated. That the presence of the egg-jelly is not necessary for membrane separation has been abundantly shown by several workers, notably Harvey, Lillie, Just and Hobson. The fact that shed eggs which in some instances are devoid of jelly, on insemination separate perfectly normal membranes argues against any necessary role of the jelly in the process of membrane separation. Moreover, frequently through shaking the eggs lose their jelly but retain their capacity to separate membranes. |Centrifuging removes the jelly without impairing the normal response of the eggs to insemination. What is true, therefore, is not that the egg- jelly is the sine qua non for this response, but that the methods for its| removal may be deleterious to the eggs themselves. This is eminently true of HCl in sea-water. HCI in sea-water, employed to remove the jelly from eggs of Arbacia and of Echinarachmus, may be harmful to the eggs either because the concentration of the acid is too great or the washing in sea-water sub- sequent to the acid treatment is not sufficiently thorough. The concentra- tion is important because increase of acidity blocks fertilization. Accord- (Continued on Page 8) PAGE SEVEN ZEISS Se HOMAL LENSES for correcting the curvature of the image produced by the microscope objectives. Es- pecially intended for photo- micrography. Homals are primarily constructed for use with apochromatic objectives. They cannot be used for direct vis- ual observation. Homals form a sharp image on a plane of the curved image of a flat object as produced by a micro- scope objective. The optical system composed of microscope objective and Homal forms accordingly a plane image of a plane object after the manner of an aplanatie photo- graphic lens. Microscopie objectives can be grouped into three classes in respect to the curvature of the image produced by them and three corresponding Homals are provided. All have the same focal length, viz. 20 mm. Homal No. I. for use with apochro- matic objectives 10 n. a. 0.30 and 20 n. a. 0.65 and achromatic objec- tives 6 n. a. 0.17 to 20 n. a. 0.40. Homal No. III for use with apochro- matic objectives 40 n. a. 0.95 and 60 n. a. 0.95 and achromatic ob- jectives 40 n. a. 0.65 to 90 n. a. 0.90 as well as achromatic water im- mersion 40 n. a. 0.75 and the achro- matic homogeneous immersion 50 n. a. 0.85 Homal No. IV for use with water im- mersion and oil immersion ob- jectives of higher apertures. Price $19.50 each, f.o.b., New York Homals have a larger diameter than standard oculars and require an Adapter, priced at $2.50. For use with microscopes of other than Zeiss manufacture an additional adapting ring, priced at $3.00, is required. Further information is contained in leaflet Micro 390 You are invited to call at our Showrooms when in New York. We are within five minutes’ walk from Grand Central Terminal, be- tween 41st and 42nd Streets, op- posite the Library. A large selec- tion of instruments is on display and special demonstrations are ar- ranged upon appointment. CARL ZEISS, INC. 485 Fifth Avenue New York Pacific Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles Calif. i eS a A eS PAGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET fait sisccnistcisinie GOLD SEAL Non-Corrosive German i Microscopic. COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog The hard glass used is made after a special, tried formula for the express purpose of making it non-corrosive un- der all conditions. This we GUARANTEE! Gold Seal Cover Glasses are uniform in thickness, evenly cut, free from bubbles, scratches and imperfections. All established sizes and thinnesses Square Round Rectangular Look For on every 1% oz. box. At your dealer or write to CLAY-ADAMS CO. IMPORTERS 117 E. 24th ST. NEW YORK Methods of Experimental Embryology (Continued from Page 7) ing to Smith the acid limit (of CO,-free sea-water) for a ten minute exposure for eggs of Arbacia and Asterias is about pH 4.4. That is, at this pH and below, the eggs are irreversibly injured. If the worker insists on using acid-sea-water to remove the egg-jelly he may find the following directions useful. Treat each of four to six lots of eggs from the same female, with 50cc of HCl-sea-water of pH ranging from 3.5 (eggs exposed for 5 minutes) to 5.0 (egys exposed for 8 minutes). Wash the eggs thoroughly by carrying them over, with as little of the acid sea-water as possible, to 1000 cc, of normal sea-water in a large flat bottom dish of 3000 cc. capacity. Gently stir the water with a circular motion when the eggs have settled, in order to bring them to the centre of the dish. Pipette them off and place in 1000 cc. of fresh sea-water. Take samples of each lot and inseminate. At least one lot should show as many membranes as the untreated in- seminated eggs—if no lot gives this result, the eggs have suffered from the acid treatment. If, however, one or more of the samples show normal membranes following insemination, take additional samples from the orig- inal lots and without insemination examine each in turn under the micro- scope for the presence of the jelly. | When in a single layer eggs with jelly touch each other, eggs without jelly cannot. Or, if the eggs be placed in a suspension of Chinese ink, made by grinding up the end of a stick of ink in sea-water, particles of ink will be seen close to the eggs without jelly and as far away from each egg with jelly as the width of its jelly. On the whole, I regard removal of the egg-jelly by means of acid sea-water as unsatisfactory. In order to be sure of success one must use several concentrations because of the individual and seasonal variations of the eggs. Under the most favorable conditions the washing subsequent to acid treatment is laborious and time consuming if one needs a large number of eggs. Shaking will remove the egg-jelly, but in my experience is uncertain when the eggs are at their seasonal optimum. Toward the end of the breeding season the jelly is more easily removed; indeed, eggs then fre- quently lose their jelly on standing in normal sea-water without any treat- ment. Nor can I recommend the KCN method of Vles. I find that the simplest and most effective method for removing the jelly from eggs of Arbacia and of Echinarachnius is to put them through bolting silk. In this way the eggs are in no wise impaired, as can be demon- strated by the fact that they separate membranes at the rate, of the quality and of the per cent. identical with eggs from the same female which possess jelly hulls. One merely pours the eggs onto the wetted bolting silk stretched over a finger bowl containing sea-water. There is only one precaution : one must not use pressure—e. g., by pouring eggs from a height greater than three or four centimeters. Eggs examined under the micro- scope in a suspension of Chinese ink in sea-water are found free of jelly. If some eggs still possess jelly they are put through the bolting silk again. I have used this method for several years now. After rather tedious comparisons with the other methods named, I can safely say that it is the best. Metuops For REMOVING THE VITELLINE MEMBRANE FROM INSEMINATED Eccs or ARBACIA AND OF ECHINARACHNIUS. A great deal of experimental work has been done on echinid ova whose vitelline membranes have been removed after their separation as the result of insemination or of treatment with butyric acid. As soon as completely separated the membranes are most readily removed. This is generally ac- complished by: shaking. But there is a great deal of evidence to indicate that at this time the eggs are very susceptible to shaking. Boveri and more recently Painter used shaking for the specific purpose of modifying the development of echinid eggs. I should say that any experimental work based on eggs whose membranes have been removed, immediately after separation, by shaking or by similar methods, is of doubtful value. The membranes can, however, be removed without the slightest injury. to the eggs. For this purpose again I use bolting silk. The method is as follows. Eggs from one female known by previous trial inseminations to be of optimum fertilization capacity, as revealed by the speed and quality of the cortical reactions induced by insemination, are used. About two minutes after insemination when the membranes are equidistant from the egg surface at all points—i. e., the perivitelline space is of equal width through- out—the egg suspension is very gently poured onto wetted bolting silk. As the eggs pass through the mesh, they lose their membranes. A good plan is to put the eggs through the silk three times—at ninety, one hundred twenty and one hundred fifty seconds after insemination in order to allow for any individual differences in their insemination time. Practically one hundred per cent. of the eggs will thus be freed of their membranes. Eggs without membranes should never be crowded; they should lie in one layer well spaced in plenty of sea-water. ( To be Continued ) B. WESTERMANN © HH atl OP 13 West 46th St. New York Booksellers and Publishers Foreign and Domestic. General and Scientific Books in all Languages Catalogues sent on request. Living and Preserved BIOLOGICAL SPECIMENS Representing all types, for the Laboratory, Museum or Special Re- search. In addition to all of the widely used forms, we specialize in important southern species not ob- tainable elsewhere. Also head- quarters for Microscopic Slides, Life Histories, Demonstrations, Insect Collections, Skeletons, ete. The best service on living ma- terial such as giant southern Bull- frogs, Amphiuma, Alligators, Turtles, Crayfish, Clams, Protozoa and Aquarium Animals and Plants. Information and catalogs on re- quest. All material guaranteed without reservations. Our Research Department and Live Materials Establishment are features of our organization, Our research publications are sent up- on request to any biologist. SOUTHERN BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY COMPANY Natural History Building New Orleans Louisiana THE COLLECTING NET The Behavior of Mutable Genes An evening lecture bearing the above title was delivered on July 13. The authors summary and a review of the lecture follow. Dr. M. DEMERIC Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. In addition to genes which behave as very constant units there are genes known which change with a high frequency, viz. which are in a a mutable condition. About fifty mutable genes have been described in plants and 5 or 6 in Drosophila. They determine different color char- acters (chlorophyll and anthocyan; variegations in plants, and body and eye colors of Drosophila virilis and: melanogaster), different morpholog- ical characters (shape and size of leaves and flowers in plants, and miniature wings, in D. virilis), and also different degrees of sterility (in plants). The majority of known mutable genes mutate in all stages of the development in somatic cells as well as in the germ- cells. Mutable genes are known, however, with mutability restricted to a definite period of development. The most restricted mutability known at present has the gene for reddish body color character of D virilis, which mutates at the reduc tion division of heterozygous fe- males only. The frequency of mut- ability of reddish is fairly low (1-10%) when compared to the frequency of mutability of other mutable genes. In the case of red- dish a relation was found to exist between the occurrence of reversions and the crossing over in the reddish- scute region. In that region cross- ing over in the reverted classes is increased—from 6 to 132 percent as compared to crossing over in the normal classes. A mutability al- most restricted to the maturation division was also found in plants (Plantago, Pharbitis). By a method developed by E. G. Anderson, the frequency of somatic mutability of color characters could be measured for several cell genera- tions, and the frequency of relative mutability could be determined. The relative frequency of mutability is the frequency of mutability in one cell generation as compared to the frequency of mutability in another cell generation. The absolute fre- quency of mutability is the total frequency of mutability in all cell generations. The curves for the relative frequency of mutability of four genes of Delphinium and one gene of Maize indicated that one gene of Delphinium (pale green ccylorophyll) mutated with almost equal frequency during 6 meas- ured cell generations; in the case of two other genes of Delphinium (white chlorophyll and rose flower color) the frequency of mutability was constant during five generations but increased in the sixth generation from fifteen to about forty percent ; the increase in the mutability of the gene for variegated pericarp of maize (data of Anderson and Eyster) is pronounced in the fourth cell generation; the peak, however is attained in the sixth cell generation; finally the gene for lavender color character of Delphinium has a very low frequency in the first five meas- ured cell generations and a very high frequency in the sixth cell genera- tion. All measurements were made during the sixth generations toward the end of the development of the measured organ (leaf, petal or seed. ) In the case of mutable genes of Delphinium no genetic change in the relative frequency of mutations has been noticed. The absolute frequency of muta- bility is very variable. In the case of color variegations, light and dark variegated lines can easily be es- tablished by selection. The selection was found also to be very effective in the case of mutable characters of Drosophila virilis. It has been possible by selection to increase or decrease in a small number of gener- ations the frequency of somatic or germinal mutability of the miniature wing character. The results of dif- ferent experiments indicated that the change in the mutability effect- ed by selection was due to the isola- tion of different modifiers which stimulate the mutability of min- iature. It has been found that the mutable miniature in a certain gen- etic environment behaves as almost constant. Fwo dominant genes were isolated, one of which stimulated miniature to mutate with a very high frequency in somatic cells only (pro- ducing mosaics) not affecting at all the mutability at maturation divis- ions (germinal mutability). The other gene stimulated the germinal mutability of miniature’ not affect- ing its somatic mutability. By com- | bining miniature with the gene which stimulates somatic mutability a line has been obtained producing one hundred percent of mosaic flies without giving any germinal changes. The miniature of that line duplicates the behavior of spotting in mammals. The great majority of known mutable genes mutate in one direc- tion only, viz. from the mutant to the wild type. Ina few cases, how- ever, it is known that the change in the opposite direction may occur also, but with a very low frequency. In the case of miniature a con-- stant miniature was obtained from the mutable one. (Continued on Page 10) PAGE NINE NEW SPENCER MICROSCOPE No. 44M-H WITH: i. Real Mechanical Stage (ungrad- uated)—permanently attached to the square microscope stage. MI. Fork-type Substage, operated by rack and pinion—a universal sub- stage taking all conceivable sub- stage accessories—condenser, lamp, dark-field illuminator, polarizing apparatus, ete., etc. III. Combined Divisible Substage Con- denser, for long and short focus work and for dark-field illumina- tion. This microscope has been designed for the convenience of those who prefer a square stage microscope and yet want Now on exhibit a real mechanical stage permanently 5 attached, having sufficient range of in the motion to completely cover the usual Old Lecture Hall 3” x 1” microscope slide. Spencer Lens Company Manufacturers SPENCER Microscopes, Microtomes, Delineascopes, Optical SPENCER Measuring Instruments, Dissecting Instruments, Ete. BUFFALO, N. Y. BRANCHES: NEW YORK, BOSTON, CHICAGO, SAN FRANCISCO WASHINGTON. LABORATORY APPARATUS and SUPPLIES Our General Laboratory and Museum Supplies Include: Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Osteological Preparations, Natural History Specimens and Prepara- tions, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Glass Jars, Microscopes and Accessories. Biological and General Laboratory Supplies THE KNY-SHEERER CORPORATION OF AMERICA 10-14 West 25th Street, New York City. Dept. of Natural Science, G. Lagai, Ph. D. PAGE TEN THE COLLECTING NET THE BEHAVIOR OF MUTABLE - GENES (Continued from Page 9) In an attempt to explain the mut- able condition of certain genes hypotheses were proposed (Correns, Anderson, Eyster) which assume that these genes are complex structures composed of smaller gen- etic units. The changes observed, according to these hypotheses, are due to the mechanical assortments of these small units. The evidence ac- cumulated up to the present time is more against than in favor of that hypotheses An assumption that the frequent mutability is due to chemical liability of the gene could also account for all of the ob- served facts. Still other hpyotheses may prove useful. REVIEW Carvin B. BripGEs Member of the Staff, Carnegie Institution. The highest interest in genes which mutate with exceptional fre- quency lies in the possibility which they offer of obtaining more infor- mation upon the internal structure of the mutable genes, and of genes as a class. It has been tacitly but rather generally as- sumed that the gene is the basic structure in the series of units concerned with heredity. The chromosome, the group of chromo- somes (n), the nuclear outfit, (e.g., 4n) and the total cell have been recognized as higher units. Men- delian phenomena deal with living material at the level of organization of the gene, as chemistry deals with matter at the level of organization of atoms and the combination of atoms into molecules. But the physicist penetrates below the atom, and deals with its properties as the outcome of definite internal struc- ture of which the units are the nucleus and the peripheral zone, and these in turn are analyzed into pos- itive and negative electrons, regu- larly disposed. Similarly, the prop- erties of a gene and of different genes must be accounted for in terms of the internal structure of the gene. The question at issue is how many levels of organization intervene be- tween the gene, which is a living unit, and the chemistry level of non- living atoms. Stated more specific- ally, is the gene directly composed of atoms, thereby ranking as a single molecule, or is it one level higher, ranking as a molecular aggregate? In the first case the transformaiton of an original gene into a new gene, the mutant gene, is a chemical event concerned with the kind of basic structure, the character of the radi- cals and the atomic relations direct- ly. must also start from a direct change in the constitution of a molecule; but the observable mutative change in the organism may then be the re- sult of a totally different process, In the second case mutation. namely, the change in the propor- tions of the original type of genic molecule to the mutant type of genic molecule. After the first step the gene consists of n—1 original type molecules and one mutant-type mole- cule. The different action of the one mutant-type molecule may well be swamped by the standard action of the n—1 molecules. Presumably each molecule reproduces itself in- dependently, but with a rate approx- | imately the same for all, and within the limit imposed by the necessity of completing a reproduction in time for a daughter molecule to be in- cluded in each of the daughter units of the next higher aggregate. Re- production should ordinarily main- tain the original ratio, just as the different chromosomes of a group of chromosomes are maintained in their original ratio during succes- sive nuclear divisions. But accidents might occur, which would throw both daughter mole- cules into the same daughter gene, giving a slightly different ratio of mutant and original-type molecules in the mixture. The total molecules of that gene have meanwhile in- creased by one, but in the other daughter molecule it has decreased by one. There would presumably be physical limits regulating roughly the size to which a gene might at- tain by change in number of con- stituent molecules and still be stable. Change in the ratio of two types of molecules might soon give a ratio in which the mutant type of mole- cule would produce an effect. The gene would then manifest itself as a mutant allelomorph. If the changes in ratio were relatively rapid, the gene would seem to be highly mut- able, although the origination of the new type of gene element occurred only the once in the ancestry of the gene. A mixed gene of this type would be expected to shift, mainly by chance, in the direction of a higher ratio of the original type of mole- cule or of the mutant type of mole- cule. As long as the sorting out of the gene elements has not been com- pleted, mutants to more extreme allelomorphic genes or to less ex- treme allelomorphs would be pos- sible. In one of the strains of corn worked with by Eyster, the general color of the pericarp is an orange, of deeper or lighter tone, the tone being interpretable as an index of the ratio of red to white gene ele- ments present. This orange back- ground gives place to variegations by the appearance side by side of a 'red and of a white stripe of ap- proximately equal widths. In this case it seems clear that the two stripes go back to a cell division which produced two daughter cells, one,of which may be assumed to have had a preponderance of the red genels and the other of the white genels. But this type of viariegation seems to be the exception rather than the rule; usually the stripe repre- | The Chromosomes of Drosophila Melanogaster Dr. CALVIN B, BRIDGES Member of the Staff, The Carnegie Institution. Dr. Bridges presented a paper bear- ing the above title at the Research Seminar on July 10. The author’s summary and a review of the paper follow. To arrive at a detailed knowledge of the morphological characteristics of the chromosomes of Drosophila melanogaster has been a slow pro- cess. One reason for this is the ex- ceedingly small size of the chromo- somes. The smallest chromosomes are spherical and approximately .2 micron in diameter, or very near the limit of resolvability of the micro- scope, while the remaining elongated chromosomes are not over .3 micron in diameter. About twenty-five years ago Dr. Nettie Stevens made some thousands of preparations, from which she de- termined that in the female there are four pairs of chromosomes, viz., a pair of very tiny spheres, two pairs of V-shaped chromosomes, and a pair of rods. The members of each pair tended strongly to lie closely side by side, a condition that Dr. Metz has since found is even more senting cells carrying the mutant gene is an island surrounded on both sides by the original type of cell. Perhaps even in these cases a similar stripe of opposite deviation does exist, but the original mixture was near a critical value on one side only, and accordingly a slight shift in that direction would give a mutant gene and stripe, while a shift of the same absolute amount in the oppo- site direction in the other daughter gene and cell would leave that mix- ture still far from the critical con- centration that would produce an ap- parent effect in the opposite direc- tion. It seems definitely established in the case of calico variegated corn, and in the reddish mutation in Dros- ophila virilis, that the heterozygous | condition somehow favors the ap- pearance of the mutant change. In reddish the favorable effect seems to be related to the closeness of synapsis of the two chromosomes, one of which carries the reddish gene, while the other carries an al- lelomorph of reddish. That there is a mingling of the constituents of the two genes, followed by reparti- tion in a ratio other than the ratio at combination, would seem a log- ical deduction. “An escape of the products of one type of gene into the general miliew and their utiliza- tion by the allelomorphic gene that was already relatively closely sim- ilar in structure might be imagined. At present the facts in evidence are just enough to arouse intense inter- est without giving a decisive answer. pronounced in the prophases. In the male, Dr. Stevens found an un- | equal pair that she interpreted as the X and the Y. My own prepara- tions showed that the longer chromo- some is the Y and that the XY pair consists of a rod-like X, similar to the pair in the female, and a Y- ||chromosome, which is not only longer than the X but is different in shape, being an unequal-armed V, or a J-shaped chromosome. Definite identification of these chromosomes as the X and the Y came as the result of genetical studies. From these it was predict- ed that certain cultures, in which sex-linked characters were giving a small definite percentage of excep- tions to the rule, should have an extra Y-chromosome. Cytological examination showed this to be true, and the extra Y-chromosome was the J-shaped chromosome. This finding showed also that the rod- like chromosome with which the Y is associated, is the X, and that this chromosome is in reality the carrier of the genes of the sex-linked characters. The identification of the small round chromosome as the bearer of the small fourth group of linked genes was made definite through cytological examniation of speci- mens which had been diagnosed (Continued on Page 11) —— nt? ot OF eae $85.00 A portable set in carrying case with handle is also supplied. Write for prices Field sets in carrying QUALITY. CA Sian of Quality leLC W. M. Welch Scientific Company Manufacturers, Importers and Exporters of Scientific Apparatus and School Supplies Chicago, Ill, U.S. A. CA Mark of Service 1516 Orleans Street AGE TEN THE COLLECTING NET REVIEW D. H. TENNENT (Continued from Page 9) rays, and that they exist only if rays are distinct, are based on the study of a large number of living eggs and of eggs fixed by a variety of fluids. Professor Dr. George,A. Harrop, Associate in Medicine at Johns Hopkins University Medical School has left Woods Hole to resume his work in Baltimore. IN THE NEXT ROOM ~= It is a pity that the Guild has of late lapsed into the bad habit of raising the curtain fifteen or twenty minutes late. We realize that they are playing before a limited audi- ence which they cannot afford to| coerce to their demands; neverthe- | less, with a little more efficient man- agement and more firmness in re- At the close of the second part of the program one of last year’s favorites, “The Gipsy” by Zolota- rieff, was given, and repeated, in response to enthusiastic applause. To those who heard it for the first time the concluding ‘“Hi-ya!’”” came as a disconcerting surprise, which undoubtedly stimulated interest in In the study of living eggs under high magnification, Dr. Fry found that the central areas of both cyt- asters and nuclear asters are struct- ureless and hyaline, and he believes | hearing the number again. The members of the Choral Society are to be commended for their modesty in attributing the chief measure of their success to the whole hearted and energetic work of Professor Gorokhoff who directed the rehearsals last Fall and CHORAL SOCIETY IN SUCCESS- through the present summer to such FUL CONCERT surprising effect. The Woods Hole community is greatly indebted to Mr. Gorokhoff’s genius for making these lovely things possible. One spect to seating late-comers, the In the Next Room, the play pre- | audience could soon be taught the sented this week by the University|virtues of promptness and the in- Players’ Guild, was very favorably | creased pleasure and comfort would that if the central granules seen on received. This week’s production be well worth the effort. the slides of fixed asters were pre-) aS @ mystery play, in contrast to Vip ie sent as such in the living egg it is 'those given before. The solution of \the unexpected deaths of two of the |characters remained obscure until | well into the last act, when it was probable that they would be visible. Dr. Fry’s conclusions can be re- garded as radical only if one ac- cepts his preliminary statement as |cleverly exposed. to the nature of current opinion con-| The plot was built around the inal « cedond arimuslneontereentne cerning the structure and behavior | portation by Mr. Vantine of alwWoods Hale Creed ea eee f central bodies. The reviewer|mysterious Bo i Thich ind _: , ; ~~ |would think that after a strenuous of ce he pee mysterious Boule cabinet, which in given to an interested audience in| Ik é had been of the opinion that follow-'itself carried the cause of all the); the Laboratory Auditorium fast | Winter with the students of Smith ing the reaction against the idea of |tragedies which occurred. The death Saturday, aveainee The program |College, the Director would feel the the “quadrille of the centers, and'!of its owner followed closely upon|-—.. i ae =“, |need of a complete rest. With the . ‘ = Sey seems to have been unusually well largely as a result of the observa-|the similar fate of one of the con- j balanced and exceptionally well pre spirit of a missionary for better tions of Morgan, Wilson and Her-|spirators. A dectective agency | ae pe Na toa 2 E Aah 33 sented, judging from the diversity music, however, Mr. (Gotaiag lant on “artificial” astrospheres” or | added considerable action in the last | 45 fay, ae bess Readies lose each year to take up the cytasters, there had been, at least| part of the first act, though it was Rees er ae a ree work begun two years ago among so far as the echinoderm egg is con-|unsuccessful in presenting an ex- corral ee eae Z the Laboratory, and nearby, lovers cerned, a distinct modification of the] planation of the problem. Another Me nate e of vocal music. It is needless to say idea that the central body of the|‘tfamous detective”, from Scotland that we hope he will continue to find spermatozoon gives rise to the sperm| Yard of course, brought a surpris- in Woods Hole sufficient interest to aster. ing complication into the story. The make the Choral Society a live and Although the opinions of some|other characters, each in his own productive organization. investigators concerning the genetic peculiar way, also attempted, very The work of Mrs. Selig Hecht at continuity of centrosomes may have | interestingly, to arrive at a solution the piano contributed greatly to the thus changed, the fact remains that|of the mystery. In the end, the dis- brilliancy of several numbers on it is commonly accepted that there | closure of the agents involved in the the second part of the program ig a central granule, or granules, in| plot, carried with it a distinct ele- which were not sung a capella. In cytasters and sperm asters. It is|ment of surprise. pointing out those who helped to this assumption that Dr, Fry ssre- make the concert a success Mrs. sults attack. The interest that his Hecht’s contribution must not be paper has aroused should stimulate passed over in silence. This will investigation on this subject in other especially appeal to anyone who has and related forms, investigations 5 7 helped train any singing group which may well proceed along lines 2 ine ye Pp along s through the long and trying process of a Fry’s carefully planned re- of rounding a program into present- search. able form . Drs. Keefe, Packard and Mrs. Stokey Evans, the offiecrs of the The program opened with a group of four sacred numbers sung a capella. Two of these were of the Italian polyphonic school, the two others from the modern pre-Soviet Russian school. It would be hard to single out any of the numbers in this group for special mention, but the general opinion seems to favor “Tu es Petrus” of Palestrina, and “God is with Us” of Kastalsky, as the high lights of the first part of the program. The latter derived much of its charm from the rich alto voice of Mrs. Eva Stokey Evans as she chanted the famous Christmas Lesson, “Give ear, all ye of far countries,” against a background of softly modulated voices repeating the phrase: “God is with Us.” Of the players, perhaps Mr. Van- tine and Parks, his butler, were the |most outstanding in their manner of presentation. The parts were played by Bretaigne Windust of Princeton and F. Kent Smith of Harvard, who produced some very interesting acting, and together con- stituted the most entertaining ele- ments of the play. The necessary element of ro- mance was provided by an attrac- tive pair of young people. The \girl, at the end of the play, was told by the criminal, when she caused | his capture, that a woman in love could outwit ten demons. The roles On Sunday afternoon the mem- bers of the Woods Hole Choral Society attended a reception and tea at the J. P. Warbasse home on Penzance Point in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Gorokhoff. Part of the time was spent singing certain numbers of the previous evening’s program The second part of the program, and by far the longer, presented types beginning with the early Eng- lish polyphony of Purcell, and the English folk song as harmonized by Holst; down through the Victorian English of Gilbert and Sullivan, to (Continued on Page 11) Living and Preserved from memory. Professor Gorok-|°- 4. ; ‘of *S|the modern Belgian school repre- BIOLOGICAL hoff gave an impromptu talk on the i the lovers were) vetyssais i sented by Gaevart, and the Russians SPECIMENS history of the ecclesiastical music | y carried by Frances Small of | of the same period, Rimsky-Korsak- Radcliffe and Erik Barnouw of Princeton. As is usual in mystery plays, the of the modern Russian school. Many bits of information came as a decided surprise to the guests who off and Arkhangelsky. Among these numbers, the devo- tees of Gilbert and Sullivan were The best service on living ma- terial such as giant southern Bull- . y n = Hy 1 < . f ’ A i , i heard him. No one, perhaps, re- characters of the police detectives especially pleased with “Brightly iardos, Gatch Cea ee alizes the important part the choir! Were overdrawn. It seems to be a)Dawns our Wedding Day,” the|]| and Aquarium Animals and schools for Russian youth played in characteristic of mystery stories in|madrigal from “The Mikado.” |{ Plants. the development of many of the general to represent detectives as gigantic figures of modern music. extremely loud - mouthed, cigar - (chewing individuals who rant and shriek about in a most ineffectual Others in the audience were taken by the brilliant “Spinning Top” of Rimsky-Korsakoff, a number so different from the much used,—and Information and catalogs on re- quest. Dr. A. A. Weech who was in- All material guaranteed without structor in research medicine at the|™anner. Gerald Harrington of Har- abused,—‘‘Songs” from “Sadko” reservations. Johns Hopkins University Medical vard upheld this traditional repre-|and “Coq d'Or.” The two numbers School for two years has recently |Sentation of a detective only too|hy Arkhangelsky were as much in SOUTHERN left this country to take the position well. | favor this year as were the numbers of associate professor in pediatrics The lines of the play were in| by the same composer on last year’s BIOLOGICAL at the Peking Union Medical School. themselves quite clever and called) program. Common consent, how- Dr. Weech has worked at the forth many hearty laughs from the/ever, seems to give first place to Marine Biological laboratory for the |audience, particularly in the old|“Dusk of Night,” perhaps because past two summers. The position | favorite scene of the proposal and|of its unusually marked rhythm _ that he vacates will be filled by Dr. j of breaking the news to the guard-| which constitutes a sort of military H. A. Abramson. jlan. march for voice. : SUPPLY COMPANY Natural History Building Louisiana New Orleans CHORAL SOCIETY IN SUCCESS- | FUL CONCERT (Continued from Page 10) Choral Society, have requested us in the name of all those interested in the concert, to express their sincere thanks to the many patrones- ses who contributed so materially to the success of the undertaking. The program and the encores in the order in which they were given are as follows: It, 1. Ave Maria J. Arcadelt 2. Tues Petrus G. P. da Palestrina 3. Cherubim Song G. Musitcheskoo 4. God is With Us A. D. Kastalsky ne 1. Brightly Dawns Our Wedding Day W. Gilbert, A. Sullivan 2. With Drooping Wings HA .Purcell 3. Colletta F: A. Gevaert 4. I Love My Love G. 7. Holst 5. Spinning Top N. A. Rimsky-Korsakoff Oh, If Mother Volga (Encore) S. W. Pantchenko 6. Dusk of Night A. Arkhangelsky 7. The Brook A. Arkhangelsky The Gipsy (Encore) W. Zolotarie ff Ow Classes VALEDICTORY The Editor has insisted that there be one more class column. We pro- tested that the classes have gone. “That,” said he, “is something. Work it up into a column.” Then the editor left town. In revenge we borrowed the Ed- itor’s Thesaurus Dictionary, looked up “they have left’ under “leave”, and found the classes have done all sorts of things that we never ex- pected of them. There are head- ings: adjunct - remnant, leave-pro- hibition, union-disunion, quest- eva- sion, action-passiveness, contented- ness, regret, transcursion-shortcom- ing, appearance-disappearance, mark obuteration, carefulness - neglect, conventionality - conventionality (there’s a lead!), liberty-subjection completion - non-completion, sa- gacity-incapacity, arrival-departure. We had never had any experience in making use of a “treasure house of words and knowledge’, and tracked down some of these hyphen- ated anomolies only to be astounded by the possibilities of the English tongue! Most of them were false leads and we would find ourselves tearing up some cul-de-sac sniffing out a word like “Hegira” which we found out was a flight of Mohammed from Mecca, Sept.. 13; 622 A. D. We wondered what ‘“‘mark-oblitera- tion” had to do with packing a trunk and going off and we found that a mark was what a person didn’t leave. That didn’t seem to apply to the case in hand. We tried the carefulness- neglect track, and found that that applied only if the person or persons THE COLLECTING NET leaving Woods Hole ‘left out of their calculations.” We are becoming more and more puzzled! Did all the scientists who have departed this last week leave alone (action-passiveness)? If so, what did they leave—a void (con- tentedness-regret), not a rack be- hind (appearance - disappearance), a word (enlightenment-secrecy), or the beaten track (conventionality- unconventionality) ? And if they did leave whatever it was, did they leave it to itself, to chance, in a lurch, ad referendum, unfinished, or undone? We shudder at the possibilities, we adjunct-remnants who remain. But this much we insist we know— they are gone! They have flown away, gone forth, got under way, hoisted the blue peter, issued, put to sea, retired, sallied forth, set sail, struck tents, taken wing, vacated, walked their chalks, weighed anchor, abandoned, absconded, cut their stick, decamped, departed. They, like Mohammed have made their Hegira. They have left. E-xeunt omnes! BARN BURNED IN WOODS HOLE Fire Believed of Incendiary Origin Destroys C. R. Crane Property (Standard Cape Cod Bureau) Woods Hole, July 31—The old Jim Hatch barn on the Coonemes- sett ranch belonging to Charles R. Crane, New York and Woods Hole, was burned to the ground early this morning by fire believed to be of incendiary origin. The blaze was discovered by Eugene Fisher and his daughter, Miss Agnes Fisher, who live on an adjoining farm, at 1:50 A. M. today. When discovered the fire had made good headway, and by the time the fire department reached the barn after a nine mile run, the building was doomed. The theory of incendiarism was advanced by Fire Chief Ray D. Wells. This is the second suspected incendiary fire within a few weeks, the barn on the Dutra place, which is now a part of Coonemessett ranch, having burned about three weeks ago. There was one horse in the barn which it was impossible to rescue. Perley Jordan, the head farmer at the ranch, said that ordinarily there would have been cattle and more horses in the barn, but the cattle were in the pasture. A short time ago, Mr. Jordan sold several horses. Mr. Jordan said there was no green hay in the barn which might have caused the fire and he agreed with Chief Wells that the fire was set. Neighbors who saw the fire said that it seemed to start in the center of the barn. The firemen pulled the burning barn down so that there would be less danger to adjoining property from flying sparks. There was no clue as to who set the fire. PAGE ELEVEN The Elizabeth Theatre HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS FALMOUTH, MASS. Shows Begin at 8.00. Performance Continues Until 10.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7:00 and 9:00 O’clock Monday and Tuesday August 13-14 University Players Guild Wednesday, August 15 “THE LEGION OF THE CONDEMNED” with FAY WRAY—GAREY COOPER Admission 50c Children 25c¢ Thursday, August 16 “OLD IRONSIDES” with ESTER RALSTON and CHARLES FARRELL Admission 50c Children 25c Friday, August 17 “THE HEADMAN” with CHARLES MURRAY Benefit of the Museum Association Saturday, August 18 “LITTLE SHEPHERD OF KINGDOM COME” with RICHARD BARTHELMESS Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN & BRO. Thos. Malehman, Prop. CLOTHIERS, HATTERS and FURNISHERS Main Street Falmouth Telephone Connection IDEA RESTAURANT Main Street Dresses Woods Hole Linens — _ Laces Fine Toilet Articles Elizabeth Arden Coty Yardley Choice Bits from Pekin MRS. WEEKS SHOPS FALMOUTH SAM’S SHINE PARLOR Ladies’ Gent’s A special chair and Children’s Shoes Shined for ladies and children We make a specialty of cleaning all kinds of white shoes. MAIN ST FALMOUTH, MASS. EE rey Marine Biological Laboratory Supply Department FOR THE BEST BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL CLASSROOM MATERIAL MUSEUM SPECIMENS ' LIFE HISTORIES Samples of different preparations on exhibit. Catalogues and Information Furnished by Applying at Supply Department Office. Grorce M. Gray, Curator. eS EE HOYT L. SAVERY GENERAL TRUCKING Woods Hole, Mass. Tel. 696-2 (Day or Night Service) Buick Closed Cars for Hire Sand — Gravel — Loam — Stone SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 660-661 Woods Hole and Falmouth Follow the Crowd to DANIELS’ for Home-made Ice Cream, Delicious Sandwiches, Coffee, PICNIC LUNCHES OME FURNISHERS - FALMOUTH MASS PAGE TWELVE THE COLLECTING NET a TY ROOMS AVAILABLE THIS WEEK IN WOODS HOLE Louise and Elisabeth Mast Leaders in the manufacture of Microtomes - . Oo Name Address 2 3 Somers Comments Microscopes and Accessories RD 9 & ©. Ay 3 : Projection A ul Avery House Main Street large 2 single 4 1 $20 Running water J pparatus large 1 double 3 1 20 Photomicrographic Cameras large 1 double 4 1 20 large 1 double. 1 1 -12 Field Glasses large 1 double 1 1 12 large double 1 1 12 Botanical Apparatus small 1 single 1 1 12 { Breakwater Hotel West Street single 48-72 American Plan Photographic Lenses double 2 Mrs.Densmore’ School St. med. 1 double 3 1 12 Centrifuges med. 1 double 1 1 2 - a ae Haemocytometers Hamblin House Government St. 1 double 10-20 7 2 double Spectrometers Little Harbor Inn Government St. single 35-40 American plan double Refractometers iere -leasant St. med. 2 single 2 1 12 4 Mrs. Bierce Pleasan ec Gulonimeters Mrs. Larkin, Pleasant St. med. 1 double 2 1 10 B h & Lomt : (ee ORGIES cS al ae ausc omb ; arge 2 sing 2 2 aed Mier and Other Optical Products Mrs. Nickerson Millfield St. small 1 single 2 1 8 Research Microscope med. Issincle: se e0: CDE large 1 double 38 1 25 Private entrance and bath. = single on adjoining sleeping porch. Quisset Ave. double rooms 8($#7 for one person) 75 years experience in the manufacture of Mrs. Robinson the finest in optical products - Since 1853. Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. THE STROLLING PLAYERR are coming to Woods Hole to give 3 ONE-ACT PLAYS for the benefit of THE COLLECTING NET Scholarship Fund on WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 22 ROCHESTER, NEW YORK America’s Leading Optical Institution New Leitz Microscope With Permanently Attached Mechanical Stage Microscope “LS-10” with rack and pinion substage with divisible condenser N. A. 1.20 (for work and darkfield illumination), attached iris diaphragm, Ask for those that you wish. regular Biological Red Book— Museum Catalog— triple dustproof nosepiece, oculars 6x and 10x, 4mm dry and Deseribes and illustrates Tur- tox Skeletons, Museum Prepa- rations, Life Histories, Dis- sections, Charts, Manikins and Anatomical Models. Turtox Preserved Materials for Zoology, Botany and Embry- ology. Over 250 illustrations of the common laboratory forms. achromatic objectives 16mm, 2mm oil immersion and mechanical stage (as illustrated), in hardwood carrying case, with lock and Model “LS-10” WRITE FOR PAMPHLET NO. 1130 (CN) Meerli 7, ING 60 EAST TENTH STREET NEW YORK, N. Y. Microscope Slide Catalog— Apparatus Catalog— key $125.00 é somes X Deseribes over one thousand Dagens. Gea Be ie To Institutions we grant a discount different prepared microscope cae ¢ ‘a : BY es 8, ra CG, F : : atus and chemical reagents for of 10%. slides for Zoology, Botany, E = manently attached and is offered | stage is permanently attached to This model of microscope has a full sized mechanical stage per- at an exceedingly attractive price (only $5.00 higher than similar without mechanical While the mechanical microscopes stage). the microscope stage in its con- struction, it is so arranged that it may be taken off the rack, the latter being screwed to the side Thus it square stage large of the microscope stage. renders the plain available for use with objects. Bacteriology, Histology and Neurology. One hundred orig- inal illustrations photomicrographs. made from Lantern Slide Catalog— Lists over 4,000 plain and color- ed slides for the sciences. biological the biological laboratory. High School Biology Catalog— iverything for introductory courses in Botany, Zoology, Physiology and Agriculture. Jewell Model Catalog— Models’ for and Embryology. color. Botany, Zoology Illustrated in Ducts The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction Ganeral Biological Supply House (Inec yrporated) 761-763 East 69th Place, Chicago, Illinois. : on 7m j y BA FO COD E p / a NS, j AG These Catalogs will be sent without charge. Volume III Number 7 WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, AUGUST 18, 1928. Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, 15¢ STAATLICHE BIOLOGISCHE ANSTALT ON HELIGOLAND | (GERMANY) | By Dr. W. MietcK | Director of the Institute Translated by Ex A. Wolf University of/ Pittsburgh | As early as the middle of the last} century, Heligoland, the small rocky | island in the North Sea, had become a much frequented place of research for the German biologists. Scient- ists of the caliber of the great biolo- | gist, Johannes Muller, and his fa-| mous student, Ernst Haeckel, and others carried out their funda- mental investigations on marine | animals and their development. The work unfortunately was greatly! handicapped by the lack of a labor-| atory, aquarium, suitable collecting | apparatus, etc.; in fact at this time the most essential technical means were lacking. The old wish of the German biologist, to find in Heligo- land a permanent well equipped place | of research, only materialized in 1890 when this hitherto British is- land was incorporated by exchange, | into the German Reich. Without delay the Prussian Ministry of Ed- ucation established there, under the | directorship of Professor Heincke, a biological institute which, from small beginnings, showed a continu- ous growth and development. Our island is surrounded by rocky cliffs with a rich fauna and flora and by rich fishing grounds with sand and mud bottoms, making it the best place for marine investiga- tions on the German coast. Whereas other European nations possess several marine laboratories, (Continued on Page 6) Currents in the Hole At the following hours the eurrent in the hole turns to run from Buz- zards Bay to Vineyard Sound: DATE AM. A.M. ATP US iD) 5 ce. cas 7:39 8:03 Aupust. 20.0... 8:24 8:51 INU SPT Ree 9:08 9:38 AUIPUSH HeLa oer 6). 9:57 10:38 UCT WIS i #28 ee 10.47 11:26 August 24... 00+... 11:46 AMIPUSt) 25). fo5 252 12:27 12:38 August 26.... 1:19 1:28 In each case the current changes six hours later and runs from the Sound to the Bay. M. 8. L. Calendar Monday, August 20 8:00 P.M. Evening Seminar. Dr. A. Franklin Shull, Professor of Zoology, Uni- versity of Michigan. ‘Develop- mental Response to Light and Temperature in Aphids.” Dr. Professor of Zoology, Washington University. “Light as a Factor in the Meta- morphosis of the Larva of As- cidians.” Dr. Marie A. Hinrichs, Research As- Caswell Grave, sociate in Physiology, University of Chicago. “Ultraviolet Radia- Stimulation and Inhibition.” Dr. E. A. Welf, Instructor of Zoology, University of Pittsburgh, Ultraviolet Miecro-radiator, made and inexpensive”. tion, “An home- Tuesday, August 21 8:00 P.M. Evening Lecture. Dr. H. U. Sverd- rup, Professor of Dynamic Meteor- Geophysical Institute, Ber- gen, Norway, “Experiences among the Siberian Natives and with Drift Illustrated. ology Ice.” Wednesday, August 22 8:30 P.M. Strolling M. B. L. Audi- torium. Friday, August 24 8:00 P. M. Evening Lecture. Dr. Felix Bern- stein, Director of the Institute for Mathematical Statistics, University of Goettingen. “Heredity and Human Races.” Players. STROLLING PLAYERS HERE NEXT WEDNESDAY EVENING Once more the season arrives when THE CotrectinGc NET staff sets its teeth, takes a long breath, and tries to accumulate a Scholar- ship Fund. Our fund is a floating one, not anchored by permanent and dependable principal somewhere in a bank but re-collected and re-dis- bursed every year by the sweat of our brows. Now, after due observation of the Monday night exodus to Falmouth, the Sunday beach parties, and the record sales of the Saturday Even- ing Post, we have come to the con- clusion that a scientist, “Though very sedate Is fond of amusement, too.” And so, when it becomes vitally ne- cessary to extract some money from said scientists for THE CoLLEcTING Net Scholarships, we discovered (Continued on Page 6) Dr.Gray Advances Theories On the Movement of Cilia THE MECHANISM OF CILIARY MOVEMENT sy Dr. JAMES GRay Lecturer in Experimental Zoology, Cambridge University. Dr. Gray delivered the evening lecture bearing the above title on August 10. We have the privilege of review by Dr. Parker. printing his lecture in full together with a Since their discovery in 1834, ciliated cells have been shown to occur in nearly every group of the animal kingdom. Fine hyaline pro- cesses project from the surface of the cells and vibrate in such a way as to exert a resultant pressure on the surrounding medium, the pres- sure being maintained, of course, in a definite direction. The vibra- tile structures are seldom more than 1|500” long and their diameter is usually less than 1|10,000” ; in many cases the observed dimensions are much less, for cilia may be 1|2,000” in length and have a cross section of not more than 1|100,000”. When observed under a microscope, most cilia appear to be moving very rapidly, although in fact the velocity of their movement never exceeds thirty feet per hour (or one mile per week!). An example may per- haps be useful; if a cilium is 30 microns in length and if its tip pass through an arc of 180° twenty-four times per second, then the distance travelled by the tip in one second is 3.14 x 24 microns per second, which is approximately twenty-seven feet per hour. The apparent high velo- cities observed under the microscope are partly due to the fact that the microscope magnifies linear dimen- sions, but does not affect the dimen- sion of time; in addition to this, is the inability of the eye to focus clearly a series of events which occur within the short space of time occupied by one ciliary beat. In as much as a cilium represents a very thin thread moving in a vis- cous medium at low speed, it consti- tutes a hydrodynamical system which has yet to be investigated as thor- oughly as is desired. As is so fre- quently the case, the biologist is dealing with structures whose small dimensions involve controlling fac- tors which are not the same as those applicable to larger objects. Stokes’ laws which define the resistance en- countered by a small spherical body moving through water at a low speed, differs materially from the laws which define the resistance en- countered by a large fish or by a torpedo moving at high speed. Until certain hydrodynamical pro- blems have been submitted to purely physical analysis, a true understand- ing of ciliary movement will elude us, and biologists will be forced to do what they can with the limited data available. If discretion were the better part of valour I would state the biological facts and leave you to digest them if so inclined. I propose, however, to present the facts against a theoretical or specu- lative background, largely in the hope that some part of the picture may induce a physicist to cooperate in, what is to me, a fascinating subject. When subjected to the usual methods of fixation and staining all ciliated cells exhibit much the same appearance. The vibratile elements appear as a series of fibrils bearing, as a rule, very little resemblance to the living organ: at the base of the cilium or flagellum there is always a granule or series of granules pos- sessing a high affinity for basic stains. From these basal granules there may or may not project a series of intracellular fibrils, which personally I have never seen in the living cell. Many attempts have been made to base a conception of the ciliary mechanism on the mor- phology of permanent preparations ; none of them have stood the test of physiological analysis. Starting from first principles we may regard all vibratile organs of locomotion as propellers setting in motion a current of water in a de- finite direction. There are two main types—the paddle and the screw, (Continued on Page 2) >AGE TWO THE COLLECTING NET THE MECHANISM OF (Continued from Page 1) both of which occur in nature. Cilia may be regarded as paddles, whereas one type of flagellum is essentially a screw. In order that an object may be propelled by means of a paddle, it is essential that the thrust imparted to the water during the effective stroke should be great- er than that during the recovery or reverse stroke. A paddle or a cilium whose forward motion is pre- cisely the same as the backward stroke cannot act as a propeller al- though it may set up an oscillating disturbance in the water. An ex- amination of certain cilia, which are known to act as efficient propellers, is possible if the frequency and velocity of their beat be reduced by experimental means. By expos- ing the frontal cilia on the gills of Mytilus to sea-water containing a limited excess of CO?, the speed of beat rapidly falls and the details of the movement can be studied. Dur- iny the effective stroke the cilium is seen moving forward as a rigid rod with its full surface exposed to the water; during the recovery stroke, however, the cilium moves back in a flexed condition whereby consider- ably less surface is exposed to the resistance of the water. The re- covery stroke is thus effected by the transmission of a bend which starts at the base of the cilium and travels to its tip. Moving cilia of this type have been shown to occur in many groups of animals and may perhaps be the most common type of vibratile propeller. The simplest mechanical model of such movement is provided by a strip of curved steel wire fixed at one end. If the wire is deformed by means of a stop which not only bends the steel but also travels from one end to the other, the form of the wire con- forms to that of a cilium during the recovery stroke. On releasing the wire from the stop, the former flies forward along a path corres- ponding to the effective beat. Like all mechanical models of biological structure this conception of a cilium must be used with caution, since the speed of the effective beat is, unlike that of the recoil of a bent wire, a variable quantity. The model serves to illustrate, however, that a cilium can act as a propeller if a ‘“bend- ing” wave passes along its length from base to tip, and that kinetic energy is liberated during the re- coil. That a cilium stores poten- tial energy when it is bent, is clearly seen when a stationary cilium is, mechanically deformed by needle. On removing the needle, the cilium rapidly regains its normal form, showing clearly that it is composed of elastic material. In the case of a typical cilium, the whole filament at the end of the recovery stroke is subjected to a more or less uniform bending force, and the axis of bending coincides with or is in the same plane as the long axis of the cilium. In a typical flagellum there are two essential differences. Firstly, the propagated bending waves are of short wave length—so that more than one wave is present at any instant. Secondly, the axis of bending is often inclined to the long axis of the flagellum. The propulsive power of the flagel- lum was attributed by Butschli to the forward component of the force which acts on the water at right angles to the lateral oscillations of each element of the flagellum. Such a conception appears to ignore the fact that if the wave is symmetrical about the axis of locomotion these components must be equal and op- posite to each other. In order to effect propulsion it is essential that, the bending waves should travel along the flagellum and should al-| ways travel in the same direction. The propelling force is equal to that which would be exerted by the pro- jection of a series of permanent “humps” or waves, equal in size, form, velocity and frequency to the moving waves which are actually observed. In all cases, the organ- ism moves in the opposite direction to that followed by the waves,—so that if the waves travel clockwise round a line coincident with a pro- longation of the longitudinal axis of the organisms, the latter itself rotates in an anti-clockwise direc- tion as well as moving forward through the water. Van Trigt observed that as the activity of the flagellated cells of Spongilla declines, so the waves passing along and around the flagel- lum alter in form. Fast movement with strong propulsive power is characterised by waves of short wave length and low amplitude; as movement becomes less active, so the wave length and amplitude in- crease. This is precisely what one would expect to observe if the waves represent regions of the flagellum which are storing and releasing po- tential energy in a manner compar- able to the bending and releasing an elastic filament. If a straight strip of steel wire is subjected to untform bending force (f) along its longitud- inal axis the strip will bend into the arc of a circle whose radius (R) is equal to EK|f where E is Young’s modulus, and K is the moment of inertia about the neutral axis of the wire. If, however, the same bend- ing force is applied about an axis which is inclined at an angle (@) to the longitudinal axis of the wire, the latter will bend into a regular helix whose generating cylinder will be equal to 2k and whose pitch is 2x 3.14R tan (90°-(—)). In terms of flagellar movement these two ex- pressions represent the amplitude and wave length of the flagellar waves. Hence the amplitude of the 2 = EK wave is — and their wave length is 2 x 3.14x E K tan (909-O) f In other words as the bending force becomes less intense, so the ampli- CILIARY MOVEMENT tude of the wave length of the dis- turbances passing along the flagel- lum will decrease. In this way we come to regard both ciliary and flagellar propulsion as the result of propagating bending forces along the length of the vibratile structures. At this point we may enquire whether the mechanical energy stored in the cilium or the flagellum arises as such in the body of the cell, or whether it is generated in the filament itself. If a cilium or flagellum is detached from the cell distally to the basal granule, it is usual to find that all movement instantly ceases ; from this one might imagine that the mechanical power of the cilium orignates as such in the cell and is associated with the basal granule. Such a view, how- ever, meets with strong theoretical objections, and is actually incompa- tible with certain types of movement which actually occur. If a bending wave by travelling along an inert flagellum is to propel an animal against the viscous resistance of water, the wave must lose energy as it travels, and must therefore alter in form as it progresses. If the figures given by Riechert for the flagellum of Spirillum are correct, no such changes in form occur and we must therefore assume that the wave is gathering energy as fast as it is expending it. Exact analysis of the form of the waves is now being attempted by cinematographic methods and it is hoped that definite information may soon be available In the meantime there are some cases which show fairly clearly that the mechanical energy stored by a moving flagellum arises as such in the flagellum itself. In certain Protozoa the distal end of a flagel- lum may exhibit active movements whereas the poximal regions remain at rest. Also in some cases the waves arise at the distal end of the flagellum and pass down towards the cell. In such cases, the flagel- lum must be looked upon as an active unit capable of generating tension energy from chemical energy at all points along its length. Pre- sumably a bending wave passes along a cilium or a flagellum much as a contraction wave passes along a muscle fibre. From a mechanical point of view we may look upon ciliary movement as essentially the same as muscular movement, except that in the latter case the distur- bances in form are set up parallel to the long axis of the fibre, whereas in the former the disturbances are developed along the transverse axis. An analogy is provided by a stout length of rubber: it can store energy by being stretched or store energy being bent: in both cases the es- sential nature of the process is the same. How can a cilium generate along its longitudinal axis a bending force such as has now been described? Schafer suggested that a cilium is a hollow tube with one side more extensible than the other, and by means of a “protoplasmic pump” water is driven into the tube, there- y causing the more extensible side o become convex; on pumping water out of the cilium the latter straightens once more. Against this conception there are many objec- tions, but it includes two valuable features: (1) the suggestion that the bending of a cilium is due to a redistribution of water within the active cilium and (2) that both ef- fective and recovery strokes are active processes—since the speed of the effective beat depends on the rate of removal of water and not solely of the mechanical properties of the cilium as a whole. Mechanical models of physiologi- cal processes are dangerous inven- tions, but they may have their uses. If one side of a straight cilium be- came capable of absorbing more water than the other, then the cilium will bend into the are of a circle the hydrated side being convex. If the water then redistributes itself equal- ly between the two sides, the cilium will straighten out. In_ bending, the elastic cilium will store poten- tial energy and will release this as kinetic energy when it straightens. A simple model can be made from a strip of paper cut from the page of THe CoLitectinc Net or most types of note paper. If a strip, about 4” wide be cut from the top of a page and moistened on one side, the strip bends about its logi- tudinal axis. It straightens again as the paper dries or the water dif- fuses equally across the thickness of the paper; if however, a strip is cut along the diagonal of the page, then on moistening the one side, the strip curves into the form of a helix because the fibres of paper which absorb the moisture are no longer orientated at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the strip but are inclined at an angle to it. How can such a change in the distribution of water, be brought about in the living cilium ? Such a reorientation of water would occur if, along one side of the cilium, there existed an ionised col- loidal system whose affinity for water depended on its degree of ionisation. If, for example, there were a series of protein molecules all on the alkaline side of their sssoelectric point and there is gene- rated at their surface a number of hydrogen ions, then the affinity of the protein for water will fall and the system will contract. If the hy- drogen ions are now removed, water will return to the protein and the cilium will straighten out. The forces involved by such changes are very great and we may perhaps ac- cept the model as a working hypo- thesis of ciliary movement. Unfortunately, it has so far proved impossible to put this theory to experimental test, but we can get THE MECHANISM OF CILIARY MOVEMENT (Continued from Page 2) some indications of its validity by indirect methods. If ciliary move- ment involves a rhythmical change in the ionisation of some intraciliary surface it ought to be possible to alter the speed and nature of the beat by reagents which are known to alter the ionisation of such sys- tems. Before doing so, however, it is necessary to look upon the whole problem from a wider point of view. The final result of ciliary movement involves an expenditure of energy by the cell and in the long run this energy must come from the chemical energy stored in the cell itself. What then are the intermediate steps? The whole system, like most biologi- cal phenomena, has proved to be very complex, but so far it seems possible to divide the energy cycle of ciliary movement into five sepa- rate phases. Firstly, the cells must contain a supply of material capable of main- taining ciliary activity for a pro- longed time—since under suitable conditions an excised fragment of ciliated epithelium will remain active for many days. Attempts to isolate the material which is supply- ing the energy for movement have not been very successful. Quite recently Mr. Boyland kindly anal- yzed the gills of Pecten and found small traces of glycogen which dis- appeared from excised fragments during a period of ciliary activity; it seems doubtful, however, whether the small traces of carbohydrate present in the cells can constitute the sole sources of ciliary energy ; but whatever be its nature we may safely assume that some such “ul- timate reserve” of ciliary energy is actually present. It we watch a fragment of excised epithelium, sooner or later the speed of the cilia begins to fall and finally movement ceases; nevertheless the ultimate reserve is not exhausted because by mechanical stimulation a new out- burst of movement occurs. Certain reagents have been found to be peculiarly effective in calling forth such new and prolonged outbursts of movement. Thus with the lateral cilia on the gills of M-ytilas—move- ment usually ceases after 1—2 hours in normal sea-water. If, however, we rob the sea-water of some of its magnesium, or if we increase the concentration of potassium, or best of all add a trace of the drug, vera- trin, the lateral cilia quickly begin to beat, and on transference to run- ning sea-water will maintain their activity undiminshed for as much as twenty-four hours. These reagents therefore seem to “recharge”’ the cell with a source of energy which is absolutely essential for movement, and which is derived from the ulti- mate reserve. This second com- pound we may call the Immediate THE COLLECTING NET I is used by the ciliary machine. It may be worth noting that those re- agents which “recharge” exhausted cells also accelerate the formation of lacticogen from glycogen in a muscle cell. cycle can be detected by exposing cells to H’ or to a reduced concen- tration of Mg“; under either of these conditions an instantaneous change occurs in the rapidity of the ciliary beat; by adding H* the beat slows down and stops, by reducing Mg” the beat quickens up. Each change is reflected in the O7? con- sumption of the cells and it looks as though we were operating on the throttle of the ciliary machine, de- termining how much active sub- stance is getting to the sensitive sites per unit time. I am inclined to think that it is this reaction which controls the rate at which an acid is liberated at a protein or other col- loidal surface, for it is certainly the reaction which immediately precedes the bending of the cilium. The fourth step involves the actual mechanism of bending: if we ima- gine the bending as due to the liberation of H” at an active sur- face—then the recoil occurs because the H* is removed, possibly by neu- tralisation by the surrounding ma- trix. Bending only occurs if there is a supply of energy and if calcium is present. In the absence of cal- cium the cell continues to dissipate energy and consume its full quota of oxygen but no movement occurs ; further there must be a mimimum quantity of water in the cell. This indicates that the active surfaces, which cause the cilium to bend, con- tain calcium and are possibly a basic calcium salt of a protein— which, in the presence of acid, loses its affinity for water and so con- tracts. In the absence of Ca” the redistribution of water cannot occur, and the throttle being open the engine runs without doing any use- ful work. Finally, if the cell is deprived of oxygen, ciliary move- ment will continue for about forty- five minutes at room temperature —after which movement ceases, to be resumed again after a definite period if oxygen is again available. Ciliary motion thus appears to be an anaerobic process, but oxygen is required for the removal of the pro- ducts of activity. In,many respects the whole cycle and we may continue to look upon the two types of contractile proces- ses as having the same fundamental nature. So far we have dealt solely with |the individual cilium, but a cursory examination of most ciliated epithe- lia reveals the fact that each cilium is not beating independently of its neighbours. Any particular cilium is slightly in advance of that behind it and slightly behind the one in front, and this gives the well known effect of the metachronal wave. The mechanical effect is, of course, to give a steady flow of water or a The third step in the ciliary | is similar to that of a muscle fibre, | ‘layer of the tissue. the cilia beat in unison, movement would be discontinuous. The nature and properties of the metachronal wave is, however, extremely obs- cure, and so far no real analysis is available. Grave and Schmidt have, it is true, described a series of inter- cellular fibrils which they regard as a coordinating mechanism for the latero-frontal cilia of Mytilus, but there is some doubt I think, about the validity of their conclusions. Bhatia failed to confirm their obser- vations. Here again, the problem can be approached by experimental methods. Firstly, it can be shown that flagellated cells can synchron- ize their movements without any organic connection being established. This occurs in spermatozoa or in Spirochaeta balbianit when the an- terior ends of individual cells come into contact with each other. In the case of epithelia, however, the cells are not synchronized, but are obviously controlled by a timing mechanism which may be located in the ciliated cells or in some other In looking for the seat of this timing mechanism it is useful to bear in mind certain facts. First, every isolated ciliated cell is normally in active motion, secondly, the most frequent type of extraneous control to which cilia are subjected is of an inhibitory nature. This is particularly well seen in the velar cilia of the Mollus- can veliger larva. These cilia exhibit alternating periods of activ: ity and rest. Dr. Carter has shown that if the velar nerve be cut, or if the larva be exposed to anaesthetics of sufficient concentration to inhibit the nervous impulses, the velar cilia continues to beat without intermis- sion. Similar inhibitions are known in the case of Ctenophore cilia. As far as is known there are no cilia which are only active when stimu- lated—such cases only occur in the case of moribund tissues, with the possible exception of the cilia on the tips of the small Physa. How far the power of responding the inhibi- tory stimuli plays a part in determin- ing the metachronal rhythm is un- known. The rhythm itself is one of the most interesting phenomena associated with ciliary activity; it may move in the same direction as the effective beat, it may move against the effective beat, or it may move at right angles to it. We may now perhaps consider the place of ciliated cells in the general economy of Nature, and try to gain some picture of ciliated life. Consider for example any small ciliated organism moving through water. Practically the whole of its energy is used in overcoming the viscous resistance of the medium. Its motive power, in terms of muscular units is low and its maxi- mum velocity is also low, but if the animal is quite small, then it can moye at a reasonably rapid speed in terms of its own size. Thus a sper- matozoan is moving about twice as fast as a fish if we reckon velocities in terms of the organisms own Reserve of energy or the fuel which |steady rate of progression; if all,length, but in absolute units the fish PAGE THREE is moving 10,000 times as fast. Now slow speed has some compensa- tions, for it means that the kinetic energy of the moving organism is small. In other words a ciliated organism starting from rest with its full ciliary power at work very rapidly attains its full maximum speed, whereas a larger organism of higher specific gravity takes some little time to reach its maximum speed. Similarly if the kinetic energy during motion is low then as soon as the organism shuts off its ciliary power the animal comes al- most to a dead stop—the distance travelled being given by the equa- Velocity x Mass Resisting Force Due to Viscosity for a typical ciliated organism, the animal comes to rest within 1|20th of its own length. There is no need for any braking mechanism. Fur- ther, if the specific gravity is low a ciliated organism can travel with equal facility in any direction. For moving heavy bodies, or for moving bodies at a really high speed cilia are useless, for they do not develop sufficient horse-power. tion There are, however, two functions for which cilia are peculiarly use- ful. Firstly, they can drive a film of water over a living surface with- out involving any change in the form of the surface. Thus the bronchial and nasal passages of man are continuously cleansed by the action of their ciliated epithelia. The mucous which collects at the back of the throat during catarrah is ac- cumulated there by the bronchial cilia, just as the food of Mytilus is collected at the mouth by the branchial epithelia. The second function peculiar to {cilia is the maintenance of a liquid current through narrow tubes at low pressures. As long as the tube is narrow, the cilia are efficient—as the tube widens the cilia are unable to exert sufficient action in the in- ner layers of fluid and circulation is only possible at the higher pres- sures induced by muscular action. No ciliated current has a pressure of more than 4mm of water—which illustrates how ineffective would be the effort of cilia to maintain the blood circulation of a large verte- brate animal. Yet in the world of invertebrate animals, where velocity of movement is low and where the habits of life are quiet, cilia play a most important and sometimes spectacular work. As Dr. Bidder has remarked “by the waving of hair 1|100,000" in thickness at a mean speed of 7 feet per hour, a single specimen of the sponge Leucandra passes through its body a ton of water in six weeks”. In conclusion I would like to re- fer for a few moments to the pheno- mena of ciliary reversal in the Me- tazoa. Until fairly recently a rever- sal of the ciliary stroke was believed to be a fairly common phenomena. Since, however, no (Continued on Page 4) PAGE FOUR THE MECHANISM OF CILIARY MOVEMENT (Continued from Page 3) propulsion can occur if the form of | the effective and recovery strokes are the same, it follows that ciliary reversal must involve a reorganiza- tion of the ciliary machinery. One by one of the examples of ciliary reversal have been shown to be the result of antagonistic currents set up by different tracks of cilia, the intensity of each track being con-| trolled by muscular movements which interfere with its effective- ness. Under one set of conditions a particular track will be enclosed within temporary walls of tissue, which are erected by local muscular contraction thereby removing the cilia from the sphere of action. Under other conditions this track will be exposed and the other covered in. Almost the only remain- ing example of ciliary reversal re- maining in the Metazoa is the result of the beautiful observations of Dr. Parker on the oral disc of Metridiui where the current is reversed when the disc is exposed to food material. To anyone interested in the mechan- ism of the cilium itself, this case is of extreme interest, and knowing Dr. Elmhirst of the Marine Station at Millport to be interested in the feeding mechanism of anenomes I asked him to explain this process in an English species of Actinoloba. He at once presented me with a re- print from which I quoted in a book as follows: “Longitudinal grooves run down the gullet, and when food is being swallowed the inflow is along the grooves; conversely a cil- iary outflow runs up the ridges’. It therefore seemed to me to be just possible that this is what might occur at Woods Hole. On my arrival here I found Dr. Parker with my book in one hand and a Metridium in the other, and one of the most pleasant experiences I have had in Woods Hole has been the convincing demonstration by Dr. Parker that a true reversal of the same ciliary current does actually occur. How the cilia do it, we do not know—; unfortunately they are very small; one, is loath to think | of a double ciliary machine only one- half of which is in operation at| once and perhaps, it is just possible to imagine that the reversal is due to a change in the “tone” of the cilia. is some slight experimental evidence. REVIEW Dr. G. H. PARKER Professor of Zoology and Director of the Laboratory, Harvard University. The editor of THE COLLECTING Net has asked me to write a few lines about Dr. James Gray’s lecture on the “Mechanism of Ciliary Move- ment” published in this issue. Of the addresses delivered in Woods Hole this season none in my opinion For such a suggestion there | THE COLLECTING NET has emphasized more truthfully than this one the modern biological viewpoint. Ina very clear and lucid way Dr. Gray has presented the main facts concerning the structure and function of cilia and thus laid the foundations for a right under- standing of these perplexing ele- ments. The real grasp of a bio- logical problem comes only when mechanism and activity are con- sidered together. Cilia as effectors are second only to muscle. In the evolutionary race muscle and cilia began about neck | and neck but as time went on muscle gradually drew ahead; for, as Dr. Gray put it, cilia never evolved into | a system that could develop a high horse-power. Even their apparent rapidity of action as seen under the microscope is illusory. If we were to walk in ciliary steps we would ac- complish only some twenty-seven feet per hour, a rate that shows well how poorly cilia compare with mus- cle. Nevertheless cilia are enor- mously effective in the lower ani- mals in moving large volumes of fluid under low pressure. Thus the small sponge Leucandra is estimated to pass through its body no less than a ton of water in six weeks. Dr. Gray in his lecture declared rightly for the living nature of cilia. They are not lifeless lashes that are whipped back and forth by the ma- chinery of an active cell, but as truly living parts of the cell they carry out their own peculiar movements whereby a thrust is given to the ad- jacent water. How this is accom- plished is quite unknown and yet Dr. Gray does not hesitate to formulate a scheme notwithstanding the un- certainty of the situation. Models to illustrate physiological processes are, as the lecturer confessed, dangerous inventions, and this danger is all the greater when the explanation thus offered is not open to direct experi- mental test. His view that ciliary movement back and forth may result from the absorption and discharge of water on one side of the ciliary axis | has much that is suggestive about it ; and as an hypothesis it is certainly a very:considerable step forward as compared with the earlier views ad- vanced as explanations of this type of motion. The details of its ac- complishment are not easy to visual- ize and this aspect of the hypothesis is its chief deficiency. Nevertheless it is a proposal that may be attacked experimentally and may in the end lead to a real solution of this per- plexing problem. The phenomenon of ciliary rever- sal, which was. happily alluded to in Dr. Gray’s lecture, is apparently a real complication. ed phenomenon among ciliated pro- tozoans and there seems to be good reason to believe that it is found in certain sea-anemones. The recent paper by Twitty, from Harrison’s laboratory, contains very conclusive evidence of its presence in very young salamanders. It is therefore a process whose occurrence, though (Continued on Page 5) It is an undoubt- | PRESERVE YOUR EYES LEITZ BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE “LBM” PROLONGED OBSERVATIONS Due to the ocular tubes being arranged parallel to each other and the perfectly aligned prism system the Leitz Binocular Microscope “LBM” is suited in a most ideal manner for prolonged observations without the least eyestrain or fatigue noticeable. Structural details or sensitive color impressions that might escape the one eye will be com- pletely compensated for by the other and images are seen in stereoscopic relief. Microscope “LBM-10” with rack and pinion coarse—and micro- meter fine-adjustment; large square stage, vuleanite covered; illuminating apparatus with rack and pinion movement, having “Abbe” condenser N. A. 1.20 triple dust-proof nose- piece; achromatic objectives 3 (16 mm) 6 (4 mm), Oil Immer- sion 1-12” (2mm) N. A. 1.30 paired “Huygens” oculars II (6X) and IV (10X) in highly polished hardwood cabinet with lock and key $190.00 Monocular Tube, interchange- able with binocular tube, for use in photo-micrography, extra, $12.00 To Institutions we grant a discount of 10% Write for Descriptive Literature (CN) 1065 EB LEM ZSINe: 60 EAST TENTH STREET NEW YORK, N. Y. LABORATORY APPARATUS and SUPPLIES Our General Laboratory and Museum Supplies Include: Scientific Apparatus and Instruments, Chemicals, Anatomical Models, Osteologieal Preparations, Natural History Specimens and Prepara- tions, Wall Charts, Museum and Naturalists’ Supplies, Glass Jars, Microscopes and Accessories. Biological and General Laboratory Supplies THE KNY-SHEERER CORPORATION | OF AMERICA Dept. of Natural Science, G. Lagai, Ph. D. 10-14 West 25th Street, New York City. THE COLLECTING NET REVIEW By G. H. PARKER (Continued from Page 4) probably isolated, reaches from the lowest to the highest animals. Asa real factor in the ciliary problem it adds to the complexity of the situa- tion, but it is after all only an added complexity. In two respects Dr. Gray’s lec- ture was of unusual significance. Its presentation was a model of clear- ness and lucidity. It was aptly and sufficiently illustrated and was marked in all other ways as a per- formance of very high order. If it was without the rough and ready character with which we are familiar in many of our Woods Hole lec- tures, it showed a finish of high scholarly attainment and in this res- pect reflects great credit on Dr. Gray. It also points to what is often regarded as one of the chief defects of new-world biology; namely, the absence of a thoughtful and thorough going theoretic considera- tion of the subject. Dr. Gray’s pre- sentation was not only a successful display of the chief facts of the cilia- ry problem but it included, as al- ready pointed out, a skilfully devis- ed hypothesis that gave to these facts relevancy and significance. The Woods Hole Laboratory is fortunate in being able to attract to its doors such scholars as Dr. Gray. ALGAL DISTRIBUTION IN THE WESTERN ATLANTIC Dr. Wn. RanpotpH TAYLorR Professor of Botany, University of Pennsylvania While: many factors bear upon the distribution of marine algae, the more important ones operating over large areas are fairly simple and few in number. The most important of these are temperature, salinity and currents. It appears that the mean temperature during the actively growing period of any species is more important than the annual mean, and studies of distribution as related to temperature must recog- nize this fact. It is notable that the deeper-growing algae are of wider distribution and less seasonal in ap- pearance than the shore-growing types, probably because of the great- er uniformity in temperature. It is possible to confirm features of this kind for the north Atlantic floras, but charts are not available for the south Atlantic. In general the sali- nity is higher in the tropics, and its degree and range probably of impor- tance. It has, for instance, been cited as the explanation of the un- usual dominance of green algae upon islands off the mouths of great rivers, as Grenada in rela- tion to the Orinoco. Currents are always important in relation to the directions of probable spread, and to modifications of temperature and salinity. For instance, northern New England is affected by a cold current from the north, while south- jern New England receives a warm current from the south, as does the rest of the eastern seaboard from the Gulf of Mexico. The Caribbean receives the northerly portion of a general current from the Guinea coast, the other part continuing south along the Brazil coast until it is intercepted by a cold current ex- tending upwards along the Argen- tine coast from Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland Islands. The antarctic flora shows a dis- tinct cold-temperature element about the Straits of Magellan, which in turn is dominant up the coast to Uruguay. Here the transition to a tropical flora is rather sharp, and it shows no further change until one reaches the coast of North Carolina and Bermuda, where | the elements from the north tem- perate belt become important for the first time. It is as yet only pos- sible to delimit the floras of the South Atlantic in very general terms, for too little is known respec- ting several important districts, and because of unknown water tem- peratures. Peculiar features appear in the distribution of some genera, such as Dictyota and Codium, which reach remarkably southern latitudes and cold waters, perhaps aided by inshore counter currents. The New England flora north of Cape Cod differs considerably from that south of it, the latter territory being much the richer, with an in- crease in the proportion of Rhodo- phyceae and Phaeophyceae. The flora from Cape Cod to the Virginia capes is probably similar, but very much poorer to the south of Long Island because of the unfavorable shore line. The warm temperate flora at Beaufort is principally com- posed of a winter group of species of northern character and a summer group with more tropical associa- tions. The number limited to the district is proportionately small. The transition to the tropical flora of Florida and Bermuda involves great changes in the content of all groups, but especially of the Chlorophyceae, since this group is sharply differenti- ated in the temperate and tropical waters. The Florida flora contains no element not common to the West Indies, and only about 6% of cosmo- politan species in common with New England. While in this summary it is not possible to include the latitude, temperature atid detailed flora data, it may be stated thaz in general the transition conditions correspond in the northern and southern terpera- tures. Dr. Edwin Conklin left Woods Hole on Saturday afternoon for Maine where he will deliver a lec- ture entitled “How can the Human Race Be Improved” at the Mount Desert Island Laboratory in Salisbury Cove. On October.12 Dr. Conklin will give the address at the dedication of the Shanklin Memorial Labora- tory of Biology at Wesleyan Uni- versity. significant | KEWAUNEE Laboratory Furniture for All Science Purposes LABORATORY FURNITURE Ug. Co. C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer. 231 Lincoln St., Kewaunee, Wisconsin. Chicago Office 25 E. Jackson Blvd., New York Office Room 1511 70 Fifth Avenue Offices in Principal Cities Private Laboratory Desk No. 15005 A desk of especial fitness where experiments and tests are frequently being made. Very compactand convenient. Biology Laboratory Table No. 1005 Cupboards for microscopes and other apparatus or mat- erials; drawers for drawings, notes, ete. MILLER KYMOGRAPH NO. 3. Large model mounted on table. The drums, motor and speed changing device are mounted on a steel bed 133 em long, which swings about the vertical axis and can be clamped at any point. A crank at the front of the table gives a vertical adjusment to this bed of 28 cm. Drums are each 20 em diameter x 25.5 em high. Takes record paper from 251 cm to 328 em length. Adjustable recording instru- ment supports are clamped directly to table. Thirty-six different speeds are obtainable at the drum surface. These vary from 3 hr. 38 min. to 1 min. 5 see. for one complete revolution. By the use of a fast and slow speed countershaft, included in the outfit, a slow speed of 26-4 hours and a fast speed of 10-14 seconds for one complete revolution are obtainable. 7988. Kymograph, Miller No. 3, as above. With fast and slow speed countershaft and motor for 110 volts ac. .................. $750.00 Code: Word: 2 Serres. © oo toys ee OL Madak 7989. Ditto, but with motor for 110 volts, d.c..................... $750.00 Code Word Madbi Copy of Supplement 98, giving detailed description of above, together with a smaller model, Miller Kymograph No. 1, and accessories, sent on request. Sole Distributors ARTHUR H. THOMAS COMPANY Retail—W holesale—Export LABORATORY APPARATUS AND REAGENTS WEST WASHINGTON SQUARE PHILADELPHIA, U. S. A Cable Address “Balance”, Philadelphia PAGE FIVE THE COLLECTING NET Staatliche Biologische Anstalt (Continued from Page 1) tem, in the public aquarium and the Heligoland is now the only institu-| laboratories, all metal is avoided. tion of its kind in Germany. Our The cisterns for storing the water older model, the zoological station | are located on the top floor and con- of Professor Dohrn in Naples, andj structed of wood; the reservoir in the biological station of the “Kaiser |the basement is of cement, coated to oceanography is directly propor- Wilhelm Gesellschaft” in Rovigno | with a sea-water-resistant paint. The of Biology, New York University. . : e on the Adriatic, were taken over by! pipes are of celluloid, wood or ear- Me : tional to the grandness of the scale. Ces eres O ‘entific |th ane ‘Sees ere Edwin G. Conklin, Professor of Biology, | To cover in fifteen minutes the mi- ee a — wie phe UF ale CH Wale, ae ais BEEESE waa Bein eeroulini versity: gration route of the Arctic tern is aims in marine biology are twofold :|pumps are 0 earthen ware. ne a purely scientific one comprising laboratories, well lighted by windows while south of Hatteras many trop- ical species occur. hd T ike The Collecting Net In addition to a more thorough grounding of accepted ideas for the A weekly publication concerned with | Atlantic coast of the United States he activities of the Marine Biological | the chief contribution of Dr. Tay- Laboratory and of Woods Hole. lor’s talk is to a comparable analysis BOARD OF ADVISORS of distribution in South American waters. The value of such studies Robert Chambers, Research Professor Lorande L, Woodruff, Professor of |a feat involving a Byrd-like thor- Protozoology, Yale University. oughness of preparation and back- general biological, physico-chemical ae skylights, foals supplied with ground, In performing this feat and geological investigations of the resh water, gas and electricity, and’- Ww rn peste Edit Dr. Taylor brought together and em- | °°* and an applied scientific one|with three separate waeetucs 2 are Catte Sesto C ditor ate 5 > consisting of researches in the in-|celluloid for compressed air. filtered mass of data, for which algologists ges bon maa fishery. Apart romp) Sea- water; and ~unhiltered )sea Wares Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn, Helen S. Morris, | will be grateful these investigations the Institute | contaming plankton. The material, Virginia L. Todd, 8. J. Reynolds. = serves the educational needs of uni-|collected by our seamen of many : versities and schools: there is a spe-| years’ experience, is first sorted into Business Manager STROLLING PLAYERS HERE |-jal department for the supply of smaller containers, and is then deli- Ilse Michaelis NEXT WEDNESDAY EVENING |iying and preserved material for vered to the investigators, students, study and class purposes, including the aquaria and the supply depart- : a regular delivery of living material ment. Shirley H. Gray—Printer that the operation could be most|to numerous public and private a- painlessly and successfully performed |quaria. Another department has ee us we ead charge of working places, material ‘of the laboratory (originally cottages ose enjoymien hose who were) and apparatus, for the visiting in-| for summer visitors) will be rebuilt ie is he as last ean vestigators as well as students taking so that the library, class rooms, y o c ‘ 7 a cec = Peta 3 Book Reviews Hs Ne ae oon a exht a given| courses. Classes are held several|rooms for physiological, chemical We have often thought that it Fee Ps parr $31 ics aa een rate eeu the summer semester and hydrographic work and fishery would be appropriate for THE bulk of the Scholarship eer ad See and jseudenes| 20d) aie aves to ey a Cottectinc Net to review an de: Reeeaehle ae ee ce Sven n zoology, botany, general | well equipped building. occasional book which was written nr Bite Se ye uey MY y marine biology and hydrography.| Lantern slides and moving picture by a member of the laboratory or This year areutavcueeenmed’ the They consist of lectures, collecting | films made by the Institute, illustrat- ; : : Ss yee " y x > work. |; - “6 : one which particularly concerned its Strolling Players of Boston, who will aan and ee eee life, are loaned fonting workers. Dr. Baitsell’s suggestion ae . 22 ale aa Persie eo | Sixty aboratory places are at pre-| struction to univ=rsities and schools. that we might review all relevent Paes ect 3:35 ‘ Vi sent ay ailable, thirty for independent | The best slides are collected in the books and donate them to the labor- The Slane ill he ee Maekanve’s ae ee ae ery Cee Stt-| publication “Animal and Plant Life atory library is an excellent one. If Bectectuter ear Marie” ore =. s. In : a we had a visiting of the North-Sea” (text in German, this plan meets with general appro- | 4-6 Theuriet, a play used for as SIREN ON EN ONGE OMEN SA NIVOM ESOS English and French, published by val we will initiate it at the begin- he Seth eta a A aed A well working marine service W. Klinkhardt, Leipzig). ning of next summer because it pe “The eis ee eee with the 27-meter-long, 80 H. P. The collections in the Museum, as seems to us that in this way THE aries , 2 *}motorlaunch Augusta, two motor- well as in the public aquarium, are F api Anbang and one other, a burlesque. The A fi : Cottectinc Net might further in- 5 Srecege Phe |ioats and several smaller vessels,|confined to animals and plants of : = = press notices given the Strolling} ,_- ats : he N crease its usefulness. - 2 : 4 daily supply the living material. The | the orth Sea, but they are very Players have praised them highly ci u : P and ae “heel Shoe Mieeteaaes will valuable library contains 17,000 complete and contain also many spe- 1 pete = volumes. A large collection of ;cimens illustrating the geology and REVIEW be a very enjoyable one. The seats ne rere ine : : me FL awis will be 50c, $1.00 and $2.00, all types and other scientific exhibits history of Heligoland and the North Rr. I. F. Lewis pace sags “~~ ““lare at the disposal of the investiga- Sea. phasized essential facts from a vast Contributing Editors (Continued from Page 1) \ | Beginning next year the remain- New Bedford Woods Hole jing old and inappropriate buildings Massachusetts reserved. : : The operation is not dangerous and rors. ' _ The famous ornithological collec- is successful in ninety-nine out of The aquarium and the North Sea|tton ahs over four hundred species one-hundred cases. The anaesthetic| Museum are much frequented at-jof birds caught on the island, is very pleasant, the surgeons com- tractions for the summer visitors on | including rare stray visitors from petent, and the price, when once re- the island. The aquarium, founded the far North and Siberia. : moved will never trouble you again, | 1" 1902, was completely rebuilt in), The study of migration of birds and will be willed to scientists. What 1926-7 together with a part of the|1S the main task of the ornithologi- happier surgical conditions could ee laboratory. The new aquarium|¢al station, a special department of there be? Dome Gueemtheechance |ca now be regarded as the most mo- the Institute. It continues the work to gather around the mess tables dern in Europe. Light and water of the late well-known ornithologist Thursday morning to reminisce a- conditions are excellent, and permit Gaetke, who, thirty to fifty years bout “my last operation”. the keeping of even the most sensi-|@80, Was’ the first to work on this S tive animals and plants. The tanks, problem in Heligoland. The island lighted from above, permit a view|!S €xceptionally suitable for the from all sides. A group of two study of this phenomenon, which Professor of Biology, University of Virginia. The larger problems of ocean- ography, such as the distribution over wide areas of marine floras, have received comparatively little recent attention in the western At- lantic. Some serviceable and some excellent local marine floras have been published. The work of Farlow and of Collins on the New England coast, of Hoyt at Beaufort on the Carolina coast, of Borgensen, Col- lins and Howe in the West Indies, : and of W. R. Taylor at the Dry ; WATER CONTESTS TO BE Tortugas has given precise and fair- HELD ON FRIDAY larger and several smaller tanks con- here reaches impressive dimen- ly complete information on which tain’ medusae, \SWantiel Onmmeccerea sions... eA chemin em Olmmnniciias to base conclusions as to distribution. The annual Woods Hole water |herrings and small sharks are kept in tion the beacon light attracts In his summary, Dr. Taylor in- | sports, so long a feature of the|a large tank which is built around |at night thousands of birds. Here cluded also data from the South | summer’s activities, will be held this|its service room, the latter being|they are caught by special devices American coast as far south as the | year on Friday, August the 24th,|reached by elevator from the base-|that avoid injury, are marked Straits of Magellan. He examined | at three p. m., at the Lillie pier. ment. It is of oblong, octagonal with rings and released again. These collections of the Albatross and Boys and girls, separately, in | shape and has a swimming track of investigations are supplemented by Hassler expeditions for comparison. | three classes, up to eight years, eight | 14 meters in length. The habit of observations from auxiliary posts The results confirm earlier | to twelve and twelve to sixteen, |swimming in swarms, typical of and from, aeroplanes. The problems generalizations. The northern New | will compete in the following events :} many species, can easily be studied of the station include also physiolo- England flora changes to a southern | twenty-five-yard dash, fifty-yard|in this huge tank. Another large gical investigations and the question temperate type at about latitude 42° | dash, tub race and dives. For those|basin is arranged for the observa-|of preservation in nature. Because (Woods Hole is about 41° 30’). | over sixteen there will be dashes,|tion of swimming and diving of |of the close relation between migra- From Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras | long distance races, relay races and| seals and birds. tion and weather, the Institute has this “Long Island flora” is found, | the ever-popular canoe tilts. In the sea-water circulatory sys- (Continued on Page 7) THREE-IN-ONE PUBLICATION The dynamics of instant and extensive publication are enjoyed if you publish in any of the following journals: Journal of Morphology and Physiology. The Journal of _Compara- tive Neurology The American Journal of Anatomy The Anatomical Record _ The Journal of Experi- mental Zoology American Journal of Phy- sical Anthropology The American Memoirs The (CVE Be eles, Mass.) Folia Anatomica Japonica (Tokio, Japan) The Journal of Parasitol- ogy (Urbana, IIl.) The Australian Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science (Adelaide, South Australia) Stain Technology New York) Physiological Zoology cago, Ill.) Anatomical Bulletin Hole, Biological Woods (Geneva, (Chi- WHY? 1. Because the author’s ab- stract of every article is printed immediately and ex- tensively distributed in the Advance Abstract Sheets of The Wistar Institute Bibli- ographic Service. 2. Because The Wistar Insti- tute Bibliographic Service Card giving the author’s ab- stract and the complete bib- liographic reference is pub- lished shortly after the Ad- vance Abstract Sheetisissued. 3. Because the complete ar- ticle then appears promptly in one of the above journals. Reprints supplied. Advance Abstract Sheets $3.00 per year Bibliographic Service Cards $5.00 per year Address THE WISTAR INSTI- TUTE of ANATOMY and BIOLOGY Thirty-sixth Street and Woodland Avenue Philadelphia. Pa. THE COLLECTING NET (Continued from Page 6) a meteorological station where daily observations are made. Two other departments of the Institute that supply continuous observations are the Hydrographic Station and the Seismographic Station. A branch laboratory of our Insti- tute is located in List, on the north- ernmost German North Sea island, Sylt. It studies the shoals between the chain of islands and the coast, large stretches of which are exposed at low tide. At present the investi- gation at this branch-laboratory cen- ters around the oyster, which in re- jcent times has considerably decreas- ed in number owing to an unreason- able exploitation of the banks. Ex- periments on breeding oysters, and also lobsters, are being carried out on a large scale. In this field the United States is many years ahead | jof us. A large part of our activities |is also devoted to the study of prac- | tical problems in fisheries. The Bio- logical Institute is a collaborator of the well-known Northern European organization the ‘International | Marine Investigations”, which was founded in 1902 in response to com- | plaints made by the large scale sea- fisheries regarding the decrease and the irregularity of their yearly |yields. The purpose of this organ- |ization is to find scientific founda- | tions for a rational exploitation of ‘the sea similar to those in the fields |of agriculture and forestry. The |German commission has at its dis- posal the special steamer Poseidon | which makes exploration trips in the | Baltic and the North Sea, as far out as the fish grounds of the Barent | Sea in the Arctic Ocean. The first twenty years—interrupt- ;ed by the war—have given funda- |mental information concerning the life cycles of fish, their distribution, breeding places, development, migra- jtions (by marking etc.) and as to |composition of the bottom fauna, the , | plankton, and the hydrographic con- ditions. Certain species of fish of econo-) mic importance were studied in great detail, as for instance the herring, the plaice, the cod, the haddock and the valuable genera Rhombus and the Solea. In Heligoland we are at| present taking stock of the various | species in various regions and sea-| sons of the year, according to age and race; also of the conditions of nutrition and growth, and fluctua- tions in the number of offspring from year to year. These fluctua- tions have been found to be consider- able. They depend on many fact- ors: on the number of enemies, and on the amount of food which the bottom and the plankton offer. This in turn is influenced by the amount of dissolved food substances in the |water, and by the yearly fluctua- tions in the hydrographic conditions. In this we follow the quantitative methods of the Danish investigator Peterson (recently deceased) which represent a similar advance over the Staatliche Biologische Anstalt |marking service in Germany, North! ‘sonal field of research: old methods of estimation in marine biology as were the quantitative plankton methods of Hensen and Lohmann. In this connection I should like to mention the success- ful breeding experiments of our botanist with plankton-plants, and the subsequently developed biological methods for the determination of the quantities of nutritive salts (nitrates and phosphates) that control plant production in sea-water. I will conclude my article with a list of the staff members of the Ins- titute, their respective functions and fields of investigation. Section A. General organization of the scientific investigations and management: Director, Professor W. Mielck, editor of the periodical Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuch- ungen Abteilung Helgoland. Person- al field of research: plankton, fish breeding, fisheries. Section B. Zoology, in charge of , Professor Dr. A. Hagmeier. Sup- ply Department, aquarium, zoologi- cal and geological collections. Per- sonal field of research: oyster re- search, survey of nutritive bottom fauna. Section C. Ornithology, in charge of Dr. R. Drost. Center of bird- Sea Museum, Meteorological Sta- tion. Personal field of research: migration of birds, systematic and physiological ornithology, problem of preservation in nature. Section D. Botany, in charge of Dr. E. Schreiber. Botanical collec- tion, scientific instruments and che- mical section of the Institute. Per- algology, physiology, nutritional substances of the sea. Section E. Distribution of the laboratory facilities and organization of classes, in charge of Dr. H. Hert- ling. Seismological Station. Person- al field research: physiological pro- blems, nutrition of fishes. Section F. Marine fishery, in charge of Professor Dr. A. Wulff. Fisheries and vessels of the Institu- te, library, hydrographic _ station. Personal field of research: plank- ton, lobster culture. Section G. Applied marine re- search; division of fish biology of the “German scientific commission for marine investigations’: in charge of Professor Dr. F. Heincke (formerly Director of the Institute). Personal field of research: fishery, biological investigations in connec- tion with the “International Marine Investigations”. In Massachusetts there is a state law which requires motor boats to have an underwater exhaust or a muffler to eliminate the noise if a surface exhaust is used. The pen- alty for the infraction of the law may be as high as $25.00. The Com- mander of the State Police Boat Protection, in charge of this phase of law enforcement is cruising around to apprehend offenders. PAGE SEVEN ZEISS PHOTO-MICROGRAPHIC CAMERA 3: x42 Inch i C. ZEISS, JENA The Camera is mounted ona heavy base which provides place for the microscope on one side and on the other side carries the illuminating apparatus. The latter includes an aspheric lens condenser with field of view iris diaphragm and a liquid filter cell. The source of light is a 400 Watt gas filled incandescent lamp, operating on a 110 yolt circuit. Complete with two double plate holders, resistance for dimming the lamp, simple fo- cusing magnifier, sleeve for connecting the microscope, but without microscope : Price $138.75, f. 0. b. New York You are invited to call at our Showrooms when in New York. We are within five minutes’ walk from Grand Central Terminal, be- tween 41st and 42nd Streets, op- posite the Library. A large selec- tion of instruments is on display and special demonstrations are ar- ranged upon appointment. CARL ZEISS, ING: 485 Fifth Avenue New York Pacifie Coast Branch: 728 South Hill Street, Los Angeles Calif. PAGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET Sou SEAL Non-Corrosive German Microscopic COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog The hard glass used is made after a special, tried formula for the express purpose of making it non-corrosive wn- der all conditions. This we GUARANTEE! Gold Seal Cover Glasses are uniform in thickness, evenly cut, free from bubbles, scratches and imperfections. All established sizes and thinnesses Square Round Rectangular Look For : dS Sa TRADE MARK on every %% oz. box. At your dealer or write to CLAY-ADAMS CO. IMPORTERS 117 E. 24th ST. NEW YORK _material is none other than a coagu- Tissue Formation | COAGULATION IN RELATION TO TISSUE FORMATION Dr. GeorGcE A. BAITSELL Professor of Biology, Yale University Dr. Baitsell presented a paper bearing the above title on August 1, The author’s summary and two reviews of the paper follow. It is apparent that a process of| sues, and from material obtained coagulation plays an essential part | in the formation of the connective, or fibrous, tissues in the vertebrate | animal body, in both the embryo and the adult. The evidence upon which this statement is based has been ac- cumulating for several years and includes material from a number of vertebrate animals. i As well-known tissues, in general, are characterized by the presence of a large amount of intercellular material which is typi- cally fibrous in character. The pri- mary question in connection with the development of the fibrous tis- sues has been to determine the origin | of the ground substance, or matrix, which finally becomes transformed into the various types of intercellu- lar material characteristic of the is the fibrous | | various types of connective tissues. different kinds of fibrous tissue. the ground substance formed from cytoplasm given off by the cells and therefore intracellular in its nature. or is it formed from non-living cell secretions and therefore intercellular in its nature? Both views have had | and still have their adherents. A further question regarding this pri- mary ae substance may be’ asked, namely : How does it become | transformed into the fibrous inter-| cellular material which is charac- | teristic of the fully developed fibrous tissue? By some investigators it! is held that a certain type of cell, | the so-called fibroblast, moves through the intercellular spaces and spins ‘the fibers from the peripheral cytoplasm. By others it is held that the fibres arise by a transformation of the ground substance indepen- dently of any direct connection with the cell cytoplasm. The results that I have obtained from my studies have convinced me that the intercellular theory of con- nective tissue formation is correct for the tissues used. In addition to this, evidence is at hand that the secreted ground substance undergoes a coagulation and transformation during its development which is identical, from the structural stand- point at least, with the process which takes place in blood plasma. In fact in the repair of tissue and the con- trol of infection in the adult animal, in certain instances at hand, it can be shown that the intercellular lated and structurally transformed plasma or exudate. The data which I shall present in support of these statements are based upon material obtained from tissues cultivated in vitro; from embryonic and adult amphibian tissues; from chick tis- Is} | bundles, from the guinea pig following ex- | perimental tuberculosis. The results are summarized in the following “paragraphs. In in vitro cultures of various kinds of adult frog tissues the fibrin elements of the coagulated plasma of the culture medium often become |\transformed into a fibrous material which is identical with that found in This transformation is the result of la fusion and consolidation of the elements of the fibrin net to form wavy, delicate fibrillae, and these ‘unite to form heavy fibrous bundles | which intertwine and anastomose as |they ramify through the areas of the plasma clot of the culture med- ium. (Jour. Exp. Med., 21, 1915, p. 455). In experimental wounds made by removing various sized pieces of skin from adult frogs there is a rapid coagulation of the blood plas- ma and lymph to form a coagula- tion tissue which fills cavity. The microscopic study of preparations from this region shows that the coagulation tissue at first ‘has a typical fibrin net. The process jof transformation, apparently iden- tical with that observed in the tissue ‘cultures, results in the formation from this fibrin net of a new fibrous tissue, composed of heavy fibrous which is later invaded by the fibroblasts and becomes typical scar tissue. There is no evidence that the fibroblasts form any fibers after they appear in the wound area. (Jour. Exp. Med., Experiments upon clotted frog plasma, without the presence of any living cells, have given the complete history of the new fibrous tissue and show that its formation is due to a fusion and consolidation of the fib- rin elements under the influence of mechanical factors and entirely in- dependently of any cellular action. The story of the structural changes is complete. The story of the chemi- cal transformation which it is believed must take place is not known at all. (Am. Jour. Physiol., 44, 1917, p. 109). In the development of connective tissue in the amphibian embryo the primitive forerunner is a gelatinous material (primitive ground sub- stance) which is formed as a secre- tion around the notochord at a very early stage. The connective tissue fibers begin to form in the ground substance soon after it first appears. In regions which are free from cells it can be observed that the fibers arise in the ground substance by a (Continued on Page 9) 23, 1916, p. 739) | the wound | B. WESTERMANN COIN. 13 West 46th St. New York Booksellers and Publishers Foreign and Domestic General and Scientific Books in all Languages Catalogues sent on request. Living and Preserved BIOLOGICAL SPECIMENS Representing all types, for the Laboratory, Museum or Special Re- search. In addition to all of the widely used forms, we specialize in important southern species not ob- tainable elsewhere. Also head- quarters for Microscopie Slides, Life Histories, Demonstrations. Insect Collections. Skeletons, ete. The best service on living ma- terial such as giant southern Bull- frogs, Amphiuma, Alligators, Turtles, Crayfish, Clams, Protozoa and Aquarium Animals and Plants. Information and catalogs on re- quest. All material guaranteed without reservations. Our Research Department and Live Materials Establishment are features of our organization. Our research publications are sent up- on request to any biologist. SOUTHERN BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY COMPANY Natural History Building New Orleans Louisiana COAGULATION IN RELATION TO TISSUE FORMATION (Continued from Page 8) gradual transformation of the ele- ments there present to form, first, a delicate, net-like material, and then the long, wavy fibers which are typical of connective tissue. From the structural standpoint this pro- cess appears to be identical with that observed in the transformation of the plasma clot. The material sup- plies no evidence of any fiber forma- tion by the cells. (Am. Jour. Anat., 28, 1921, p. 447). In the development of connective | tissue in the chick embryo the same method occurs as in the amphibian embryo. The secreted ground sub- stance can be demonstrated in va- rious regions of the body at a very early stage. It is at first homogen- eous in its structure, but fibrillation occurs by a direct transformation of the ground substance as has been noted above. (Q. J. M. S., 69, 1925, p. 5/1). In the testis of the guinea pig following experimental tuberculosis a tremendous fibrosis shortly occurs in the intertubular areas. The situa- tion is an ideal one for studying the method of development. shown that the abundant exudate which is poured into these areas fol- lowing the infection is the basis of the fibrous tissue. It coagulates, and then the elements become trans- formed into characteristic fibrous bundles composed of great numbers of wavy fibrillae. The fibrous tissue | thus formed encapsulates and infil- trates the tubercles which gradually develop in the infected regions. (Research done under a grant from the Med. Res. Comm. of the Nat. Tuberculosis Assoc; Trans. of the NEMA 22,1926, p. 232). The results which have been brief- ly indicated above present consistent data which have been amply con- firmed by various investigators. From the structural standpoint there is no doubt, in my opinion, that the | process of connective tissue forma- | tion in general is based upon coag-| lation and later transformation of | body fluids. This process consider- | ed from the chemical standpoint’ presents many problems which are unsolved. REVIEW Dr. H. McE. Knower Professor of Anatomy, University of Alabama The speaker gave a very clear presentation of this much disputed subject, with an effective technique of delivery which carried to the ears of the audience and enabled all to fully appreciate the points. Lantern slides were used to complete the story. Dr. Baitsell has certainly the right to serious attention—most serious consideration must be given his theory of fibre formation in con- nective tissue. His persistent at- tack on the problem since 1914 has been thorough and many-sided, with modern technique in both ohserva- tion and experiment to search out It can be, icells THE COLLECTING NET the truth in the light of what has long line of investigators. He has tried all sorts of experiments and methods on fresh and fixed tissues. Every teacher of histology or embryology who uses fresh material has formed opinions on this con- | troversal subject. Also even rela- | tively elementary students trained | by such methods find here a profit- lable field for gaining insight into fundamentals of cell structures, functional possibilities, actions and | products. The material and methods are readily available for testing such |results. The relationships of cells |to one another and their reactions [to mechanical and chemical influ- /ences ; the nature of fixation results, |whether artifacts or not; and the junderstanding of what is normal and |what is pathological can only be ‘discussed nowadays in the light of such studies on fresh material, and by experimentation. It may appear to some unneces- tunately, chiefly fixed and ready-prepared |slides still prevails in some courses ‘of histology and embryology, espec- ially in medical schools. | Reference to some of the articles ‘to which Dr. Baitsell has referred jin his summary of his four- teen years of work brings |up some interesting reminiscences. In 1893 Ross G. Harrison published jin the Archiv f. Mik. Anat. Bd. 42, |a paper on “The development of /non-cartilaginous ‘fin rays’’’ The beautiful figures in this paper seemed then to the writer the most /definite and conclusive series yet | published to show the entire depen- dence of the fibres on the direct jaction of the cells. |tays’’ constitute a highly specialized |\type of fibres; hence Mall’s more |general study of tissue from amphi- /bian and mammalian embryos seem- }ed more applicable for use in teach- ing. Here again, however, fibre formation was in the cytoplasm of or in their processes, even though described as in an exoplasm of a syncitium. In 1922 Lewis, W. H.) disproved the strict syn- cial conception, (see The Anatomi- cal Record). In 1917 Lewis reexamined this subject with her superb technique in living ex- | ; been presented and claimed by a | sary to make this point; but, unfor- | a tendency to examine But these “fin | Mrs. | |plants (Carnegie Institution Publi- | cation 226). Though she could not | carry the developments to stages }exactly comparable to the adult, on the whole she concluded that Mall’s exoplasmic theory holds true. Mrs. | |conclusions for the origin of fibres and relations of the cells in the con- |nective tissue of fish embryos. In 1916 R. Isaacs began in my laboratory studies on the rela- jtion between fibres and ground sub- stance in connective tissue. His results were published in The Anato- mical Record. (Vol. 10, 1917, Vol. 17, 1919). The first paper was an | experimental study of colloids along the lines of Hardy and A. Fischer, (Continued on Page 10) | Lewis’ agreed with Ferguson’s main | Microtomes Microscopes and Accessories Projection Apparatus Photomicrographic Cameras Field Glasses Botanical Apparatus Photographie Lenses Centrifuges Haemocytometers Spectrometers Refractometers Colorimeters and Other Optical Products Bausch & Lomb Research Microscope CDE 75 years experience in the manufacture of the finest in optical products - Since 1853. Bausch & Lomb Optical Co. ROCHESTER, NEW YORK America’s Leading Optical Institution NEWS Collecting Equipment Turtox Special Locking Device, used in the All-Purpose Net, a quick-changing air and water net for general collecting. Ask for the 1928 Turtox Net Circular The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction General Biological Supply House (Incorporated) 761-763 East 69th Place, Chicago, Illinois. PAGE TEN THE COLLECTING NET REVIEW Dr. H. McE. KNOWER (Continued from Page 9) which formed a good basis for his studies of the connective tissues. These papers furnish a most inter- esting series of experiments and observations on the properties and reactions of ground substance and fibrils. Isaacs concludes that fibrils (fibres) are artifacts produced by various physical processes as dry- ing, etc., or by chemicals in fixing the material He discusses the effects of strains, etc. and relegates the cells to the general function of merely distributing material. On the whole, Isaacs confirmed Bait- sell’s association of fibrin fribils with those of the ground substance of tissues in the region of a clot; but he insists that there are no true living fibres, merely more or less concentrated jell, which is quite stiff in places. A small relative water content of the ground sub- stance may produce heavy, tough fibres. Dr. Baitsell’s own papers 1915 and 1916 in the Journal of Exp. Medicine and especially that of 1917 in the Amer. Jour. of Physiology, with a later one of 1921 in the Amer. Jour. of Anatomy, contain ample experiments and dis- cussion, with excellent figures, to support his claims and the theory of Hertzler, first advanced in 1910 (Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc.) and also advocated by L. Loeb. This point of view departs fundamentally from other observers in deriving the fibres from the ground sub- stance of cellular tissue, with absence of any direct controlling action of the cells. Baitsell however goes a_ step further than the others who have recently published on this subject, in that he identifies fibrin fibrils of the clot involved in wound healing or of intercellular exudates in in- fected areas with the definitive fibrous masses of scar tissue. Ac- cording to this, fibrin fibrils con- tinue as white fibrous tissue, under- going a chemical transformation to do so. The author declines to go into the chemical questions involved. This is still the debatable question and the writer feels the need of two or three high-power pictures in Dr. Baitsell’s fine series, to show the intimate relations of cells which in- vade the clot or exudate to pre- existing and newly forming fibres. This will be necessary to clear up the doubt expressed by Maximow as to the continuity or identity of fib- rous tissue with the fibrin. (See Proc. of Soc. for Exper. Biol. and Med, February 1928). Maximow, however, offers convincing evidence in other respects in support of Baitsell’s views. After talking with Dr. Baitsell and examining his il- lustrations the reviewer feels confi- dent that the necessary additional pitcures will be forthcoming. Ross G. Harrison’s expression of opinion as to the formation of con- nective tissue fibres in the Balancer of Amblystoma in 1924 on page A12, Jour. of Exp. Zool, Vol. 41 is another strong endorsement of 3aitsell’s views as to the derivation of the fibres from ground substance without immediate control or actions of cells. This statement is excep- tionally well-phrased. It is all the more forcible because made in seeming contradiction of Harrison’s earlier study of the “fin-rays’, | which however may be in a special category. Though he refers to Dr. Bait- sell’s study of wound healing Har- rison does not debate the matter of fibrin transformation. We believe this about sums up the present status of the discussion. Tke reviewer sees an interesting resemblance between the discussions and the experiments carried on in the field just considered and that concerning fibrils and the structure protoplasm. The fibres of the mito- tic spindle also come to mind. Here again the question of artifacts pro- duced by fixation or in other ways has played a prominent part as in| the case of the connective tissue fibres. The work of Chambers on the spindle raises the question whether any fibres really exist. He recently described the spindle as a rather homogeneous jell enclosing the chromosomes, only by inter- ference of one kind or another could fibrils be made visible. REVIEW KENNETH C. BLANCHARD Assistant Professor of Biochemistry New York University The experimental evidence pre- sented by Dr. Baitsell in favor of the theory of the intercellular for- mation of connective tissue ground substance, while perhaps convincing from a histological viewpoint, is in- comprehensible from a chemical one. The primary assumption of this theory is that fibrin of the plasma is converted into collagen, the typical connective tissue protein. Now among the proteins collagen is pecular in that its molecule con- tains neither tyrosine nor trypto- phane—both of which are present in fibrin in appreciable quantities. As it is universally admitted that, given the necessary preformed amino acids, any living cell is capable of synthesizing its own unique proteins, it may be argued, why cannot fibrin, which appears to contain all of the amino acids necessary for the con- struction of the collagen molecule, be transformed by the intervention of intercellular enzymes into the latter? Such a state of affairs might perhaps be fancifully imagined if it were known that the molecular con- figuration of fibrin was such that the tryptophane and tyrosine moi- eties occurred as terminal groups so that they might be readily removed by a simple hydrolysis, thus leaving a collagen-like substance. It is un- likely, however, that the credulity of any chemist could be extended suf- ficiently to embrace such a fantas- tic concept, for the modern view of the structure of the proteins regards them as condensed systems of dile- topiperazines (cyclic compounds of amino acids). Such cyclic systems cannot lose any of their constituent amino acids without marked rupture of their molecule. Under the conditions of the ex-| periments we are considering, such | a rupture of fibrin could be brought about only by an enzymatic hydro- lysis which would most probably re- sult in the solution of the blood pro- tein and its disappearance from view, a fact which is not in harmony with Dr. Baitsell’s observations. It may well be that in his experi- ments the fibrin functions merely as nuclei to induce the separation from solution of collagen formed else- where. If this is true, the fibrin elements might become coated with the latter and behave as such in their deportment with stains or other re- agents. In inorganic systems it is not at all unusual for one crystal- line phase to act as a nucleus for the formation about it of a second, of different chemical constitution but isomorphic with the first. (Of course it is not intended to imply that fibrin and collagen are isomorphic or even crystalline). In general, such a mixed crystal has the proper- ties of the external phase. Upon histological and histochem- ical grounds Maximow has reached the same conclusion, for he states (Proc. Soc. Expt. Biol. and Med. 25 (1928) 442): “The fibrin threads of the plasma clot seem to serve as pathways for the precipitating ma- terial. Whether the fibrin itself is transformed into reticulin and later into collagen (Baitsell) is doubtful.” THE SO-CALLED CENTRAL BODIES IN ECHINODERM FERTILIZATION Dr. Henry J. Fry Assistant Professor of Biology New York University (Continued-from Last Issue) Il. The Significance of the Method of Study for Cytological Research The chief significance of this in- vestigation lies in its emphasis upon the need of quantitative methods in cytological research. The wide difference between the method of study used by former investigators and that of the present work ex- plains the equally wide difference in the interpretation concerning central bodies in echinoderm fertilization developed by those workers and that proposed here. The present method proceeds on the following assumptions: (1) The appearance of a cell component when coagulated may differ to a greater or lesser degree from its appearance when alive; in a very real sense, all coagulation products are “artifacts” of the living condi- tion. (2) Within any one fixative, at each significant interval, it is nec- essary to study a large number of cells, chosen entirely at random, to avoid all unconscious selection of any one class. (3) Every part of the component in each cell studied should be accurately measured and observations made concerning the |physical structure of each. The surrounding related structures should also be analyzed in the same detail. This should be done in tabu- lar form so that every individual is carefully checked with reference to each of the independent variables. The tabular form is necessary other- wise omissions will be made when analyzing many cells each with re- spect to a large number of points. (4) If the component occurs in more than one section, it is necessary to study all the serial sections involved. In making certain measurements it is necessary to know in exactly what plane the component has been cut. (5) In compiling the data for each |fixative all classes at all intervals are taken into account and none are omitted. Only those individuals are included within a class that are very similar with reference to all the variables. Unusual combina- tions of the variables as well as transition classes are listed separate- ly so as not to pass by small but (Co:mtinued on Page 11) ’ qesT OF reap & CJ Marine Biological Laboratory Supply Department FOR THE BEST BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL CLASSROOM MATERIAL MUSEUM SPECIMENS LIFE HISTORIES Samples of different preparations on exhibit. Catalogues and Information Furnished by Applying at Supply Department Office. GeorcE M. Gray, Curator. Visit Cape Cod’s Largest Department Store H. MALCHMAN & BRO. Thos. Malehman, Prop. HATTERS CLOTHIERS, and FURNISHERS Main Street Falmouth Telephone Connection THE QUALITY SHOP Dry Goods, Toilet Articles, Shoes and Souvenirs Ask for things you do not see. Main Street Woods Hole a THE SO-CALLED CENTRAL BODIES IN ECHINODERM FERTILIZATION (Continued form Page 10) possibly significant groups by pay- ing attention only to the larger ones. (6) The percentage of each class is accurately ascertained, yielding data necessary in determining which of the classes are significant. (7) Whatever the abnormality intro- duced by any one fixative, at least that is a constant throughout the various intervals of that series. If significant correlations are apparent they at least represent significant relationships in the living condition, despite any abnormalities introduced by fixation. (8) This technique is Tepeated in a similar manner in a group of diverse fixatives. If the relationships apparent in them all can be harmonized, and if a conclu- sion can be reached that takes them all into account, it is probable that the results are valid for the living condition, although they must be used with great caution. (9) The drawings of the various classes are not each a delineation of a single “best” cell, but each dimension and the physical appearance of each part is an average of all the observations concerning that variable made in all the members of that class. It is of course taken for granted that the investigator uses every means at his disposal to study the component in the living condition. This not only yields facts concern- ing its structure when alive, to use as a control concerning its structure when coagulated, but it may also produce data concerning its chemical composition in the living state. It is equally necessary to secure all possible data concerning the physical chemistry of the coagula- tion products by such means as: modifying the temperature and pH of the fixative; noting the effects of reducing and oxidizing agents; analyzing the divergent results when using widely different types of fixatives; analyzing the effects of various cations and anions; studying the effects of certain com- plex fixatives by using their com- ponents separately, in various se- quences, in different combinations, and in various percentages ; applying biochemical tests to the coagulation products; and similar points. The significant results of such investiga- tors as Zirkle (26, ’27, ’28) in this field show how essential are such methods. The usual cytological procedure is to use from one to several fixatives and to select certain of the coagula- tion products as ‘normal’, dismiss- ing the others as ‘poorly fixed”, without a sufficiently complete and quantitative consideration of all pos- sible classes of coagulation products. Both methods have the same aim, that of determining the “normal”’, 1. e., deciding which coagulation products most nearly approximate the living conditions. They differ concerning the completeness of the analysis necessary to decide what is THE COLLECTING NET “normal”. The present method is not a superficial study of many classes of coagulation products in contrast to an intensive study of the “best” types; it is an equally inten- sive study of all types, omitting none, in order to determine the “normal”. The old method is open to the danger that the “normal” is decided upon on the basis of incomplete and partial data. There are widely divergent theoretical interpretations concerning cellular components such as Golgi bodies, chondriosomes, chromidia, and similar structures. In many cases the differing hypoth- eses are explained by the fact that one investigator uses a certain group of fixatives and draws his conclu- sions from that group of coagula- tion products. whereas another worker uses a different group of reagents and arrives at different results based on different coagula- | tion products. It is because of this situation that many of the results of cytological research, both past and present, are seriously distrusted in many quar- ters, and legitimately so. The pre- sent method of study brings strong additional evidence against the ac- cepted cytological procedure. It constitutes not so much a negative criticism as a constructive sugges- tion. The application of simple statistical procedure involving the elements of quantitative scientific methods to cytological research, in conjunction with a more complete study of the physical chemistry of coagulation, will probably produce results far less open to criticism than those produced by the present method. It is fully realized that it is a serious matter to question so radically a method that has been used widely for many years. These state- ments will challenge discussion and will meet with strong opposition. The prophecy is made, however, that if future study of cellular com- ponents is carried on by this quanti- tative method, that many cytological facts, now assumed to be based on sound evidence, will be found actual- ly to be based on a consideration of a selected group of coagulation pro- ducts without sufficient considera- tion of other classes. Results will probably be attained in various fields, as contrary to the accepted ideas as are those here reported concerning central bodies in echino- derm fertilization. THE NEW WAY “The New Way,” the deadly serious and satirical comedy by Annie Nathan Meyer was presented in Falmouth last Monday and Tues- day evening by the University Play- ers Guild. The play might have been a thesis on Evolution of Mar- riage in the Past Decade, but unlike many theses it was sparkling, witty and at times brilliant. The fabric of the piece was the interwoven threads of three decades of marriage; the marriage of granny’s time when ‘any big bully (Continued on Page 12) PAGE ELEVEN The Elizabeth Theatre HIGH CLASS PHOTOPLAYS FALMOUTH, MASS. Shows Begin at 8.00. Performance Continues Until 10.30 Saturday Two Shows at 7:00 and 9:00 O'clock Monday and Tuesday August 20-21 University Players Guild Wednesday and Thursday August 22-23 “UNCLE TOM’S CABIN” Matinee at 2:30 Wednesday and Thursday Admission 50c Children 25c¢ Friday, August 24 “THE BIG KILLING” with RAYMOND HALTON and NORAH BERRY Saturday, August 25 “HOT NEWS” with BEBE DANIELS TEN ACRE FARM in FALMOUTH 25 per cent marked down on the GIFT SESE Merchandise Beginning Monday, August 20 Follow the Crowd to DANIELS’ for Home-made Ice Cream, Delicious Sandwiches, Coffee, PICNIC LUNCHES SAMUEL CAHOON Wholesale and Retail Dealer in FISH AND LOBSTERS Tel. Falmouth 669-661 Woods Hole and Falmouth IDEAL RESTAURANT Main Street Woods Hole Dresses — Linens — _ Laces Fine Toilet Articles Elizabeth Arden Coty Yardley Choice Bits from Pekin MRS. WEEKS SHOPS FALMOUTH HOYT L. SAVERY GENERAL TRUCKING Wocds Hole, Mass. Tel. 696-2 (Day or Night Service) Buick Closed Cars for Hire Sand — Gravel — Loam — Stone HIGH PRESSURE GREASING Texaco Products WOODS HOLE GARAGE COMPANY opposite station OME FURNISHERS — FALMOUTH MASS PAGE TWELVE PAGE THE NEW WAY (Continued from Page 11) of a man, could handle woman as he wanted while she rose by dint of suffering to ‘heights of spiritual grandeur’; the marriage of mother’s time when a man ‘did as he was told’; and the marriage oO! modern youth which will have ‘the beauty of love and comradeship or it will do without’, the marriage which believes and will have all or nothing. The play r let the chips of wit fall profusely. There was not a moment of the evening that was not dealing di- rectly and fiercely with the subject of marriage, mostly by way of re- lentless barrage of Parthian shots. It was almost too much for an au- dience of not too ardent playgoers. It was an audience which wanted a little less concentrated, a slightly duller play with laughs fed to it out | of a spoon. And instead of letting the audience laugh at the play, the play had laughed at the audience— which is a dangerous jest for any playwright to make. About hali of the satire was received in silence. Perhaps the one thing wrong with the play was that the space of rest between poignant lines was ignored. and maul a} hewed to the line and) THE COLLECTING NET ,was like the heavy results of a |bride’s first conscientious cookery. Charles Leatherbee who took the part of Hunter McAlpin the young husband, played his role with a |charming and natural impulsiveness which has won him a deserved af- fection with his audience, and with ithat same charming impulsiveness he forgot many of his lines. But he has a knack of improvising when /necessary and he is a good actor. It is to be hoped that he remains on | the stage. posite him was her usual cool, intel- \lectual and capable self. In her big speech at the end of the second act 'she was magnificent. Helen Field, who played the part of Maria Mc- Alpin, entered into her part splen- |didly. One utterly forgot that she |might offstage, be something else: Margaret Cook and Elisabeth Shauf- ifler who took the parts of Matilda Mayhew and Sarah Henshaw did— and occasionally overdid—full jus- tice to their lines. Bretaigne Windust |who was so fine in ‘The Jest’ was /sufficient in his comedy role, but in- stead of being the brilliant profes- |sor which the lines indicated he gave |more the impression of a retired farmer. It would seem possible to \be middle-aged without being stiff lin the joints. Mr. Windust did They came hot on each other’s heels | justice to his lines. He did more and there was no rest, no rhythm.|than justice, since one always knew The players clung to the play and re- | about ten seconds before it happened fused to blur anything. The cast|that he was about to come forth with so thoroughly appreciated the piece something of interest. that at times their enthusiasm bore| It was a forceful play and de- down on the ‘light comedy’ until it | serves attention. j LT ROOMS AVAILABLE THIS WEEK IN WOODS HOLE Louise and Elisabeth Mast ‘ 2) a 2D Name Address 2 so Shae Comments a aa) Eo a Breakwater Hotel West Street single 48-72 American Plan double Hamblin House Government St. 1 double 10-20 2 double Little Harbor Inn Government St. single 35-40 American plan double Mrs. Pierce Pleasant St. med. 2 single 2 1 10 med. 1 double 2 1 10 Mrs. Larkin; Pleasant St. large 2 single 2 1 12 Mrs. Robinson Quisset Ave. double rooms 8($7 for one person) Mrs.Densmore’ School St. med. 1 double 1 1 10 med. 2 single 2 1 12 Avery House Main Street large 2 single 4 1 °20 Running water large 1 double 3 1 20 large 1 double 4 1 20 large 1 double 1 1 12 large 1 double 1 1-12 large 1 double 1 1 12 small 1 single 1 1 12 small 1 single 1 1qQ med. l single 3 1 10 Mrs. Briggs School St. med. 2 single 2 1 9 large 1 double 2 1 9 Mrs. Young Middle St. med. 1double 2 1 6 large 1 double 3 1 8 med. 2single 2 1l. 5 Mrs. Boynton School St. large lsingle 3 1 1.50 per night. Trans. only. Leen enn Elizabeth Fenner who played op- | A TRIUMPH IN aicpoaente MICROSCOPE CONSTRUCTION Nore Combination THE NEW tis COMBINATION BINOCULAR and MONOCULAR BODY TWO IN ONE Changes from binocular to monocular vision and vice versa as easily and quickly as from one objective to another on a nosepiece. With the new Combination body all the possibilities of both eyes — greater bril- lianey of field, critical resolution and defini- tion, ease and comfort of vision, stereo- scopie effects, ete.—are -at the command of the operator. It is no longer necessary to bother with two tubes. Spencer Lens Company Manufacturers Microscopes, Microtomes, Delineascopes, Optical Measuring Instruments, Dissecting Instruments, Ete. SPENCER UFFALO BUFFALO, N. Y. BRANCHES: NEW YORK, 30STON, CHICAGO. SAN FRANCISCO WASHINGTON. __| Now Available - - | PRINCIPLES OF | PLANT PATHOLOGY | By | C. E. OWENS Associate Professor of Plant Pathology, | Oregon State Agricultural College, Corvallis, Oregon. HIS book has been planned for use in a one-semester course | : in Plant Pathology. It will meet the needs of undergraduates in schools of agriculture, and can be used with success in non- technical colleges and universities where applied courses in botany are offered. The book is divided into two parts. Part I treats the general aspects of plant pathology. Topics covered include :—Historieal account of the rise and development of the science of plant pathology; definition, symptoms, and classification of plant dis- eases; relation of plant diseases to the environment; methods of investigating plant diseases; sicksoil conditions; relation of insects to plant diseases; storage and transportation problems arising from plant diseases; and control measures, such as the use of fungicides, disease-resistant plants, clean seed and nursery stock, and quarantine and inspection. : | Part II deals with the specifie diseases selected for detailed study. The diseases mentioned are discussed and classified on the basis of cause. Under each disease listed, the treatment falls into four subdivisions: (a) a text diseussion of the disease; (b) directions for laboratory study; (c) a list of review questions; and (d) a list of references. : 629 pages 6x 9. 222 figures. $4.75 | JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc. | 440 Fourth Avenue New York City Number 8 Volume III WOODS HOLE, MASS., SATURDAY, AUGUST 25, 1928. THE COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY Twenty-four Investigators in Attendance this Summer. Students Limited to Forty. Fac Number of ilities for Mammalian Research. Course on “Surgical Methods in Biology” Given. THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY AT COLD SPRING HARBOR Dr. RecinaLp G. Harris Director of the Laboratory In its founding at Cold Spring Harbor in 1890, as a branch of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, the Biological Laboratory was endowed with ideals and poli- cies which were to control, almost completely, its development for nearly thirty-five years, and, to some extent at least, to the present time. One of the founders, Professor Franklin W. Hooper, Director of the Brooklyn Institute, had, through his personal acquaintance with Prof. Agassiz’s station at Penikese, ac- quired the marine biological enthusi- asm which two years previously had led to the establishment of the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole. Another founder, Mr. Eu- gene G. Blackford, fish commission- | er of New York, who brought in his interest in fisheries and the utili- tarian point of view so pronounced in certain European marine labora- tories; while a third founder, Mr. John D. Jones gave to the newly) established laboratory the aid and attitude of a wealthy layman inter- ested in biological instruction and research, | The Laboratory was early provid- ed by Mr. Jones and his brother with about three acres of land and four buildings, including a newly erected laboratory. Dr. Bashford Dean, the first director of the Lab- oratory, was of considerable help in interesting Mr. Jones in this ac- tion, which took place during Dr. Herbert W. Conn’s directorship. In 1898 Dr. Charles B. Daven- port became director of the Lab- oratory and brought with him a stimulating group of young biolo- gists, thereby notably increasing the extent of the scientific output of the Laboratory. A valuable addition to the physical equipment was made in 1904 by the erection of Blackford Memorial Hall, the gift of Mrs. Eugene Blackford. Other than this, however, growth of physical equip- the program of the Brooklyn Insti- tute became so vast, and its immedi- ate interests so localized, in Brook- lyn, that finally, with Professor Hooper’s death in 1914, interest in the Biological Laboratory fell off considerably. It became apparent that the Laboratory should look else- where for a fostering institution or group. The realization of this need was indicated in the raising, in 1917, from residents of the vicinity, of an Endowment Fund of $25,000, the income from which was expect- ed to meet the annual deficit. But this program, though accomplished, was found to be too modest, and in 1924 the Laboratory was trans- ferred from the Brooklyn Institute to the Long Island Biological Asso- ciation. Dr. Calkins has very truthfully said, in one of his articles in THE CoLLectTING NET, that “science trav- els on its purse.” The wonder is that the Biological Laboratory had, dur- ing the thirty-four years from 1890 through 1923, travelled so far on such a slender purse, for during this period it had extended its facilities to some fifteen hundred persons. Many of this number were students, while the investigators were, per- force,’ limited to those who could bring much of their own equipment, or carry on their work with the lim- ited equipment at the disposal of the Laboratory. The transfer of the Laboratory was effected with the primary end of enlarging the Laboratory’s purse, and for this purpose men of wealth were invited to co-operate. The re- sult is that the management of the Biological Laboratory, in respect to the Board of Directors of the Asso- ciation, is in the hands of biologists and laymen, each group being about equally represented numerically . This form of management has been highly beneficial. There would seem to be no more reason, per se, ment was not great, for gradually (Continued on Page 3) Dr. Conklin Subscription $1.25 Single Copies, 15¢ Delivers the Seventh William Thompson Sedgwick Memorial Lecture PROBLEMS OF DEVELOPMENT Dr. Epwin G. ConKiin Professor of Zoology, Princeton University Dr. Conklin delivered the evening lecture bearing the above title on July 27. printed here. The author’s summary and a review of the paper by Dr. Lillie are Development is progressive dif- ferentiation, coordinated in time and place, and leading to specific ends. There are innumerable problems of development. indeed almost every problem associated with living things finds illustration and illumination in developing organisms. It is as true today as it was exactly one hundred years ago when von Baer wrote his famous dictum that “Entwicklungsgeschichte ist ein wahrer Lichttrager”. But the chief problems of development may be grouped around the three phrases of the definition just given, namely: (1) When and how do progressive differentiations arise? (2) How are coordination,orientation and regula- tion brought about? (3) How can one explain the teleological charac- ter of development where the end seems to be in view from the begin- ning? Only the first of these general problems has received ade- quate treatment hitherto ; an import- ant beginning has been made on problems of coordination and regu- lation; but with respect to the teleological character of develop- ment we are still most completely in the dark, and many _biolog- ists regard this as no problem at all; that is, they explain it by explaining it away, or else they deny that it is a problem for scientific investigation and turn it over to philosophers or theologians. Inier-relations of Nucleus and Cytoplasm. The earliest steps in differentia- tion consist in the formation in the cell-body of specific substances as a result of the interaction of nucleus and cytoplasm, and the general method of this interaction can be readily seen. During intervals be- tween successive cell divisions the nucleus grows by absorbing soluble, dialysible substances from the cell body, whereas when the nuclear membrane is dissolved in mitosis a cloud of nuclear material, which could not diffuse through the nu- clear membrane, is set free into the cell-body. Thus the nucleus receives relatively simple food materials and gives out elaborated products. In the earliest stages of oogenesis and spermatogenesis the nucleus at its maximum size nearly fills the entire cell; almost all of the material in the cell-body at this stage is ab- sorbed by the nucleus in its growth, thus showing that at this stage most of the cell contents are dialysible; but as development proceeds and differentiation products appear in the cell-body the quantity of cyto- plasmic material which cannot be absorbed by the nucleus in_ its growth increases, while the relative volume of the nucleus decreases. Finally, in the mature ovum, al- though the nucleus is large, it is still only a fraction of the volume of the cell-body ; and in later stages of differentiation the ratio of nuc- leus to cytoplasm continues to grow less until it may be only one hun- dredth part or less of the volume of the entire cell. Undoubtedly cell-division plays an important part in ontogenetic dif- ferentiations; it facilitates inter- change between nucleus and cyto- plasm, it stimulates. intracellular movements of orientation and local- ization, it leads to the more complete isolation of different substances; but all of these things may take place in the absence of cell-division, as we see in many highly differenti- ated protozoa, spermatozoa and tissue cells. In fact, the fundamen- tal features of differentiation are the same in unicellular and in multi- cellular forms. Promorphology of the Egg The early differentiations of polarity, symmetry and pattern of localization have long been known as the ‘“‘promorphology” of the egg, a name which indicates that they are causally related to the morphology (Continued on Page 2) PAGE TWO THE COLLECTING NET SSS a ea anne PROBLEMS OF DEVELOPMENT (Continued from Page 1) | of the embryo. Unlike the differen- tiations of the spermatozoon, which | are largely lost when it enters the | egg, these early differentiations of | the ovum are the foundations of | embryonic differentiations. They) determine the polarity, symmetry, | type of cleavage, pattern of localiza- | tion and general plan of develop- ment. Not until after these earlier and more fundamental differentia- tions have occurred does the effect | of the genes brought into the egg | by the spermatozoon begin to be felt. Consequently, while the share | of the egg and the spermatozoon is approximately equal in later stages of development, as is shown by re- ciprocal crosses, their share in the early stages is not equal, since the promorphology of the egg deter- | mines the type of early development and consequently the general plan and pattern of the embryo. And this promorphology has developed either as the direct result of the activity of the genes in the ovarian egg or through stimuli or “inductions” received from egg membranes, the position of the egg in the ovary or its relation to other maternal tis- sues, which in turn are conditioned by maternal genes,—that is it is the result of “maternal inheritance.” In short, ontogeny begins before ferti- lization and therefore the share of the egg in development is greater than that of the spermatozoon. But in support of the general equality of the sexes it should be said that the share of the maternal grand- father is probably as great as that of the grandmother in determining the | promorphology of the egg. Origin of Differentiations In answer, then, to our first inquiry, when and how do progres- sive differentiations arise, it may be said that we have the outlines of a fairly satisfactory mechanistic pro- cess, although there are certain) serious gaps in the picture. Ditf- ferentiations occur at every stage in| ontogeny from the formation of the | egg in the ovary to the end of| development. Genes as well as the| cellular substance surrounding them are factors in this process at every stage. By some interaction between | genes and other nuclear and cyto- | plasmic materials specific chemical substances are formed in the cell body, and by means of intracellular movements these substances are localized in definite regions of the egg and are afterwards isolated by phase membranes or cell walls. Similar processes of segregation and: isolation continue throughout the cleavage and early embryology, the earlier specializations inducing dif- ferentiation in unspecialized cells and areas. Finally, individual cells in the various organ-forming areas undergo their last differentiations (histo-differentiation) by the same processes of formation of specific substances and their localization. Problems of Orientation, Co- ordination and Regulation Concerning our second major pro- blem, namely, how are coordination, orientation and regulation brought about, recent researches have added much to our knowledge without fur- nishing any final solution. What are the methods and means of coordina- tion in development? What controls the time and place of action of the genes and other factors? What fixes the rate of differentiation in various parts and in different species? More accessible than any of these questions and no less im- portant, what determines the orieri- tation of movements upon which the orderly localization of all sub- stances and processes depends? We know very little about any of these problems. Even the time and rate of cell division varies greatly in different cells and areas of the same embryo and presumably this is due to differences in their physical and chemical constitution, though there is often no direct evidence of such differences. The orientation of intracellular movements by which different sub- stances are segregated and localized and the mitotic spindles turned into particular positions so that cleavage takes a characteristic form for each species is one of the most important and mysterious processes in develop- ment. These orientations of move- ments in eggs and blastomeres, the active changes in the shapes of cells, as for example in gastrulation where the ectodermal epithelium may be- come flattened and the endoderm columnar, the continued growth of cells in one axis, as in the notochord, all of these and many other simi- lar phenomena give evidence of being mechanistic phenomena cap- able of a physiological explanation ; and yet we do not know what causes even the circulation of protoplasm in a plant cell, and much less do we know what causes and directs the movements of chromosomes, centro- somes, amphiasters and formative materials in eggs and embryos. Causes of regulation and re- integration are among the most perplexing problems of development. A perfectly determinate, non-regula- tive type of development could be conceived of in a strictly mechanis- tic, materialistic way; to be sure, the mechanism would need to be wonderfully complex, but still if it always went in one way and to one end there would be good reasons to maintain that it is a pure mechan- ism. But regulative development, and all development is more or less regulative, in which displaced sub- stances resume their typical posi- ‘tions, isolated blastomeres give rise to whole embryos “as if the pattern of the whole were in every part’, and in which the predestined fate of substances and cells is complete- ly altered in order, if I may say so, to carry out the typical plan,—how is it possible to explain such regula- tion and restoration in a mechanis- tic manner? In this respect the development of mosaic eggs, which are generally regarded as a later and more highly organized type, is easier to understand than that of the more primitive regulative eggs. The Teleology of Development We cannot at present offer a pure- ly mechanistic explanation of regu- lation, nor, for that matter, of orientation, nor of any other process in the whole course of development. And this brings us to our last great problem; namely, how can one explain the apparent teleology of development where the end seems to be in view from the beginning? Development is indeed the most perfect example of teleology in all nature. Consider the teleological character of every stage in this process, the genes and their marshal- ling in time and place ; chromosomes and their synapsis and reduction upon which the whole of mendelism depends; the adaptive structures of ova and spermatozoa; consider the adaptations to particular ends of mitosis and cell-division; the forma- tion, segregation, localization of specialized substances ; the coordina- tion and induction of parts; the orientation and regulation of all developmental processes. From be- ginning to end it appears that development is moving toward a goal. Substances appear at the right time and place for future needs; adaptations appear in cleavage, as Lillie (1899) showed long ago; organs develop in anticipation of future needs, eyes and sense organs while the embryo is still protected from the special stimuli for which they are fitted. In short, the needs of the future organism are antici- pated at every step. Spemann, whose experimental analysis of the de- velopment of the amphibian egg is the admiration of the scientific world, said in his rectorial address at the University of Freiburg (1923), “Nature acts in develop- ment as an artist making a picture or model ; indeed, as every organizer does who handles materials whether living or not living This differs from Weismann’s purely mechanis- tic theories and resembles our own activities” —that is: it is apparently purposive and in the same sense in which our activities are purposive. I shall not weary you with a recital of the many historic at- tempts to solve this problem, but shall merely recall that they fall into two categories, the vitalistic and the mechanistic. The former assumes a perfecting principle, indwelling soul, vis formative, vis essentialis, ente- lechy or élan vital as the guiding and directing factor. This factor is acknowledgedly beyond the reach of science and. the scientific method. Such an assumption virtually de- clares the mystery insoluble and therefore removes the strongest stimulus to further research. We must therefore as scientific workers refuse the “Ruhekissen” of vitalism and seek our solution of the problem in mechanism, for science deals only with mechanisms and a scientific solution must be mechanistic. If the experiences of one cycle could be impressed upon the next by the inheritance of acquired charac- ters there would be a basis for the doctrine of “precocious segregation” proposed by Lankester or for the “law of acceleration’ of Hyatt, according to which adult character- istics are carried back to earlier and earlier stages in ontogeny. But there is no satisfactory evidence for the inheritance of such acquire- ‘ments. On the other hand the Darwin- ian explanation of fitness, namely multifarious variation and the elimi- nation of the unfit, applies to every stage of development as well as to adult organisms. For every adult that is eliminated by natural selec- tion scores of embryos and larvae and hundreds of eggs are found unfit, and as fitness here applies to future needs as well as to present ones, it would be possible to explain even the teleological character of development in a mechanistic man- ner, if it always ran a constant course, as in mosaic eggs. But how is it possible to explain regulative development where the plan is changed to meet new conditions and where the “organizer” in the em- bryo “acts as an artist making a picture or model.” Most of all, how is it possible by mechanistic science to explain the purposive activity of the artist, for whether there be any- thing in the developing organism resembling purpose there is no doubt that purpose exists in human life and, if mechanism is universal, sooner or later science must deal with this greatest of problems. Purpose in man and teleology in organisms may be fundamentally alike, in which case the “organizer” in development would “resemble our own activities” as Spemann has sug- gested, and yet both of these be casual phenomena and therefor sub- jects for scientific investigation. Here is the greatest problem of development and one which so far from discouraging research should greatly stimulate it. The chain of cause and effect is endless and every cause discovered leads to inquiries as to the cause of this cause. We trace differentia- tions to inductions and these to earlier formations and localizations of formative materials and these to the promorphology of the egg, and all of these to genes,—only to be met by the eternal question of the cause of this last link. We find mechan- isms of differentiation only to inquire as to the causes of these mechanisms. We find orientations, regulations and teleology only to be mystified by the immensity and complexity of these problems of development. But this is the method and these are the limita- tions of science, for nature is infinite and our science touches only (Continued on Page 3) PROBLEMS OF DEVELOPMENT (Continued from Page 2) the hem of her garment. But so far from discouraging research it should stimulate us to know that we are working in a field which has no limits and that our explorations will never end, will never lead to an ultima Thule because there is no such place. REVIEW By Dr. Frank R. LILiie Professor of Embryology, University of Chicago It is not intended here to make an attempt to evaluate this very notable lecture which sums up much of the experience of a great and experienced student of problems of development, and in which import- ant new additions to our knowledge are also included. A few impres- sions only will be recorded in this place, for the matters dealt with are so fundamental both in biology and in philosophy that a real dis- cussion and review would necessari- ly be lengthy. The new results, which may first be mentioned, concern two funda- mental problems, viz: the extent to which progressive differentiation may proceed without the formation of cell-walls, and the effects of centri- fuging on the development of the egg. On the first topic: cell division may be suppressed in the egg of the ascidian, Styela, but if nuclear divi- sions continue a certain degree of differentiation may be attained in different regions of the egg. This agrees in general with previous observations, on the egg of Chae- topterus for instance ; but in the case of Styela differentiation apparently proceeds farther, and in a greater number of elements than previously recorded in other forms. More- over, the nuclei of differentiated areas exhibit the typical peculari- ties of the cells of the normal homo- logous areas, though cell-walls are entirely lacking. Professor Conklin has carried the analysis of this very interesting phenomenon much far- ther than has been done before, and the announcement of the details of the experiments will be awaited with great interest. Professor Conklin’s statement concerning his newer results on the effects of centrifuging on the asci- dian egg carry this subject a great step forward. In previous experi- ments by Lillie, Morgan, Conklin himself, and others it had been shown that displacement .of the visible granules of the egg from normal locations by centrifuging might be accomplished without seri- ous detriment to subsequent develop- ment (annelids, sea-urchins and molluscs). From this it followed that the displaced substances were not necessary to the differentia- tions when they were normally local- ized, and also that they produce no THE COLLECTING NET ontogenetically specific effects in the new locations; accordingly they can not be regarded as ‘“‘specific formative” agencies in any strict sense of the word. Lillie concluded from this that ontogenetic segrega- tion is a function of the hyaline “ground substance’ of the cyto- plasm. Conklin had, however, reached a divergent result at about the same time in the ascidian egg which he announced only briefly (1909, Anat. Rec. 3) p. 153)) viz: that specific organ formation fol- lowed the displacement of the sub- stances. This discrepancy has now been cleared up beautifully by the result announced in this lecture, that light centrifuging may result in a dis- placement of formed granules with- out detriment to subsequent de- velopment but that with heavy cen- trifuging organ formation follows the displacements, and a heterogen- eous assemblage of structures results in the subsequent development. Conklin draws the conclusion that at least most of the visible inclu- sions in different areas of the egg are not “organ-forming”’, but that areas of the cytoplasm are, so that when such entire areas are dislo- cated development is never normal. “Tn this way the most bizarre mons- ters may be formed, with their different organs out of all proper relation to one another.” To this distinction between the properties of formed substances in the egg and of entire areas, the reviewer heartily agrees. Conk- lin’s results reveal a localization of true embryonic segregates in the ascidian egg before cleavage; and further analysis of the results should show, by the test of self differentiation, exactly how many segregates there are, and what their potencies. The one criticism that the re- viewer would make on this section of the lecture is that Conklin does not give full weight to his own results. If specific potency attaches to areas, and not to their formed inclusions, the entire basis of all the permissible implications of the “organ forming substance” hypo- thesis is destroyed, and the name should be abandoned as __ pre- judicial. The results show that the formed elements of the cy- toplasm are not steps in prepara- tion for embroynic _ seregation. “Chemo - differentiation”, as ob- served, is an end result, a purely phenotypic character, not a cause of subsequent differentiation. We do not know whether the actual steps in differentiation, of the character of ontogenetic segregation, are chemical or physical in their nature, or even whether there is any sense in this distinction in this con- nection. The results of such steps may be named segregates by the criterion of capacity for self-dif- ferentiation. The experiments show neither the mode of origin nor the differentiating properties of the segregates. However, it is extreme- ly important to have a new and con- vincing demonstration of the exis- tence of several such segregates in the ascidian egg before cleavage begins. This is at least a clue to their origination. The conceptions of chemo-differ- entiation by successive steps from genes and gene products in inter- action with cytoplasmic substances, production of ‘‘specific chemical ” . . . | substances”, their localization and isolation, with resulting organo- differentiation etc. are mentioned sympathetically by Conklin in the section on physiology of develop- ment. These are old stalking horses of the embryologist, and not to be neglected without discourtesy. This is the best that may be said of them. They are saluted! and it is wise to pass on. “Development is progressive dif- ferentiation coordinated in time and place, and leading to specific ends”’. This is a good definition. The prob- lems of orientation, coordination and regulation are considered by Conklin as among the most essential aspects of development. They have led many to question the adequacy of mechanics to describe the world of experience. But Conklin does not follow Driesch and others into vitalism. There is a middle ground of continued inquiry, and of philo- sophy. perfect example of teleology in all nature’. This problem Conklin thinks must be faced boldly, avoid- ing the pitfall of vitalism and seek- ing the solution of our problem in mechanism ‘“‘with which alone sci- ence is concerned”. Such mechanis- tic explanations may be sought in Lamarckism or Darwinism; but development presents difficulties at present insuperable on either line of approach. The problem is indicated but not grappled with here. It might have been said that “mechanism” is a human invention, and that perhaps, consistently with belief in uniformity, future philo- sophers may find Nature more organismal and less mechanistic in her texture then scientists find it profitable to believe at this time. However, this is a remark of the reviewer and not of the lecturer. COLD SPRING LABORATORY (Continued from Page 1) . why a Biological Laboratory should be wholly under the control of biol- ogists, than why a university should be wholly under the control of its professors. It would appear to be axiomatic that the nature and ex- tent of the work of any laboratory is dependent upon its workers and the funds available for their use. It is likewise apparent that men who have spent their lives in biological work should best be qualified to con- trol the biological activities, while men who have spent their lives in the management of corporations should be unusually well fitted to control the non-biological aspects of a corporation. It must further be apparent that some biologists’ experiences have included manage- PAGE THREE ment, while many of the laity have had the experience of managing uni- versities, hospitals and other cor- porations whose activities are not necessarily confined to the accumu- lation of wealth, the production of utilities, or other so-called ‘‘busi- ness” interests. There is an unques- tionable liaison between the leaders of all activities, and the Biological Laboratory has found not only re- markably high absence of friction, but the best obtainable advice on all its problems to be attendant upon a well chosen mixed board of direc- tors. The. Board of Directors is supple- mented by a_ Scientific Advisory Committee composed of biologists who are in charge of the courses, and of investigators who have been at the laboratory during the year. It is assumed that in this way the Laboratory Director, and the Board of Directors, have the benefit of the formal advice of a representa- tive group well acquainted with bio- logical problems, particularly in re- lation to the Biological Laboratory at any given time. Sub-committees of the Scientific Advisory Committee take up spe- cial problems, while an Executive Committee of seven members takes 1 | action on pressing matters in inter- “Development is the most | vals between meetings of the Board of Directors. The Director of the Laboratory is in residence through- out the year. There is an active Women’s Auxiliary, and a mem- bership of about two hundred and fifty in the corporation. Such a management as that out- lined, no doubt has an influence on policy, a marked change of which has expressed itself in the present instance since the transfer of the Laboratory to the Long Island Bio- logical Association. The policy un- der which the Laboratory is now operated gives primary importance to biological research. Far from seeking an increase in the number of students enrolling in the courses given at the Laboratory during the summer, definite attempts are being made to reduce the number, so that more space may be given investiga= tors, both in living quarters and in laboratories. It is expected that the total number of students matri- culated in courses will not exceed forty, while it may be kept at an even smaller number. In pursu- ance of this policy, the nature of the courses has been changed, and will continually be directed toward the needs of carefully selected students. Students are made familiar with ex- perimental methods in the courses in Physiology, Plant Ecology, and Surgical Methods in Experimental Biology; and, beginning next year, the most elementary course in zoolo- gy given at the Laboratory will have a similar end, namely to aid in the training of persons fitted to carry on biological research. Facilities for research have been considerably increased during the last three years by the erection of two new buildings, including the (Continued on Page 4) PAGE FOUR COLD SPRING LABORATORY 2 (Continued from Page 3) George Land Nichols Memorial, and | a student laboratory building, which lab- releases the John D. Jones oratory and makes it available for investigators. The old lecture hall has been refitted for research, mak- ing a total of some twenty rooms} available at present. Two dwelling houses have been procured and are} being remodelled to provide small | suites for investigators and their families. Over thirty acres of land have been purchased to provide sites for laboratory buildings, and oppor- | tunities for investigators to erect summer homes near the laboratory. | Finally, the scientific equipment has been considerably augmented. All of this represents a fattening of the laboratory’s purse of assets, un-| der the new management, by about $150,000. The truth of Dr. Calkins’ statement about science and purses is further substantiated by the fact that the number of biologists carry- ing on research at the Laboratory during the summer has increased this year to twenty-four, the bud- get having increased from about $7,000 to about $45,000 in the five years since the transfer. With this increase in funds avail- able, the laboratories are equipped, of course, with gas, electricity, fresh water and sea water, aquaria, com- mon laboratory apparatus, some spe- cial apparatus, operating rooms, ani- mal rooms, and a chemical supply room. There is also a collecting launch. While all of the labora- tories are located in wooden build- | ings, there are a small number of specially constructed vibrationless tables, supported on concrete pillars which are free from contact with the building. The private library of the Labora- tory is unimposing, but the adjoin- ing library of the Department of Genetics of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, with 12,000 volumes, largely serials, is available for the use of the investigators at the Laboratory. Evening lectures are held during the summer ; classes of nature study are given for the children of investigators and neigh- bors; and estates and gardens near- by are visited on Saturday and Sun- day afternoons. The social life of the Laboratory is quiet and in- formal. The Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor is attempting to substantiate, in a relatively modest way, the value of such a laboratory to the advancement of biology, al- ready so remarkably well demon- strated, on a large scale, by the Ma- rine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole. In their work the two Lab- oratories have the same broad pur- pose and, as would be expected, many of their methods of carrying out their aims are similar. How- ever, there are some differences of method, perhaps the most striking of which has been the addition, at Cold Spring Harbor, of facilities THE COLLECTING NET for research on mammals. But this difference, while marked in practice, is not particularly marked from the viewpoint of policy. It is merely carrying a step farther a_ policy which has long been in practice at both Laboratories, namely that of not limiting research to work upon marine organisms. It is believed, by the officers of the Biological Labora- tory, that this step makes the work of the Laboratory only the more catholic in extent, and has the ad- ditional virtue of co-operating with a wider range of departments of universities and of medical schools, at the same time giving the work- ers at smaller colleges opportunities of which they might otherwise be deprived. In the furtherance of these aims, the course of Surgical Methods in Experimental Biology was added to the curriculum of courses given during the summer. Thus far the very high type of students who have taken this course, and the benefits which they have derived from it, have seemed to support the belief upon which the course is based. Mammalian work at the Biological Laboratory was inaugurated four years ago with en- docrinological studies carried on by Dr. W. W. Swingle and his gradu- ate students from Yale University. Since that time the work has fur- ther embraced parasitological stu- dies, experimental embryology, studies on the physiology of repro- duction, and even experimental pharmacology, all carried on with mammalian material. This work has brought in a group of medical investigators, as well as pure biolo- gists, and has lent to the Laboratory an atmosphere which has seemed to be advantageous. That atmosphere results from the juxtaposition of experimental biology and experi- mental medicine, with a consequent mutual exchange of viewpoints and methods of approach of what we have been pleased to call “pure bi- ology” and “applied biology.” It is believed that such intercourse is of value to both groups, and provides a useful liaison between workers and methods that have, perhaps, been too widely separated. At the Laboratory, the experimen- tal biology occupied with marine or- ganisms has been concerned of late largely with Fundulus, which is abundant here, though sea-urchins, starfish, Limulus and many other well known marine forms are also plentiful and are used from time to time by various investigators. The marine fauna at Cold Spring Har- bor is doubtless less varied than at Woods Hole, but the forms oc- curring here are frequently present in unusually large numbers. At the same time workers at the Biological Laboratory have available, nearby, excellent fresh water, as well as estuary and woodland col- lecting areas, the region being un- usually rich in the freshwater ani- mals and plants frequently sought by protozoologists and physiologists. The Laboratory is contemplating a departure from the usual policy and practice of similar*stations in this country by the formation of a small permanent staff of investiga- tors. Such a step would seem to be unusually practicable here, due to the proximity of Cold Spring Har- bor to New York City; and indeed the feasibility of such a project at Cold Spring Harbor has already been successfully demonstrated by the Carnegie Institution. The per- manent staff will in time, no doubt, be made up of two groups, those who are definitely members of the staff, and those who are temporarily members during a_ sabbatical or other leave from another institution. Both groups will be paid by the Laboratory. This policy will tend, doubtless, to keep down further rapid growth of the activities of the- Laboratory during the summer. Thus it is probable that the size of the Bio- logical Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor, at that season, will remain more or less constant, maintaining its present relationship to the size of the Marine Biological [Laboratory at Woods Hole. In any case the roles of the two Laboratories, as I see them, will continue to be mutual- ly helpful, from the broad viewpoint of the advancement of biological knowledge. In working toward this advancement, I am happy to say, the administrations of both Labora- tories are carrying on with complete friendship and harmony, and it is with this in view that the Biological Laboratory is happy and honored to have this opportunity of expressing to the Marine Biological Laboratory, through THE CotLtectine NET, its high esteem and friendly regard. THE MATURATION DIVISIONS AND SEGREGATION Dr. E. ELEANOR CAROTHERS Lecturer in Zoology, University of Pennsylvania (Presented at July 17 Seminar) Biologists, particularly cytologists and geneticists, have a habit of re- ferring to one of the maturation divisions as the reduction and the other as the equation division. Wil- son, McClung and Wenrich, how- ever, all realized as soon as they were convinced that parasynapsis was the general rule that it would be impossible to determine which was the segregation (reduction) division from the structure of the prophase tetrads following parasynapsis ex- cept in cases where some means of distinguishing between homologues exists. Evidence as to the time of segre- gation is available, however, from three sources. (1) Sex chromo- somes, (2) Hetermorphic homolo- gues and (3) Genetics. Only the first two were considered. A table was given which summarized the evidence from the sex-chromo- somes as presented in the recent edition of Professor E. B. Wilson’s valuable book. Thirty-one, out of forty-eight genera cited, show pre- reduction in regard to the sex- chromosomes and the remaining seventeen post-reduction for these chromosomes. The present work is concerned with the segregation of unequal homologues in three genera of short-horned grasshoppers. The homologues are readily identified due to their difference in size and clearly show that segregation occurs sometimes in the first maturation division and sometimes in the second. Obviously, therefore, neither divi- sion can be referred to, accurately, as the reduction division, the term is applicable only to individual pairs of chromosomes and not to either maturation division. As to the origin of the unequal homologues studied, the smaller member of the pair is the normal one. The larger one, apparently, originates in some individuals from the transformation of terminal granules into chromosome vesicles which become densely chromatic and are maintained and transmitted, finally becoming constricted in cer- tain individuals to form chromom- eres. In one genus certain indivi- duals were found which had both homologues of the pair under con- sideration of the larger type result- ing in a typical tetrad which was still recognizable on account of a definite morphological feature but which was moved completely out of its usual position in the size series. If my suggestion as to the mode of origin is correct, then, new chroma- tin has been organized to form a permanent component of the com- plex, and, granted that the chroma- tin bears hereditary factors, a mechanism for progression change is shown. The change should be adaptive in character if we further assume that chromomere vesicles are an indication of increased func- tional activity. REVIEW Dr. P. W. WHITING Associate Professor of Zoology, University of Pittsburgh It is often a matter of wonder to the critical-minded that certain views generally accepted and reasonable enough for a certain period persist in text-books and in the mind of the majority long after the contrary has been proved. Thus, as pointed out by Dr. E. Eleanor Carothers, it has been generally held that of the two maturation divisions forming spore, sperm, or egg, the first or hetero- typic is reductional, while the second or homotypic is equational. The morphological difference between the former and ordinary diploid (Continued on Page 5) REVIEW (Continued from Page 4) mitosis doubtless gave rise to the concept that the peculiar pheno- menon of reduction took place here. The apparent similarity of the latter, barring haploidy, to soma- tic divisions, led to the supposition that the second division was of signi- ficance only for increase in cell num- ber. Earlier cytological drawings indicate that the investigator was dominated by the belief that the homologues meeting in synapsis separate in the first subsequent divi- sion. The arrangement of chroma- tids in the tetrad has rarely been understood by cytologists, much less by biologists working in other fields. For the geneticist, as Dr. Caro- thers indicated, the problem of pre- reduction or post-reduction is rarely of significance, as the end result is usually the same in either case. Linkage relationships have, how- ever, demonstrated that crossing- over takes place in a four strand (“tetrad”) stage, and diploid par- thenogenesis indicates that the first division may be equational for some, reductional for other loci. Dr. Carothers summarized the evidence from the cytological point of view, demonstrating that for sex chromosomes, as well as for hetero- morphic euchromosome tetrads, the first division might be in some cases equational, in others reductional. It is high time that text books were changed and brought up to a date long since past. Morphological heterogeneity of homologues has been explained in diverse ways. Point of spindle fibre attachment may vary. Fusions of chromosomes or parts of chromo- somes may cause dissimilarity of synapsing mates. Dr. Carothers now suggests a third possibility, supposing that the much-mooted chromosome vesicles may, through a process of condensation become integral parts of the chromosome. Thus the quantity of chromatin is increased. It is even suggested that there may be here a basis for pro- gressive evolution. Does Dr. Caro- thers conclude that new genetic loct| are thus created ? The objective facts of swollen clear vesicles and small dark vesicles connected with definite parts of de- finite chromosomes are undeniable. Is the process one of condensation bringing material from plasm to) chromosome, or is it the reverse originating at a certain chromosome locus, spreading out into a vesicle which eventually disintegrates, af- fecting the entire cell, a link, per- haps, between factor and character ? It seems to the reviewer that the true significance of chromosome vesicles still lies in the realm of speculation. It is unfortunate that time did not allow discussion of Dr. Carothers’ paper. Her exhibit of cytological preparations showing heteromorphic tetrads with diagram- matic clearness was entirely con- vincing. THE COLLECTING NET Sa | STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF THE KIDNEY OF THE GOOSEFISH (LOPHIUS PISCATORIUS) Dr. E. K. Marsa tt, JR. Professor of Physiology, Johns Hopkins University AND ALLAN L. GRAFFLIN (Presented at August 16 Seminar) The mammalian kidney is a rather complex structure made up of many units called tubules. The tubule takes its origin in Bowman’s capsule, containing the glomerular tuft of capillaries. The capsule opens by a narrow neck into the tubule proper, which doubles and twists ( proximal convoluted tubule). This then leads to the loop of Henle and hence to another convoluted tubule (distal) which ends in a col- lecting tubule. The different parts of the tubule contain different types of epithelium, so that we have here several histologically distinct struc- tures. The functions of the different parts of the renal unit have interest- ed investigators since Bowman cor- rectly described the connection of the capsule with the tubule. At present one might say that most in- vestigators in this field agree that the best working hypothesis to ex- plain the formation of urine involves the idea of filtration in the glomer- ulus and reabsorption of certain bodies by the tubule. To some in- vestigators, this explains the whole of the formation of urine; to others, the assignment of a further function than reabsorption to some part of the tubule is necessary—the passage of substances from the blood or lymph through the tubule cells into its lumen, the energy for the trans- fer being furnished by the tubule cells. This is the process that has been called secretion. If we could have a tubule or only one homogeneous part of a tubule separated from all other parts of the renal unit under normal con- ditions for study, knowledge of great value as to what such a struc- ture could do would be obtained. Nature in the kidney of the goose- | fish (Lophius piscatorius) has fur- nished such a preparation. Balfour and Vincent have briefly described the kidney of this fish, and state that both glomeruli and tubules are present. On the other hand, Audigé in 1910 made the statement that the kidney of the goosefish has neither an arterial supply nor glom- eruli. We have found a slight arterial supply anda very rich ven- ous supply, the blood from the latter passing through two capillary beds before reaching the kidney. Macer- ation studies show that all of the tubules investigated commence blindly without a Bowman’s capsule or glomerular tuft at their be- ginning. A serial section of a whole kidney showed seventy-eight bodies resembling glomeruli, but which for certain reasons we have called (Continued on Page 6) PAGE FIVE New and Forthcoming Publications in BIOLOGY PRINCIPLES OF PLANT PHYSI- OLOGY By ORAN RABER of Biological Abstracts 377 pages, 8vo. $3.00 A modern approach to the subject for beginning courses, well organ- ized, interestingly written, and emi- nently teachable. Published A TEXTBOOK OF BOTANY (Wisconsin Botany) Revised edition By G. M. SMITH, J. B. OVERTON, E. M. GILBERT, R. H. DENNISTON, G. S. BRYAN, C. E. ALLEN. Ready September 11th A thorough revision of this success- ful textbook with new material and new illustrations. A new laboratory manual will be available in October. A BRIEF COURSE IN BIOLOGY By W. H. WELLHOUSE and G. 0. HENDRICKSON of Iowa State College Ready in October A brief, clear and scientifically ac- curate treatment of biological prin- ciples designed for beginning college courses of one semester. LABORATORY DIRECTIONS IN COLLEGE ZOOLOGY By H. L. BRUNER of Butler University 163 pages, 8vo. $1.40 A laboratory manual designed par- ticularly for use with Hegner’s Col- lege Zoology and offering excellent material for a year’s course. Published, yxRoRATORY MANUAL FOR COMPARATIVE ANATOMY By M. E. LITTLE and R. T. Kempton of New York University Ready in October A manual combining the older method of type study with the mo- dern systematic treatment and par- ticularly adapted for use with Wal- ter’s Biology of the Vertebrates. THE FROG By WALDO SHUMWAY of the University of Illinois 67 pages, 12mo, $.90 A well organized, detailed dissect- ing guide for the study of the ana- tomy of the frog. Published For Further Information Regarding These or Other Titles in Biology Write to THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 60 Fifth Avenue New York HOW WE INHERIT By EDGAR ALTENBURG Rice Institute Discusses the process of reproduction, inheritance as seen by the breeder and through the microscope, the genetical interpretation of sex, how the race evolves, the ultimate units of inheritance, the limits of artificial seleetion, etc. The particular merit of How We Inherit lies in its lucid and concrete presentation of the story of heredity in the light of the latest biological research. $3.00. Students’ Edition $2.40. GENERAL BIOLOGY Revised Edition By L. L. BURLINGAME, H. HEATH, E. G. MARTIN and G. J. PEIRCE Stanford University The book has been revised in the light of helpful criticisms from teachers who have used it since it was published six years ago. Much new matter has been introduced, chiefly in the fields of vitamins, hormones, determination of sex, and heredity. Two chapters have also been added on the classification of animals and plants. Numerous omissions and changes have been made in order to simplify certain difficult topics. $3.50 GENERAL ZOOLOGY Revised Edition By A. S. PEARSE Duke University In this revision of General Zoology, several chapters have been com- pletely rewritten, five new chapters dealing with histology, embryology, physiology, ecology and genetics have been added, and a number of new illustrations have been included. The new material not only brings the book up to date, but also adds to its usefulness as a text in general zool- ogy. $2.75 HENRY HOLT AnD COMPANY One Park Avenue New York IPAGE SIX STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF THE KIDNEY OF THE GOOSEFISH (LOPHIUS PISCATORIUS) (Continued from Page 5) pseudo-glomeruli. Careful _ serial sections of twelve of these struc- tures have failed to show a connec- tion with a true uriniferous tubule, except in one possible instance, while by maceration and teasing methods about thirty tufts were iso- lated and found to have no tubular connection. In the same kidney in which these seventy-eight pseudo- glomeruli occur, there are at a min- imum about 150,000 tubules, or about one pseudo-glomerulus to two thousand tubules. Functionally, then, we can consider this structure as a purely tubular kidney. Water is eliminated quite readily by the kidney of this fish: 700 cc. of urine may be obtained in 24 hours and an excretion rate of 10-30 cc. per hour is quite common. From the data of analyses of blood plasma and urine presented, it was evident that the chloride concen- tration in the urine is always slight- ly higher than in the blood ; that urea occurs in only small amounts in both blood and urine and is never more concentrated in urine than in blood; that magnesium, sulphate, and creatine are highly concentrated in their passage through the kidney ; and that phosphate may be present in the urine in greater or lesser concentration than in the blood. Of the total nitrogen of the urine, crea- tine makes up a large percentage, but 40 to 60% is unaccounted for by the ordinary urinary consti- tuents. From the above data, it seems fairly safe to conclude that we have here tubular excretion of all sub- stances present in the urine. Since the concentrations of bodies in the urine is by no means the same as in the blood plasma, energy must be expended by the cells in excre- tion. This could be explained by a filration of a deproteinized plasma at one level of the tubule, and the reabsorption of water and certain solutes at another level; or by secretion by the tubule cells. The former of these hypotheses would appear inadequate for the following reasons. 1. We have found no histological difference in the epithe- lium of the tubule at different levels. 2. The blood pressure in the tubular capillaries or sinusoids must be very low, probably too low to overcome the osmotic pressure of the plasma proteins. 3. Normally the urine contains no glucose. If glucose is injected, no glycosuria results, and the same is true if phlorizin is injected alone or with a large dose of glucose. 4. Not all diffusible foreign substances are eliminated by this kidney. Ferrocyanide when injected intravenously does not ap- pear in the urine. Phenol red and indigo carmine, substances for which there is some evidence for secretion in the mammal, are readily excreted. Summarizing, it might be pointed THE COLLECTING NET out that our conclusions apply only to this fish; but, if secretion occurs in the tubule cells of this kidney, it would appear extremely unlikely that it has been completely lost in the evolution of the mammalian kidney. REVIEW Dr. A. N. RicHarps Professor of Pharmacology, University of Pennsylvana There is little need for extended published comment at the present time upon the extremely interesting work in which Dr. Marshall and Mr. Graffin are engaged. Some years ago Dr. Marshall committed himself to the theory that the renal tubule possesses secretory func- tions: now he is fortunate in hav-} ing a fish which is apparently designed for no other purpose than to demonstrate the truth of this belief. Its kidneys are not discerni- bly equipped with a filtering mechan- ism, but they do for this fish the same sort of work which glomerulus- equipped kidneys do for other animals. It is obvious to conclude that Lophius kidneys must “‘se- crete”; and if they do, then probably more highly organized kidneys pos- sess a remnant at least of secretory capacity. The investigation as yet has scarcely passed the descriptive stage and criticism would be unwarranted. But proof of secretion by exclusion of filtration will not be satisfactori- ly convincing until it is supported by more positive evidence. Those who are interested in the problem of the kidney will eagerly await the information which will emerge from analytical study of renal processes in Lophius, hoping that, if renal secretion is a reality, here at last it may receive compelling and unambi- guous demonstration. FURTHER EXPERIMENTS ON GLOMERULAR ELIMINATION IN THE FROG’S KIDNEY Dr. A. N. RicHARDS Professor of Pharmacology, University of Pennsylvania (Summary of Evening Lecture Delivered on August 17.) After a brief sketch of present opinion concerning the processes involved in the formation of urine, and a statement of recent results, obtained by direct observation and instrumental manipulation of the frog’s kidney, an account was given of a series of experiments made in collaboration with Dr. A. W. Walker. These were designed ‘to trace the passage of phenol- sulphonephthalein (phenol red ) through the kidney of the frog and to identify the processes which are concerned in its excretion. Phenol red was chosen because it appears to be treated by the kidney in a manner similar to that in which urea and other normal urinary constituents are treated; and be- cause it has recently been used in experiments by others (Marshall, Vickers, Crane and Edwards, Starling and Verney, Bensley and Steen), with results which have been interpreted by them as support for a secretory doctrine of tubule activity; and, finally, because it is a widely used reagent for clinical tests of impairment of renal fune- tion in human disease. In some of the experiments indigo carmine was used, another dye which has long been used for similar reasons. The first question studied was that of the concentration in which phenol red exists in the fluid which is separated from the blood during its passage through the glomerular capillaries. The first attempts gave figures which were higher than those for the phenol red concentra- tion of blood plasma simultaneously collected. If the glomerulus acts as a filter, the phenol red concentration of glomerular fluid should be lower than that of the plasma because of adsorption of some of the phenol red by plasma proteins. When, how- ever, a method was introduced for closing the renal tubule near the Malpighian body during collection of glomerular fluid the results were consistently different: concentration of phenol red in the glomerular fluid was less than that in plasma by an amount approximately equal to adsorbing capacity of the plasma proteins for this dye. Similar data were obtained in experiments with indigo carmine. The conclusion is that under the conditions of these experiments the living glomerulus permits the pass- age of phenol red and of indigo carmine through its membranes in a manner similar to that which obtains when plasma is _ filtered through collodion: i. e., no “‘secre- tory” process is involved in the glomerular elimination of these dyes. To learn whether the volume of the product of glomerular filtration in the frog is sufficient to account for the total amount of phenol red which the kidney eliminates, experi- ments were made in which total elimination of phenol red of the whole kidney for a certain time was measured, together with the concen- tration of phenol red in the plasma during this time. From these data the volume of ultrafiltrate from the plasma was calculated which would be required to carry out from the blood the amount of phenol red which was actually excreted. Divid- ing this figure by the number of glomeruli which the kidney pos- sessed gave a figure for average volume of fluid separated by each glomerulus during the experimental period. This average compares well with collections actually made by Wearn, Walker and _ Richards. Hence it is clear that the volume of glomerular elimination is sufficient to account for the whole quantity of phenol red whcih the kindey excretes, and there is no logical necessity for assuming the existence of other excretory processes. The second question concerned the existence of processes occurring within the cells of the renal tubule which might alter either the charac- ter of the glomerular fluid in its passage through the tubule or the amount of phenol red which it con- tains. Experiments were mentioned which prove the existence of pro- cesses of reabsorption from lumen of tubule to blood: and evidence was outlined which shows (1) that a large percentage of the water of the glomerular filtrate is energetically extruded from the tubule into the blood vessels; and (2) that the wall of the tubule is highly impermeable to phenol red contained within its lumen. These two facts account for the small volume of fluid which leaves the kidney and the high con- centration of the phenol red dis- solved in it. The second part of this question is the much debated problem of the existence of secretory activity of tubule cells: i. e., a process of active transfer of substance from blood to lumen of tubule as the result of expenditure of energy. Disbelief was expressed in the adequacy of existing evidence which purports to demonstrate the existence of secre- tion by the tubule. Allusion was made to the experiment, already pub- lished by Richards and Barnwell, in which the excised surviving kidney of the frog was found to have the power to take up and highly con- centrate within its tubules phenol red from oxygenated Ringer’s solu- tion in which the kidney was im- mersed. Brief exposition was made of the reasons which forced those experimenters to conclude that this phenomenon—apparently a striking demonstration of secretory power— is actually the result of diffusion of dilute phenol red into the tubule and concentration there as a result of active extrusion of water and selective impermeability to phenol red. Additional evidence in support of this view was found in recent experiments by Walker in which it is shown that the excised surviving kidney has no power to “secrete” the phenol red which is attached by adsorption to plasma proteins. Allusion was made to the diffi- culties of the task of proving the negative side of such a question as that of secretion by the tubule. Certainly the greater part, if not all, of the available evidence upon which belief in the secretory theory of tubule function is at present based can adequately be explained by the demonstrable facts of glomerular elimination and tubular reabsorp- tion when the legitimate implications of these processes are understood. The selective processes of tubular reabsorption are no less mysterious in their nature and control than are those implied in the term secretion. Reabsorption possesses the great advantage from the standpoint of the experimenter that it is demon- strable. DEVELOPMENT RESPONSE TO LIGHT AND TEMPERATURE IN APHIDS Dr. A. FRANKLIN SHULL Professor of Zoology, University of Michigan (Presented at August 20 Seminar) A typical species of aphid com- prises at least four types of individ. uals: (1) the males, (2) the gamic females, whose eggs require fer- tilization, (3) winged parthenoge- netic females, and (4) wingless par- thenogenetic females. The experi- ments already published, relating to the species Macrosiphum solanifolit, show that if the parthenogenetic aphids are reared in light they are almost all wingless; that if reared in continuous dark- ness a few of them are winged; but that if they are alternated between light and darkness of certain dura- tions, almost all of them are winged. The effect of alternating light and darkness is directly on the aphid it- self, not indirectly through the plant, and occurs at a fairly definite time within the last two days before birth. The new work shows that the ef- fectiveness of this alternation de- pends on the intensity of the light. If an intensity as low as 5 meter- candles is alternated with darkness, the percentage of winged individuals increases with increase of the dura- tion of the daily exposure to light, up to a maximum at eight hours of light and sixteen hours of darkness ; decreases slightly up to twelve hours of light and twelve hours of dark- ness; drops sharply to almost zero at fourteen hours of light and ten hours of darkness; and remains low for all longer exposures to light. Higher intensities result in similar curves of wing-production, except that, for the shorter periods of light, the greater the intensity the greater the number of winged individuals. At these higher intensities, all in- dividuals become winged at from two to five hours of daily exposure to light. At all intensities, there is a sharp drop in wing-production from 100% almost to zero as the daily exposure to light is increased from twelve to fourteen hours, and it re- mains near zero at all longer expos- ures, Alternating two intensities of light has little effect unless the low- er intensity is very low indeed. Changing back and forth between 9000 meter-candles and even as low as 1.6 meter-candles produces only about half as many wings as does alternation of light and total dark- ness. A single exposure to light pro- duces almost no effect; there must be repeated changes from light to darkness and vice versa. A single exposure to darkness has an obsery- able effect, but it is highly irregular. Any attempt to establish a mathe- matical relation between time and continuous | THE COLLECTING NET fore, until the effects of duration of light and other factors are more completely understood. Since the curve of wing-produc- tion at 5 meter-candles showed a maximum at eight hours of light and sixteen hours of darkness, it seemed possible that light and dark- ness in the ratio of 1 to 2, might be most effective, regardless of the length of the periods. This is not the case, however, for at fifteen minutes and thirty minutes, respec- tively, and at four hours and eight hours, respectively, practically none of the aphids have wings; but when the periods are lengthened to six hours of light and twelve hours of darkness, there are as many winged individuals as at the eight hour and sixteen hour periods. These facts, in conjunction with the sharp de- crease in wing-production from 100% to near zero, as the daily ex- posure to light is increased from twelve hours to fourteen hours, are taken to mean that the periods of darkness must be about twelve hours or more in length in order that wings may be produced. Temperature has an important influence on the effect of alternat- ing light and darkness. The results described above are obtained at 14° to 20° C. As the temperature rises above 20° there is a rapid decrease in wing-production, until at 26° no winged individuals appear. High temperature for only part of the day (eight to sixteen hours) does not inhibit the effect of alternating light and darkness. It appears to make no difference whether the high tem- perature be applied only during the light period, or only during the darkness; the usual number of winged individuals is produced if part of the time is spent at low tem- perature. What happens to aphids reared in continuous light at tem- peratures above 20° is not wholly clear, but there are some indications that the number of winged individ- uals rapidly increases with rising temperature in this range. Only a tentative explanation of the above results may be offered. It is assumed that some substance (A) is produced in the light; that this is converted into another substance (B) in darkness ; that B causes wing development when present in a cer- tain amount; that twelve hours of darkness is required to convert A into B, or to convert enough of A into B to produce wings; that mo- derate quantities of B are present in continued darkness; and that con- tinuous high temperature inhibits some essential step in these pro-| cesses. The control of wing-production under certain conditions has a fur- ther consequence that amounts al- most to sex-determination a genera- tion later. When gamic individuals appear, the gamic females are pro- duced almost exclusively by winged mothers, while the males are pro- duced almost exclusively by wingless mothers. Hence, when gamic re- intensity must be deferred, there-| production is prevalent, the light ap- plied to wingless females determines the sex of their grandchildren in al- most all cases. Gamic reproduction is governed largely by temperature. If winged parthenogenetic females have been kept at low tmperature (16°), they produce mostly gamic females. If they are changed to a high temperature (24°), they grad- ually change, over a period of a week or ten days, to the production of parthenogenetic —_ females. The gamic females are structurally dif- ferent from the parthenogenetic fe- males, and in the period of change from one form to the other, large numbers of intermediate individuals are produced. Light has a noticeable, though usually small, effect on gamic repro- duction. Continuous light favors parthenogenesis, while eight hours of light daily favors gamic females. When the temperature is such as to leave the two types of reproduction about equally likely, light may have a striking effect. The production of males has not yet been controlled. It is known, as stated above, that they are produced almost exclusively by wingless moth- ers. Furthermore, among hundreds of such mothers, it has been ob- served that they sprang only from middle-aged or old females, never from young adults. The right com- bination for producing them at will, however, has not been discovered. LIGHT AS A FACTOR IN THE METAMORPHOSIS OF THE LARVA OF ASCIDIANS 3Y Dr. CASWELL GRAVE Professor of Zoology, Washington University (Presented at August 20 Seminar) The free-swimming period of ascidian larvae ends abruptly with attachment of the larvae to some fixed object and a relatively sudden metamorphosis characterized by the disruption of the entire larval action system consisting of central and peripheral nervous system, light, static and tactile sense organs, noto- cord and bands of striated muscle cells. The duration of the free-swim- ming period, under laboratory con- ditions, varies with the species from a few minutes (MWolgula citrina) to several hours (Symplegma viride and Polyandrocarpa tincta). The behavior of larvae during the free- swimming period consists of orien- ted movements that are characteris- tic of ascidian larvae in general. During a relatively short interval, immediately following its liberation by the parent, the larva swims actively at or near the top surface of the water in the most illuminated side of the container (positive orientation to light and negative orientation to gravity) ; then follows a longer interval when it swims alternately upward and downward (alternate positive and negative ori- entations to light and gravity) ; finally it tends to remain at or near the bottom in the least illuminated (Continued on Page 8) PAGE SEVEN CORDES EAis Non-Corrosive German Microscopic COVER GLASSES Do Not Fog The hard glass used is made after a special, tried formula for the express purpose of making it non-corrosive un- der all conditions. This we GUARANTEE! Gold Seal Cover Glasses are uniform in_ thickness, evenly cut, free from bubbles, scratches and imperfections. All established sizes and thinnesses Square Round Rectangular Look For on every 14 oz. box. At your dealer or write to CLAY-ADAMS CO. IMPORTERS 117 E. 24th ST. NEW YORK PAGE EIGHT THE COLLECTING NET LIGHT AS A FACTOR IN THE METAMORPHOSIS OF THE LARVA OF ASCIDIANS (Continued from Page 7) side of the container (positive orien- tation to gravity and negative orien- tation to light). Swimming move- ments, continuous for a short time immediately after liberation, are soon interrupted by intervals during which the larva is motionless. These intervals gradually lengthen until they exceed the swimming-periods. During a quiescent interval a larva may be stimulated into vigorous activity by shading with any opaque object. While working at the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institu- tion of Washington during the sum- mer of 1927 it was accidentally discovered that the duration of the free-swimming period of the larva of Symplegma viride depends in some way upon light. Experiments carried out this summer at the same laboratory show that light is the dominant factor in inducing normal attachment of ascidian larvae and reveal the fact that the behavior of these larvae is adapted to facilitating and accelerating the processes for which light is the effective agent. Polyandrocarpa tincta and Didem- num vanderhorsti were selected as the species for study partly on ac- count of their availability in point of numbers but chiefly because their larvae represent two of the three dis- tinct types produced by ascidians and have relatively long free-swim- ming periods. Only certain experi- ments with the larva of Polyandro- carpa tincta need be outlined, as the results are characteristic of all. Under laboratory conditions. the larva of Polyandrocarpa has a free- swimming period of more than nine hours. None has been observed to undergo metamorphosis in_ the course of the day of liberation, but all larvae metamorphose during the night following their liberation from the parent colony. In the morning metamorphosed ascidiozooids are found floating at the surface of the water in the dishes in which they were swimming at dark the previous evening but none is attached and all are upside down. The process has not been normal. By experiment it was found that this larva may be induced to meta- morphose fifty minutes to about four hours after liberation if exposed to 25 to 30 changes in light intensity made at intervals of one minute. The degree or level of light intensity to which exposure is made is ap- parently not significant. Direct sunlight was found to be no more effective in inducing metamorphosis than the diffuse light of the labora- tory ona “dull” cloudy day. In the one case, a beam of sunlight was reflected from a heliostat into the vial containing the larvae and the shadow was produced by an opaque screen 10 x 12 inches in size. In the other case, the larvae were placed on a table in the middle of the lab- oratory and shaded by means of a , shadowing. tumbler covered with black paper. ! In both experiments, 30 one-minute intervals of lighting were used, each being followed by a like interval of The results are the same, viz: about two thirds of the larvae metamorphose within 70; minutes of their liberation and the remainder in the course of the next 3 hours. Each experiment was “controlled” by exposing larvae of identical age and origin to light of uniform intensity. In these “con- trols’ no metamorphosis occurred within 6 hours. Experiment also shows that ex- posure of this larva to light of uni- form intensity has no effect in indu- cing or accelerating metamorphosis regardless of whether direct sunlight or one of a number of gradations of diffuse light be chosen; this extends to total darkness. Various intervals of light-interrup- tion were tried: a momentary shadow per second, 20 seconds ot light followed by 40 seconds of shadow, 30 seconds of light fol- lowed by 30 seconds of shadow. The momentary shadow cast every second by a pendulum two inches wide produced no effect whatever. Larvae subjected to such exposure for four hours continued larval life as long as those exposed to contin- uous light. The 20 and 30 second intervals accelerated metamorphosis somewhat in the most susceptible larvae, but the greater number re- mained unchanged. Fifteen and 20 exposures, each of one minute dura- tion, followed by shadow of the same duration are effective in induc- ing metamorphosis in the most susceptible larvae only. Thirty such exposures are required to bring about metamorphosis of the less sus- ceptible ones, and even this treat- ment does not suffice for all, a few not metamorphosing until about three hours after the last exposure. The behavior of larvae under this treatment, and the manner and place of attachment and metamorphosis, differs significantly from that of larvae not so treated. Treated larvae, in nearly every case, become attached before metamorphic change begins and their attachment is prac- tically always made at or near the bottom of the containing vial, while in untreated larvae (those standing in continuous light or darkness) at- tachment seldom occurs and meta- morphosis takes place on the surface of the water at the top of the vial. The responses and movements of larvae while undergoing treatment indicate something of the nature of the internal processes taking place as a result of the treatment: dur- ing the first several exposures to light and shadow all larvae swim actively and continuously at or near ‘the top of the column of water; later, during each exposure to light they tend to become quiescent and to sink motionless to the bottom but at the instant the light is inter- rupted all larvae become very active and swim in a swarm directly to the top of the column of water. Before the end of the interval of shadow, however, they tend to become in- active and sink to the bottom. From this behavior it is evident that an effective stimulus to energetic swim- ming is produced at the moment of the reduction of light intensity. It is as if a chemical change involving the liberation of energy occurs at the moment of the reduc- tion of light intensity, the reverse change taking place with increase in intensity. This hypothesis however requires that the same level of light intensity which in one case condi- tions an anabolic change, is the level of intensity which, in another case, conditions a katabolic change. In the normal habitat of the species it is evident that the behavior of the larva is effective in, and adapted to, bringing about attach- ment and metamorphosis within a relatively short time after liberation. Its positive and negative responses to light and gravity cause the larva to swim repeatedly up and down ' between the surface of the water and the bottom; that is, between two effective levels of light intensity, until a final stimulus to attachment and metamorphosis is released. The larvae of four species of compound ascidian were subjected to this method of treatment suffici- ently to show that all have the same delicate adjustment to light but differ in their susceptibility to it and in the number of exposures required to induce metamorphosis. In one species, Lepioclinwm macdonaldi, the most susceptible larvae metamor- phosed after 5 exposures. ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION; STIMULATION AND INHIBITION Dr. M. A. Hinricus Research Associate, Dept. of Physi- ology, University of Chicago (Presented at August 20 Seminar) The statement is sometimes made that the effect of radiation depends on the quality of the radiation, 1. e., that it is a function of wave- length rather than of dosage, and that quality rather than quantity is the factor which decides whether a stimulative or an inhibitory effect is to be produced. However, a number of workers, among them Bovie, L. Loeb, and Packard, have found that it is possible to produce the two types of effect with the same region of the spectrum. While our earlier experiments were not planned to test this point, it soon became apparent that such a situation really existed. Accord- ingly later work included experi- ments in which the rate of a physio- logical process was modified in either of two directions following exposure for short and long periods to the unscreened radiation from a quartz mercury-vapor arc. It was found, for example, that when such a study was made of the sugar-fermenting power of yeast, either stimulation or inhibition of the rate and total amount of carbon dioxide production followed. Cells of ordinary yeast, as that used in baking, were suspended in doubie- distilled water and radiated in open dishes. Distilled water was used, because it had previously been shown by Woodrow, Bailey and Ful- mer, that the action of ultraviolet radiation on the constituents of the nutrient solution in which yeast was suspended, produces a_ substance which is toxic to yeast. Samples of exposed and unexposed suspension were then placed in fermentation tubes in nutrient solution contain- ing salts of K, Ca, and NH#, and incubated at 30° C for varying periods of time. The rate of fer- mentation was studied, and it was found that yeast behaves as do other living organisms previously studied. Short exposures, even at close range, produce stimulation of the fermentation process, while long exposures produce inhibition. ‘The periods of exposure varied from 5 to 180 seconds, while the distance varied from 20 to 73 cm. In gen- eral, the results obtained may be summed up as follows. 1. 75% of all cases which pro- duced stimulation were the results of exposures of less than 10 sec. in duration, at from 20 to 73 cm. dis- tance from the center of the arc. 2. 979% of the cases which pro- duced depression at from 20 to 56 cm. were due to exposures of 30 sec. or longer. 3. The effect of radiation, whether it be stimulative or inhibi- tory, is transitory, and the rate of carbon dioxide production returns to normal after an interval of a few hours or longer, depending on the degree of stimulation or inhibition originally produced. In some few cases, the effect of large doses was permanently inhibitory, and no re- covery occurred. Where the effect was temporary, it was found that a gradual return to normal may be followed by a slight advance beyond normal in the other direction. For instance, slight inhibitions of rate of fermentation may gradually dis- appear, and an actual increase in rate may follow. Two types of ex- periment were made to test the change in rate of carbon dioxide production following radiation, namely, (1) in which a single ex- posure was made and samples incu- bated immediately after exposure, and readings made at intervals thereafter, and (2) in which a sin- gle exposure was likewise made, but samples were incubated both imme- diately and at intervals following exposure. 4. 50% of the cases in which stimulation occurred following ex- posures of less than 10 sec. at 20 to 24.5 cm. showed an increase of more than 25% in the total quantity of carbon dioxide produced. All cases in which inhibition occurred, follow- ing exposures of longer than 30 sec., showed a depression greater than 50% in the total CO? produced. 5. Preliminary studies indicate that the rate of cell-division is af- (Continued on Page 9) ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION; STIMULATION AND INHIBITION (Continued from Page 8) fected by radiation, which probably largely accounts for the change in rate of CO? production of a given mass of yeast suspension, although the effect on metabolic activity and enzyme production of the single cell, as well as the effect of radiation on the rate of enzyme activity, cannot be excluded. In reviewing all our experiments with radiation to date, it was found that, in general, short exposures produced a stimulative action and long exposures a depressive one. This was true whether the studies were being made on cell division, on embryological development, or on physiological processes. Short ex- posures produced activation in un- fertilized Arbacia and Asterias eggs, while prolonged radiation caused cytolysis. The stimulation of frog gastrocnemii to contraction by means of short exposures to radia- tion in both visible and ultraviolet regions of the spectrum is followed by a tetanizing effect when the ra- diation is long enough continued. Differential stimulation or inhibition in the development of Arbacia larvae, the increase or decrease in the production of fertilizin by Arbacia eggs and the corresponding increase or decrease in fertilizability of such eggs, the increase or decrease in the rate of divi- sion of Paramecium caudatum, the shortening or lengthening of the period of division in the same form, are all examples of the effect of short and long exposures (to radiation) respectively. In Pa- ramecium it was possible so com- pletely to inhibit division in a cell which was about to divide, that the process was never fully accomp- lished, and the pair of cells were permanently united. Successive ex- posures at the time of division of each of the members of such a pair again inhibited division, and per- manent chains of three and four- celled animals resulted. In some studies it was found that where normality of form was the criterion for determining the de- gree of effectiveness of a dosage of radiation, only inhibitory effects were noted. For example, in stu- dies on modification of development in the chick and in Fundulus hetero- clitus, whatever stimulative effect there may have been, expressed it- self only in an increase in speed of development, and in Fundulus in earlier hatching than in the con- trols. Experiments with the sperm- agglutinating power of egg-water showed only an inhibitory tendency. From the experiments with yeast, and from the studies described above, it seems reasonable to con- clude that the factor which deter- mines whether the effect of radia- tion shall be stimulative or inhibi- tory, is a quantitative rather than a qualitative one. In other words, dos- age must be taken into account. THE CHANGES IN WATER CONTENT IN AMOEBA PROTEUS By Dr. S. O. Mast Professor of Zoology, Johns Hopkins University (Presented at August 20 Seminar.) Amocba proteus consists of a very thin outer membrane (plasmalem- ma), a relatively solid layer under this (plasmagel) and a relatively fluid central mass (plasmasol). The relation in amount between plasma- gel and plasmasol varies greatly in different individuals and in the same individual under different condi- tions; and during locomotion the plasmasol changes continuously to plasmagel at the anterior end and vice versa at the posterior end. Amoeba is very largely com- posed of water. It doubtless con- tains well over 95 per cent. The gel-sol transformation, adhesion to the substratum and various other vital phenomena appear to be closely correlated with the water content and changes in it. The processes involved in controlling the amount of water that amoeba contains are therefore of great physiological im- portance. Changes in the water content of Amoeba are doubtless very closely correlated with changes in volume. They can, therefore, be fairly ac- curately ascertained by measuring the volume. Two methods with ap- propriate apparatus for doing this have been devised by Chalkley. Indirect Method. In this method a series of pairs of outlines of an amoeba are made with a micro- scope modified so as simultaneously to project with a camera lucida two images, one as seen from above and the other as seen from the side. From this series of pairs of outlines, by various measurements and cal- culations, the mean longitudinal and transverse axes of the amoeba in different degrees of elongation are ascertained. These values are plot- ted and by extrapolation the point on the resulting curve at which the axes are equal is ascertained. The axes represented by this point equal the diameter of the amoeba in spherical form, and from this the volume can readily be calculated. This method is accurate to within approximately five per cent. Direct method. In this method the amoeba is drawn into a capillary tube and thus forced to assume a cylindrical form of known diameter and length. The results obtained in this way are under favorable con- ditions accurate to within approxi- mately two per cent. Unfortunate- ly it can, however, be applied only to amoebae under certain conditions. Under some conditions they are so adhesive that masses of cytoplasm are torn from them as they are forced into and out of the tube, resulting in marked changes in volume; under others they are so fragile that they break. Moreover, the mechanical stimulation produced (Continued on Page 10) COLLECTING NET $A KEWAUNEE Laboratory Furniture for All Science Purposes LABORATORY FURNITURE G f EXPERTS. C. G. Campbell, Pres. and Gen. Mer. 231 Lincoln St., Kewaunee, Wisconsin. Chicago Office PAGE NINE i, 25 E. Jackson Blvd., New York Office Room 1511 70 Fifth Avenue Private Laboratory Desk Offices in Principal Cities No. 15005 A desk of especial fitness notes, ete. EASED ON L. & N. pH INDICATOR 4889_A. H-ION DETERMINATION ASSEMBLY, for eliminating the use of hydrogen gas. Applicable to any material having a Readings can be made with an accuracy of 0.1 pH unit. respective catalogue numbers, are as follows: 4793-A. pH Indicator, L. & N. ...................... $65.00 4851-D. Quinhydrone Electrode Element ....__. 4.75 4849. Calomel Electrode and Connecting vessel, 1. GENE O Wali caer nnn enue a 8.00 2090. Burgess Super-Six Dry Cell ............_.. -80 9336. Support, (Medinmiaee sere eee ee -78 3220. Clamps) (2) tare aa. .oc eee ee 80 2110. Beaker, Pyrex glass, 400 ml. ................ 30 4889-A. Complete Outfit, as above listed ............. $80.43 Prices subject to change without notice. a Retail—Wholesale—Export WEST WASHINGTON SQUARE PHILADELPHIA, Cable Address “Balance”, Philadelphia A NEW H-ION ASSEMBLY bacteriological, siological and general work, based on the new L. & N. pH Indicator— a simple and inexpensive instrument, with a guaranteed accuracy ot 0.04 pH, designed for use especially with quinhydrone electrodes, thus Operates on the potentiometer principle and readings, therefore, are not affected by turbidity or color. pH value between pH 1 and pH 9. where experiments and tests are frequently being made. Very compactand convenient. Biology Laboratory Table No. 1005 Cupboards for microscopes and other apparatus or mat- erials; drawers for drawings, phy- The components of the outfit, which are sold separately under their Code Word Exxlh Eyskm Eyrqa Asauz Olkuq Cutxu Asqfo Exmbi ARTHUR H. THOMAS COMPANY LABORATORY APPARATUS AND REAGENTS U.S. A PAGE TEN The Collecting Net A weekly publication concerned with the activities of the Marine Biological Laboratory and of Woods Hole. BOARD OF ADVISORS Robert Chambers, Research Professor of Biology, New York University. Edwin G. Conklin, Professor of Biology, Princeton University. Lorande L. Woodruff, Professor of Protozoology, Yale University. STAFF Ware Cattell... Editor Contributing Editors Mrs. L. V. Heilbrunn, Helen S. Morris, Virginia L. Todd, S. J. Reynolds. Business Manager Ilse Michaelis Shirley H. Gray—Printer New Bedford Woods Hole Massachusetts RECOGNITION Tue Correctinc Net Scholar- ship Fund realized the sum of $134.50 from the plays presented last week. The gate receipts were $234.50 and the sum of $100.00 was paid to The Strolling Players. The incidental expenses in connec- tion with the performance were paid by Tue Cottectinc Net. At this time we wish to extend our) thanks to those many people who contributed to the success of the eve- ning. The posters were made by Misses Molly Wilson, Agnes Addi- son and Annaleida Snyder. To the last mentioned—who assisted con- tinuously in many things—we are particularly grateful. TRUSTEES AND CORPORATION MEMBERS HOLD ANNUAL MEETING The annual meeting of the Board of Trustees of the Marine Biologi- cal Laboratory took place on Tues- day, August 14. At this meeting E. Lawrence Riggs and Dr. Gary N. Calkins were elected to the positions of Treasurer and Clerk, respective- ly, of the Corporation. The fol- lowing men were selected to serve as Trustees until 1932: H. H. Donaldson, Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology; W. E. Garrey, Vanderbilt | University Medical School; Caswell Grave, Washington University; M. J. Greenman, Wistar Institute of Ana-} tomy and Biology; R. A. Harper, Columbia University; A. P. Mat- hews, The University of Cincin- nati; G. H. Parker, Harvard Uni- versity; C. R. Stockard, Cornell University Medical College. Dr. I. F. Lewis and Dr. W. E. Garrey were elected to serve on the Executive Committee until 1930. They replace Dr. Otto C. Glaser and THE COLLECTING NET Dr. Caswell Grave whose terms of | office expire this year. The Execu- tive Committee is now composed of the following Trustees: Frank R. Lillie, Merkel H. Jacobs, E. Law-| rence Riggs, ex officio, Edwin G. Conklin, Charles R. Stockard, Ivey F. Lewis, W. E. Garrey. The following persons were elected to membership in the Cor- poration of the Marine Biological Laboratory : Mary Lellah Austin, in- structor of zoology, Wellesley Col- lege; Elbert C. Cole, associate pro- fessor of biology, Williams Col- lege; Charlotte Haywood, assistant professor of biology, Vassar Col- lege; Harvey J. Howard, professor of ophthalmology, Washington Uni- versity School of Medicine; Regi- nald D. Manwell, professor of bi- ology, West Virginia Wesleyan Col- lege; Leonor Michaelis, professor Berlin and resident lecturer of phys- ical chemistry, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity ; Sergius Morgulis, professor of biochemistry, University of Ne- braska; T. Kingsley Noble, curator of herpetology, American Museum of Natural History; Bradley M. Patten, associate professor of histology and embryology, Western Reserve University School of Med- icine; Francis H. Swett, associate professor of anatomy, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine. Membership in the Corporation is open to professional biologists and to those “persons who have ren- dered conspicuous service to the Marine Biological Laboratory”. The members now number 349, and of this number 37 are life members. One of the chief topics which was brought up for consideration was the question of the crowded conditions of the laboratory during the middle of the season. Each summer the situation becomes more acute and the Director pointed out that pressure for space next sum- mer would be even greater owing to the International Congress of Phy- siology which convenes in Boston in the early Fall of 1929. Many relief measures were suggested— but no definite action was taken except that of referring the whole matter to the Executive Committee with power to act. THIRTEEN MEMBERS OF NATIONAL ACADEMY HERE The following Members of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States are in residence at the Marine Biological Laboratory this season: Dr. G. H. Parker of Harvard, Dr. F. R. Lillie of Chicago, Dr. E.B. Wilson of Colum- bia, Dr. C. R. Stockard of Cornell, Dr. G. N. Calkins of Columbia, Dr. E. G. Conklin of Princeton, Dr. L. L. Woodruff of Yale, Dr. H. H. Donaldson of the Wistar Institute, Dr. W. J. V. Osterhout of the Rockefeller Institute, Dr. A. N. Richards of Pennsylvania, Dr. T. H. Morgan of Columbia, Dr. B. M. Duggar of Wisconsin, Dr. H. S. Jennings of Johns Hopkins. CHANGES IN WATER CONTENT IN AMOEBA PROTEUS (Continued from Page 9) by forcing them into and out of the tube produces considerable change in volume unless special care is exercised in the manipulation and ample time allowed for recovery between successive readings. The results obtained by Chalkley with ‘these two methods may be summarized as follows: Glycerol: Amoeba in 0.1 M gly- cerol does not appreciably decrease in volume until after about two hours; then it decreases rapidly, losing 20 per cent. in an hour, after which the volume remains fairly constant. Similar changes take place in 0.15 and in 0.275 M solu- tions. The time required and the extent of decrease differ consider- ably, however. In 0.15 M the de- crease reaches nearly 30 and in 0.275 M a little over 50 per cent. This decrease in volume is doubtless practically entirely due to loss of water. It does not injure the amoe- bae, for if they are returned to culture fluid they very soon begin to move about freely. Lactose: In lactose solutions the results obtained are similar to those obtained in glycerol but this sub- stance seems to be relatively more efficient in causing loss of water, for the amoebae in 0.15 M decreased 50 per cent. in volume whereas in 0.15 glycerol they decreased only 29 per cent. Urea: In urea 0.15 M the organ- isms, for about two hours after they are introduced, decrease in volume at about the same rate as they do in lactose of the same concentration, losing 30 to 40 per cent. during this period. After this the action of the two solutions differs greatly. In lactose the rate of loss gradually decreases until it reaches zero; in urea it gradually increases until the organism dies. Hydrogen ion concentration : Amoebae transferred from a culture medium which is slightly acid, to a series of modified Ringer solutions, differing in hydrogen ion concen- tration, decrease in volume most rapidly at neutrality. From this point in either direction the rate of loss decreases, but it decreases much more rapidly on the acid than on the alkaline side. At pH 6.4 there is no loss; and in solutions of still higher hydrogen ion concentration there is an increase in volume. Mechanical stimulation : Mechani- cal stimulation causes considerable decrease in volume in amoeba, and the higher the frequency of stimu- lation the greater the effect. Al- most continuous agitation with a glass rod for thirty minutes results in a decrease in volume of 12 per cent. Relation between changes im volume in Amoeba and the plasma- gel-plasmasol ratio: In O15 M lactose and in 0.15 M urea as the total volume decreases the gel|sol ratio at first increases and then de- creases very slowly in the former, and very rapidly in the latter. This indicates that in both solutions water is at first more rapidly removed from the plasmasol than from the plasmagel. This fact appears to be of con- siderable importance. The plasma- gel as previously stated consists of a relatively thick solid layer which surrounds the plasmasol. The water which is taken from the plasmasol must therefore pass through this layer. The fact that in spite of this the water is taken from the plasma- sol more rapidly than from the plasmagel shows that it is more ten- aciously held by the substance in the latter than by that in the former. These two structures are similar in composition, the one being readily, and during locomotion continuously, transformed into the other, and vice versa. The essential difference between them is in their consistency, the plasmasol being relatively fluid, the plasmagel relatively solid. The difference in their affinity for water appears therefore to be correlated with this difference in consistency. If this obtains it indicates that the transformation from plasmasol to plasmagel is correlated with a hydra- tion process, resulting in the forma- tion of an intraprotoplasmic film | structure which is the basis of the solidity of the plasmagel, and the transformation of plasmagel to plasmasol with a dehydration pro- cess, resulting in flocculation of the intraprotoplasmic film — structure. It indicates, moreover, that the plasmagel as a whole acts somewhat like a semipermeable membrane. The rapid decrease in the relative volume of the plasmagel after the initial increase in urea as contrasted with only a very slight decrease in lactose, indicates that urea acts especially on the plasmagel making it more permeable, probably owing to a flocculating effect on a colloid in the intra protoplasmic structure, similar to the effect it is known to have on gelatin. The changes in water content correlated with mechanical stimula- tion and hydrogen ion concentration appear also to be due to the effect of these agents on the structure of the plasmagel, resulting in changes in its permeability. It would thus appear that the water content in amoeba is to a large extent controlled by the plasmagel, a layer which usually contains much more than half of the substance in the organisms and is very much thicker than the postu- lated semipermeable membranes of cells are assumed to be. REVIEW Dr. L. V. HEILBRUNN Assistant Professor of Zoology, University of Michigan To measure the volume of an amoeba with extended pseudopodia seems an almost hopeless task. And yet in Mast’s laboratory a method has been worked out which permits of such measurement. The results (Continued on Page 11) Photographed by Louts Schmidt, 1923 mahi. ham Des ‘pes »>AGE TEN The Col A weekly publ he activities of Laboratory and BOARD Robert Chamber of Biology, N Edwin G. Conkli Prineet Lorande L. W Protozoolog) Ware Cattell Contrit Mrs. L. V. Heilk Virginia L. Tc Busin Ilse Shirley EB New Bedford Mas REC( Tue COLLE! ship Fund re $134.50 from last week. TE $234.50 and t was paid to T The incidental tion with the paid by THE At this time vy thanks to thos contributed to t ning. The po Misses Molly ‘ son and Annale last mentioned tinuously in n particularly gre TRUSTEES A! MEMBERS MI The annual 1 of Trustees of cal Laboratory day, August 1 E. Lawrence R Calkins were el of Treasurer a ly, of the Cor lowing men w as Trustees 1 Donaldson, V Anatomy and Garrey, Vat Medical Scho Washington Greenman, Wi: tomy and Biol Columbia Uni hews, The U nati; G. H:. P versity; C. R University Me Dr. I. F. Lewis and Dr. W. E.| Kichards ot Pennsylvania, Dr. Wemactose and in U.lo M trea as they yet It IWdst s laboratory metnoa Garrey were elected to serve on the H. Morgan of Columbia, Dr. B. M.| total volume decreases the gel|sol} has been worked out which permits Executive Committee until 1930.) Duggar of Wisconsin, Dr. H. S.| ratio at first increases and then de-| of such measurement. The results They replace Dr. Otto C. Glaser and| Jennings of Johns Hopkins. creases very slowly in the former, (Continued on Page 11) Sacques Woeb MEMORIAL SUPPLEMENT THE COLLECTING NET, AUGUST 25, 1928 DEDICATORY ADDRESSES DELIVERED AT THE EXERCISES OF THE UNVEILING OF THE MEMORIAL TABLET TO JACQUES LOEB ON AUGUST 4, 1927, AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY I. ADDRESS |tablet, in memory of Jacques Loeb, |distinguished scientist, founder of General Physiology in America, and jour own intimate companion for imany summers, well remembered for |friendly intercourse and for inspir- ing influence. Jacques Loeb was born on April 7, 1859, in Mayen, Germany. studied in Berlin (1880), Munich (1881), and Strassburg (1881-85) where he received the degree of doc- tor of medicine. In the four fol- Dr. FRANK R. LILLIE President of the Corporation. Marine Biological Laboratory; Professor of Embryology, Univer- sity of Chicago This Laboratory, where so many | biologists have worked these forty years is a fitting place for memorials | of their leaders. Dedicated to the advancement of Science and con-|lowing years he was assistant in trolled by scientists, there is no place | physiology in Wurzburg and Strass- where greater reverence could at-}burg. From 1889 to 1891 he was tend them. at the Naples Zoological Station; A pencil sketch by Dr. James H. Means THE HOME OF JACQUES LOEB IN WOODS HOLE OVERLOOKING WORKED IN MANY BUZZARDS PLACES BUT BAY. DR. LOEB LIVED HIS HOME WAS HERE. AND When this building was structed it was planned that the|became Associate in bronze entablatures that adorn the) Bryn Mawr College. exterior, should, in time to come,| Whitman, who had become inter- carry the names of the Founders of |ested in his work in animal tropisms the scientific greatness of this in-|and in physiological morphology, se- stitution. was, however, felt to be needful for|versity of Chicago, and invited him selection, and the entablatures now|to Woods Hole. In the summer of bear conventional ornaments. Inj|1892 began Loeb’s long and fruitful the meantime, as occasion offers,|connection with the Marine Biologi- our interior walls may well bear/cal Laboratory which terminated memorials of those of our own|only with his death. times, whose memories we desire to In 1893, at Professor Whitman's Biology at honor. By other means also, as by|suggestion, he inaugurated the the endowment of memorial re-|course in Physiology which has search rooms, and of memorial|been, if I may be permitted to say scholarships, we may seek to per-|so, a storm center and clearer of the petuate the memories of our de-|atmosphere ever since. He was voted dead. elected Trustee of the Laboratory There is placed in the lobby of jin 1897, and served throughout the | this building a bronze memorial tab-|remainder of his life. His in- let to Charles Otis Whitman ‘‘the| fluence, whether in criticism or co- first Director and the spiritual|operation was always exercised for founder of this Institution”. Besides|the good of the organization. His this is another tablet dedicated to |scientific reputation added greatly to the memory of Louis Agassiz, whose |the renown of this Laboratory where final act, the establishment of the|he accomplished several of his most Anderson School of Natural His-|strrking pieces of work. It was tory on the neighboring Island of here, perhaps more than anywhere Penikese foreshadowed the found-|else, even in the Universities to ing of our own institution. To-day|which he was attached, that he we place beside these two a third! founded a school of disciples and He| con-|and in 1891 he came to America and | The perspective of time|cured for Loeb his call to the Uni-| of method in Physiology that has gone far to revolutionize the subject in America, not only in our Uni- versities, but also in our Medical | Schools. From 1902 to 1910 Loeb was at- tached to the University of Cali- fornia, and was in consequence ab- sent here, but with his appointment in the Rockefeller Institute at the jend of this period, the Woods Hole |relationship was immediately re- /established in the plain, but very ef- | fective, little laboratory erected for him by the Rockefeller Institute on our grounds, which still stands next to the Botany Building. Loeb was ‘greatly interested in the plans for }our present new building, and he designed a suite of rooms in it more jsuitable for the exacting types of ;work in which he had become in- interested than was his wooden laboratory. These rooms are the the present suite of the Rockefeller institute here. Loeb died suddenly, still in the |full flush of scientific vigor, on |February 11, 1924, in Bermuda, where he had gone for scientific investigation. His ashes lie in the Episcopal burial ground of Woods bearing only his name and dates, not far from the stone that marks the last resting place of Whitman. | The Marine Biological Labora- tory honors itself in seeking to per- |petuate by a visible sign the mem- ory of Jacques Loeb in this place, jas co-laborer in the advance of biological research, as teacher and apostle, Trustee and proved friend. I therefore, on behalf of the Marine Biological Laboratory hereby accept this gift of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, and herewith dedicate this tablet to the memory of Jacques Leeb. as | Hole, marked by a granite stone, Ii. ADDRESS Dr. SIMON FLEXNER Director of the Laboratories, Rocke- feller Institute for Medical Research Jacques Loeb was born in Ger- many in 1859, within a few miles of Strassburg, or in a region in which French and German culture had long mingled. His forebears were among the intellectuals who during the persecutions attendant on the Inquisition were driven out of Por- tugal and compelled to seek asylum in a more liberal country. They migrated from Lisbon to Amster- dam, and in later and quieter times settled in Alsace. Thus, along with an inheritance distinctly intellectual, Loeb profited by contact with one of the richest European cultures during his formative period. The intellectual cosmopolitanism which moulded his growth into physical maturity served him well throughout his varied life. He was easily at home in the sophisticated intellectual atmosphere of Europe and in the younger but rapidly developing in- tellectual atmosphere of the United States, where he passed the years from 1891 to 1924. A pencil sketch by Dr. James H. Means THE LABORATORY OF JACQUES LOEB ERECTED IN 1902 WHICH NOW STANDS BETWEEN THE OLD MAIN BUILDING AND THE BOTANY BUILDING The influence of the French en- vironment on Loeb’s mental growth is shown by the part the writings of Voltaire and the French encycloped- ists played in it ; and the influence of German surroundings is shown equally by the German Gymnasium and university training. Loeb at- tended three German universities— 3erlin, Strassburg and Wurzburg. It was at Strassburg and Wurz- burg that he met the conditions which were to guide his subsequent scientific undertakings. But his emotions were profoundly _ stirred (Continued on Page 3) 11. ADDRESS (Continued from Page 2) and his inclination toward humani- tarianism was fed by the French philosophers, and he always looked to these writers as among the great intellectual and spiritual liberators of all time. In his book, “The Or- ganism as a Whole,” published dur- ing the great war, his tormented mind returns to them in the search for an anchor and haven of hope. “This book is dedicated to that group of free thinkers. hig Bs who first dared to follow the con- sequences of a mechanistic science, : , to the rules of human con- duct and thereby laid the founda- tions of that spirit of tolerance, jus- tice, and gentleness which was the hope of our civilization . . . ,” until swept away by the great war. But it was the advanced system of scientific training of the German university which emancipated Loeb intellectually by providing him with a foundation for his experimental studies. Loeb entered upon his university career at a propitious time; the German laboratories were filled with eager investigators and their thought was dominated by many fundamental problems in physics, chemistry and biology. For a person like Loeb this fortunate circumstance could not fail to yield a significant result. His natively strong, perspicacious, inquiring mind, already colored by the writ- ings of the French philosophers and naturally tending away from superstition and metaphysical con- | ceptions, readily found a resting place in the growing physico-chem- ical beliefs of the time. Loeb received the M. D. degree at Strassburg in 1884. To one look- ing backward in a desire to follow the story of his intellectual develop- ment it would seem natural that he should soon discover that it was not medicine as an art so much as medicine as a science to which his tastes turned. Medicine has in the past served as the doorway leading into science for not a few conspicuous men: through it passed Galileo, Gilbert, Young, Helmholtz, and in our day and country, Ira Remsen. Even during Loeb’s novitiate as it were, less than today was medicine to be counted among the objective experimental sciences. But if experimental medi- cine, as such, was backward, physiology, that science of biology and medicine, had already made significant pro-| During Loeb’s student days, | gress. Claude Bernard had just ceased his colossal labors and Johannes Muller had hardly more than completed his extraordinary career as leader and modernist in physiology, pathology and clinical medicine, and had left to extend his influence the brilliant pupils Helmholtz and du Bois-Rey- mond. Moreover Ludwig was al- ready started on the remarkable un- dertaking to develop quantitative still woefully | basic | Jecaues Loeb Memorial Supplement of Var CottectinG Net physical physiology which was to produce a generation of investiga- tors and teachers in that field. It was very good fortune which) 3 ee eee from the chance association with|like all other phenomena of living Sachs which it brought about. The} bodies, in the laws of scientific de- association produced admiration and | terminism. |led to friendship as well as to an| Just as scientific men are made by - A I aes i 5 Fes a fotos | oA - 5 ‘1 pea: impulse of direction in scientific pur \their time, so extraordinary scientific directed Loeb to Strassburg and a fortune doubtless connected with his Alsatian birth. Into that French- German environment, the German ~ . oO 0) government projected after 1870 a center of higher learning staffed tors and teachers. To the medical faculty it sent such men as Hoppe-Seyler, von Recklinghausen, Schmiedeberg, Naunyn and Goltz. These are names to conjure with in biological chemistry, pharmacology, medicine and physi- ology. Loeb was attracted to Goltz, the pupil of Helmholtz, who was adding conspicuously to the then be- ginning knowledge of cardiac pres- sure, the mechanism of shock, func- tions of the semicircular canals, and the effects of excision of the brain and spinal cord in the frog and dog. That the last-mentioned subject should be the one to claim Loeb’s special interest is not perhaps re- markable in view of his philosophic prepossessions. It was at this time that JLoeb experimented on the chain reflexes and overthrew Munk’s thesis that the Rolandic area is composed of cellular “‘sensory spheres,” by showing that the par- ticular paralyses occasioned by each cortical excision are abolished as |soon as the wound has healed. The interest in the centers of brain ac- tivity thus aroused was to be con- tinued in his later investigation of tropisms with which he concerned /himself at Naples, and which led |him to substitute for the anthropo- ‘morphic conception of the responses of animals according to supposed desires directing voluntary effort, the operation of tropisms or physi- /co-chemical attraction, on the basis of which there was to arise a me- |chanistic conception of compara- tive psychology. At this point it is desirable to re- trace a few steps in order to follow the particular events which were to influence so greatly Loeb’s scientific development. Like other discover- jers in science, Loeb was the prod- uct of his period. This central fact in his notable career will become |increasingly evident as we proceed. |At the threshold of his life’s work circumstances brought Loeb from Strassburg to Wurzburg, to be the assistant of Fick, a pupil of Ludwig, then professor of physiology, whose contributions to knowledge in the |domain of physical physiology are significant. The investigation of such problems as the physiology of |the irritable substances, dissipation of energy and heat production in muscle, as well as the publication of larger works on medical physics, would appear to be sufficient to have attracted the quantitatively minded student of physiology to this par- ticular master. But whatever the benefit derived from this connection, it was small compared with the rewards in store by a group of brilliant investiga- | ; | physiology. jard said that general physiology is pathology, | suit which was to remain essentially fixed throughout Loeb’s exceptional- ly rich and varied career. It was the fortunate chance encounter with Sachs which turned Loeb’s talents Has not Claude Bern- the basic biological science toward which all others converge? Loeb was to find the truth of this axiom for himself and through his discoveries reveal it to a generation of investigators in a far distant land. The botanist Sachs’s personality and discoveries may be said to have dominated the field of plant physiol- ogy for more than thirty years, be- tween 1857 and 1890, and his influ- ence continues up to the present time. The physiology developed by Sachs was based on chemical and physical actions which he described under the term tropisms: heliotrop- ism, chemotropism, geotropism— or reactions to light, chemicals and gravity. Loeb’s alert mind grasped the significance of these phenomena, not only for plants but probably also for animals, so that we find him spending the winter months from 1889 to 1891 at the Naples Zoologi- cal Station, where the ideas he had formed could be subjected to ex- perimental test. It was this period and under these particular circum- stances that yielded Loeb’s discov- eries in the animal tropisms and in heteromorphosis. In a recent biographical sketch, one of his distinguished pupils as- cribes the studies leading to the idea of heteromorphosis to a desire on Loeb’s part to combat the vitalistic conception of orderly animal de- velopment. This purpose may well have had a part in the planning of the experiments, since at a later date Loeb became a warm antagonist of all mystical biological beliefs. Be this as it may, Loeb would seem to have been moved also by the convic- tion that the physico-chemical forces acting on living matter are one and the same, both for plants and ani- mals. In other words, he applied by means of sharp, ingenious experi- ments the discoveries made by Sachs in plants to animals as well. Later Loeb extended the observations in- to the field of psychology and found them to hold there, so that he came to apply his deductions to the ex- planation of certain phenomena of animal behavior. This line of in- vestigation would have been ap- proved by Claude Bernard who wrote: “I am persuaded that the ob- stacles surrounding the experiment- al study of psychological phenom- | ena are largely due to difficulties (associated properties) of this kind; for despite their marvelous character and the delicacy of their manifestations, I find it impossible not to include cerebral phenomena, men make their time what it is. Loeb is now definitely launched on his life’s work which was, as far as was possible to him and with the : |knowledge available, to reduce bio- into the broad channel of general | logical appearances, the so-called manifestations of life, to the status of physico-chemical reactions. It is in connection with the investiga- tion of the physico-chemical rela- tions of vital phenomena that Loeb has exercised so great an influence on his generation. This of course, not the occasion on which to enter into a discussion of the controversy, not yet wholly adjust- ed, on vitalism versus determinism. Early in Loeb’s scientific career, far more so than at present, the nature of vital phenomena was a subject of eager debate. In this early period, the emancipation from mystical no- tions had not yet come to some great minds. Was not Johannes Muller, the German colossus who bestrode all there was of medical science in his day and who was the master of Helmholtz, a confessed vitalist? He believed in the existence of some- thing in vital processes which does not admit of mechanical expression ; his strongly objective mind forced him, none the less, to hold that the mechanical explanation of physiolo- gical phenomena was to be pushed to the limit “so long as we keep to the solid ground of observation and experiment.” iS, Fortunately, natural science had progressed further in France in the first half of the nineteenth century than in Germany. The influence of the discoveries of chemists such as Dumas and Berthelot and of others penetrated into physiology. The times brought forward the extraor- dinary figure of Claude Bernard, of whom Dumas said: “He was no mere physiological experimenter, but physiology itself.” Like Magendie and Johannes Muller, he made his bow to vitalism, but gave it the wid- est possible berth. Paul Bert, pupil and successor to his chair at the Sorbonne, said that, thanks to Claude Bernard, “the — scientific method, respect for whose laws leads to certainty in the sciences of dead matter, assumed equal authority in the sciences of living beings.” The stage was set for the new era in biology which was now to be estab- lished in the rapidly expanding sciences of physics and chemistry. A succession of remarkable men appeared and their accomplish- ments were destined to transform the outlook on the natural sciences. Thus, Loeb’s generation of biolo- gists was called upon to sustain a weight of investigative genius in physics and chemistry of hitherto unknown magnitude; and to his lasting credit Loeb was to perceive the trend of events and to sense the extraordinary influence which these (Continued on Page 4) Jacques Loeb Memorial Supplement of THe CoLLtectinG Net II. ADDRESS (Continued from Page 3) sciences were to exert on physiology. Hence he threw his splendid talents into the study of biological phenom- ena along the lines of their physical and chemical activities, with results of which you are aware and which proved to be of the first importance for the subject of general physiology as now conceived. How great this weight of investigative influence was can best be seen from a tabulation, somewhat arbitrarily which I present. The remarkable ef- fect which the development of that composite science we call physical chemistry—a union of mathematics, physics and chemistry—was to ex- ercise on biology, and in the applica- tion of which to the interpretation of phenomena of living matter Loeb was an outstanding figure, is pre-| saged in the fundamental discover- | ies of Gibbs, Pfeffer, van’t Hoff, Ostwald, Arrhenius and J. J. Thom- son, with whose period Loeb’s is in immediate contact. Faraday 1791-1867 Liebig 1803-1873 Wohler . 1800-1882 J. Muller 1801-1858 Bernard : 1813-1878 Ludwig : 1816-1895 du Bois-Reymond 1818-1896 Helmholtz 1821-1894 Virchow 1821-1902 Pasteur 1822-1895 LOsKCIES oy AS Ry ene eee 1829-1901 Maxwell 1831-1879 Sachs Goltz Gibbs Pfeffer Emil Fischer van’t Hoff Ostwald Ehrlich J. J. Thomson Arrhenius Loeb 1859-1924 INSTAR, 25 1864- Donnan 1870- Einstein 1879- It was characteristic of Loeb’s agile mind that he should so surely | and quickly catch the drift of thought and feeling, or the Zeitgeist, | vigorous should have been brought so largely within the definition of physico- chemical action. * * * Jacques Loeb has been among us so recently that many of us recall as of yesterday his vivid personal- ity—his scholarly, slightly stooped figure, his noble head with strongly marked, reflective features, his thoughtful and somewhat pensive eyes, and the hearty, merry peal of laughter with which he lightened passing events of a world to him not always devoid of depressing }moments and anxious thoughts. constructed, | The man Loeb was the scientist, ever pursued by an inner demon the next problem. It is of men like Loeb that Priestley said that each discovery shows many other discoy- eries that should be made, and Pas- cal invented the paradox that, “We are in search never of things, but of the search for things.” Loeb gave himself no respite; each succeeding year he drove, if possible, with greater intensity toward a goal al- ways being approached and yet al- ways eluding. Possessed of that quality of imagination which goes by the name of intuition or even inspiration, and which in mind that amounts to a presenti- ment of truth, he was a remarkably fruitful inventor of ideas or hypo- theses, the experimental verification of which is the chief means of ex- tending scientific knowledge. His prescience reminds an associate of gift of knowing the truth before the experiment was made. “I know what it is; the question is how to prove i? habit was to ponder, sometimes for years, chance findings, until the mode of attack of the problem ap- peared, and he then moved with pre- cision and celerity. In this way frag- mentary observations, partly his of the period and proceed to bend | the new physico-chemical knowl- edge to the uses of physiology. This was only repeating what he had already done with Sach’s trop- isms, and is something which fer- tile minds are always doing or striv- ing todo. A mathematician has told me that the growth of mathematics in the last fifty years made possible Einstein’s calculations, which cor- rected and extended Newton’s dis- coveries. Taken all in all, physical chemistry constituted for Loeb the bright silver thread on which are strung the brilliant beads of his dis- coveries. What the chief of these beads are may be read on the bronze tablet erected today to his. inperishable memory: “Brain Phy- siology; Tropisms; Regeneration ; Antagonistic Salt Action; Duration of Life; Colloidal Behavior.” 34 * : 3 it 3853 * ih 3 > visiot +. SAAC 3 .? reietete ; x? et eteter Petetete=: <> telat cS 8 D352 3 < 53 3 eit tit. eletetel . salatets Setyereietee rs : : % gee elt. 5508342 Stattet, etett ti tetete tel, either teteleltee p 2 554) tal pietelels : ; ts setetel Better atehs £34 Pe * fs} Teletetetes . ? tite? : te shanty ts 242 3 42 ? ; 3 fs ; 5 3 =f ete ag Setshs state SS EEESE saris 525 3: 528? air sis e217 538